Home

Professional UNIX User Manual

1. 000 How to Use This Manual 0 000 Comments and Suggestions 0 0 0 0 00 eee BLAST Technical Supports 2524000 04625 ee ee ue 2 The BLAST Environment IMirOdUCHON 2 42 2 8caiw es hic wae ean eae eas aude Environment Variables 2 442 4082 e 4yeh onde dened Command Line Switches ech44 2 sou beds pense en ey Communications Ports ed ore el ame a ee Ok eee Accessing Serial Ports 5 72024 eA Pee a dr eee Wee Port Locking s 15 ican de eedgeoeuk Adan Reed eke bed Choosing a Serial Port for BLAST Special Considerations 2c ee ee eee eee International Keyboard for 10 7x 00000 Plow Controls sib foe ees See eae ee ee Integration Opinions 4252624 e deletes Oboes ede es 3 BLAST Quickstart 39 Starting BLAST m go44 2 iuo brie e hbo healed ce 39 The BLAST Serei siset ny owtantns oes eee own x 40 Three Keys to Rememibeties2 5 2230255 46544 poveadene 42 The LAS CIMIGHIG aiid Sn oS ta ltd Bae as fo es 43 A Quickstart File Transfer 0 0 00 cece eee eee 44 4 The Menus 51 Moving Through the Menus 0000 51 Whe Keyboard i224 coer ewe alee yee de ee dae 52 TheOffline Mentet aed 6 2 e a T e far E a 54 The Online Menu sssnusnunnenenuan neee 55 The Filetransfer Menu 223 00 5 008 224 ees ee ok eds 57 The Local Men eserine Gua tae tne eyes 58 The Remote Menus Satos reeter pesados dy pense at 60
2. 004 311 Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x 0 315 18 Remote Control with 10 7x What Is Remote Control 0000 Connecting to the Host PC s2 20 7 ooressedegetenag oes Using Access M6de 54 fe eh atte Rhee ed Sal we eee Using File Transfer Only Mode with 10 7x and 10 8x Using Terminal Mode with 10 7x and 10 8x Transferring Files to and from the Host PC Modifying BHOST Settings 04 Appendix A Error Messages Introduction BLAST Protocol Functions 2 000 Transfer File Management 0 0008 Utility Pile Managements lt 2 0 4054 eee euee exes Scripting Command File Processing 0000s ee eee Appendix B Key Definition Charts BLAST Keys 323 323 324 326 329 330 331 332 339 339 339 340 341 341 342 342 342 343 344 345 Terminal Emulation Keys for 10 7x 0 Appendix C Troubleshooting Appendix D The ASCII Character Set Appendix E Autopoll The Autopoll Script Installing Autopoll Starting Autopoll The Site File Transfer Command File Overview of Autopoll Script Actions Configuration Example Other Files Using the Filename Stub Autopoll under cron Tips and Tricks Modifying Autopoll Configuration W
3. The following three statements are all equivalent IF OK GOTO RUN IF STATUS 0 GOTO RUN IF 0 GOTO RUN IF ELSE perform action for true or false conditions FORMAT IF condition and or statement ELSE statement IF ELSE performs statement based upon condition When the con dition is true the statement following the condition executes When condition is false the statement after ELSE executes Statement must be on the same line as condition EXAMPLE connect IF STATUS 0 write Logged on successfully ELSE write Logon failed IF END perform multiple actions if condition is true FORMAT IF condition and or condition statement END This multi line clause performs several statements based upon con dition When the condition is true subsequent statements up to the END are executed BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 243 EXAMPLE IF USI ERID NOT Annie display You can t run this script return 1 END IF END ELSE END FORMAT EXAMPLE ask IF perform several actions for true or false conditions IF condition fand or condition statement END ELSE statement END This multi line clause performs several statements based upon con dition When the condition is true the statements up to the first END are executed When the condition is false the statements following ELSE and up t
4. 240 CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE GETENV BLASTDIR result GOTO branch to another point in program FORMAT GOTO LABEL GOTO branches unconditionally to another location in the program GOTO will abort the program if 1abe1 cannot be found The label is not case sensitive and consists of eight characters or less not counting the initial period EXAMPLE PWD ask enter the secret word pword if pword rosebud GOTO CONT werror invalid name GOTO PWD CONT display Good morning Mr Phelps HEX2BIN 10 8x convert hexadecimal to binary FORMAT HEX2BIN numeric_value variable1 variable2 HEX2BIN converts the first number of bytes numeric_value in a hexadecimal string variable2 into binary data and stores the result in variablel Variable will be one half the size of variable2 be cause each byte pair will be reduced to one character EXAMPLE HEX2BIN 10 buf argl converts 1st 10 bytes of argl stores result in buf IF perform single action if condition is true FORMAT IF condition and or statement IF performs statement when condition is true Evaluation is from left to right Parentheses and arithmetic functions are not permitted in the condition BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 241 string_valuel numeric_valuel The syntax of condition can be one of two forms The first form is valid for string values only NOT gt gt lt lt string_val
5. SOFTWARE The File Transfer Authority 2000 by BLAST SOFTWARE INC 49 Salisbury Street West Pittsboro NC 27312 All Rights Reserved Manual 2MNUNIX 1 00 The information in this manual has been compiled with care but BLAST Inc makes no warranties as to accurateness or completeness as the software described herein may be changed or enhanced from time to time This information does not constitute com mitments or representations by BLAST Inc and is subject to change without notice BLAST is a registered trademark and BLAST Professional BLAST Professional UNIX and TrueTerm are trademarks of BLAST Inc Any trademarks trade names service marks service names owned or registered by any other company and used in this manual are proprietary to that company Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subdivision b 3 Gii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 52 227 7013 BLAST Inc 49 Salisbury Street West P O Box 818 Pittsboro North Carolina 27312 SALES 800 242 5278 FAX 919 542 0161 Technical Support 919 542 3007 E mail info blast com World Wide Web http www blast com Copyright 2000 by BLAST Inc Table of Contents Introduction BLAST Software Registration 000 The BLAST Package 22 2454 0 eae persed eevee es BLAST Professional Features
6. LIST Display the remote directory listing The line after LIST must specify either SHORT or LONG The second line after LIST can be left blank to display all files or it can be a file name which may include wildcards e g txt DELETE Delete a file or files on the remote system The line fol lowing DELETE is the filename which may include wildcards RENAME Rename a remote file The line after RENAME is the old filename the second line after RENAME is the new file name TYPE Type a remote file on your system s display The line fol lowing TYPE is the filename PRINT Print a remote file to the remote printer The line follow ing PRINT is the filename CHAPTER FIFTEEN CHDIR Change the working directory on the remote computer The line following CHDIR is the pathname of the new working directory MORE Continue displaying data from the remote computer after a 10 8x page pause FORMAT for FTP FILETRANSFER REMOTE LIST DELETE CWD SHORT LONG filename pathname filename ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC During an FTP session the following commands are available LIST Display the remote directory listing The line after LIST must specify either SHORT or LONG The second line after LIST can be left blank to display all files or it can be a filename which may include wildcards DELET
7. The receive and transmit tables within a BLAST translate file con tain an array of 256 hexadecimal values These values correspond to the 8 bit ASCII character set The decimal value of a character rang ing from 0 to 255 is used as an index to the character positions in the table The hexadecimal value at that location in the table is substitut ed for the hexadecimal value of the original character Translat tbl contains the following receive and transmit default ta bles RECVTABL 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 OA OB 0c OD OE OF 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 306 CHAPTER SEVENTEEN 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 54 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F 00 O1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 OA 0B 0C 0D 0E OF 10 11 12 0 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 9 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 54 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D
8. Disabling the FWD and STR Switches The Enable FWD and STR setup field page 88 and the ENABLEFS page 271 script variable control whether or not the FWD and STR file transfer switches are allowed during Filetrans fer mode Note that disabling these switches affects only local files For example you will still be able to get a file with the FWD switch because the successfully transferred file will be deleted from the re mote system See File Transfer Switches on page 111 NOTE Adding the STR switch to a filename eliminates the possi bility of resuming an interrupted transfer of that file Using the Transfer Password If you have limited a remote user s access so that BLAST automat ically run s a specific BLAST setup when a user logs into your sys tem see Limiting Access on page 154 you can insure additional security by specifying a Transfer Password for that setup Without the password the remote user may only send and receive messages while in Filetransfer mode The Transfer Password can be set by en tering it into the Transfer Password setup field page 87 or by set ting the reserved variable TRPASSWD page 290 in a slave script on the remote system NOTE The transfer password is superseded by the Secure BLAST password see Using Secure BLAST on page 155 BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 121 After entering a filetransfer session the remote user must send the transfer password to th
9. Secure BLAST allows the BLAST administrator to create a database of user passwords each with individual security options Authorized users must provide one of these valid passwords in order to gain ac cess to the secured version of BLAST The permissions associated with individual passwords in the database control what files and commands are available to the user For information about how to transmit user passwords see Using the Password on page 168 The BLAST administrator can use either the blpasswd or blsecure application provided with BLAST to create and maintain the pass word database Whereas blpasswd provides a complete user inter 155 IMPORTANT blpasswd FIGURE 11 1 156 face for setup and maintenance of the BLAST password database file blsecure is a command line utility that is particularly useful when you want to manipulate the password file via a shell or BLAST script Securing BLAST is a two step process that consists of creating the password database file and then linking it to a particular BLAST ex ecutable file After creating the password file using either blpasswd or blsecure another utility Secure is used to create the link be tween the password file and the BLAST executable file Throughout this chapter the computer running secure BLAST will be referred to as the host system and the computer logging onto the host will be referred to as the remote system Although i
10. blaster blast com 12 telnet See Accessing TCP IP Ports on page 16 Hunt filename The name including path of a hunt file that lists available devices preceded by the lt character Refer to Auto matic Serial Port Searching on page 25 for details concerning hunt files BLASTscript variable COMMPORT Connection T O 0 999 60 For networks specifies the number of seconds that BLAST will wait for a network connection after entering the Online menu This field has no effect on serial connections 69 70 If the specified amount of time passes and a connection has not been made BLAST will display an error message set STATUS to a non zero value and return to the Online menu Values for this field range from 0 to 999 seconds If set to 0 BLAST will not time out BLASTscript variable CONNTIMO Originate Answer ORIGINATE ANSWER Specifies what BLAST will do during the automated connect and disconnect processes To dial out and initiate a connection set the field to ORIGINATE To set BLAST to wait for a caller to connect set the field to ANSWER BLASTscript variable ORGANS Modem Type any valid modem type Identifies the modem connected to your communications port When you select the Online Connect or Disconnect menu command or use the CONNECT or DISCONNECT BLASTscript command BLAST uses the modem type named in this field to execute pre defined programs from the modems scr libr
11. BEL 07 Bell BS 08 Backspace HT 09 Horizontal tab LF OA Line feed CR 0D Carriage return The TTY emulator filters the following characters NUL 00 ACK 06 NAK 15 ESC 1B SOH 01 DLE 10 SYN 16 FS IC STX 02 DCI 11 ETB 17 GS 1D ETX 03 DC2 12 CAN 18 RS IE EOT 04 DC3 13 EM 19 US IF ENQ 05 DC4 14 SUB 1A The TTY emulator also converts all 8 bit ASCII characters above 7F in value to 7 bit characters NOTE You may change the characters filtered by the TTY emu lator by modifying and using a translate file See the preceding sec tion Data Stream Filtering and Alteration for complete details PASSTHRU The BLAST PASSTHRU terminal is a transparent terminal that allows characters to be sent and received without any filtering trans lation or other special handling PASSTHRU may be required to re ceive international characters or to operate a graphics terminal CHAPTER SEVENTEEN Special Considerations There are some special considerations when using PASSTHRU XON XOFF flow control will still be honored Setup functions normally available in Terminal mode are ig nored for instance AutoLF IN and AutoLF OUT will not work Local Echo will still work BLAST will operate in either 7 or 8 bit mode Hot Keys and ATTN Key sequences normally available in Ter minal mode are ignored and will be sent as data for a discussion of Hot Keys and a list of A
12. File Conversion ASCII BINARY Specifies whether received files will be treated as ASCII or BINARY For correct file conversion to ASCII the remote computer must send the files as ASCII BLASTscript variable ZMCONVR File Management NONE PROTECT CLOBBER APPEND Specifies a file management option for files received Possible val ues are NONE The file is transferred if it does not already exist on the re ceiving system PROTECT The file is transferred only if it does not already exist on the receiving system even if the sending system has specified CLOBBER CLOBBER The file is transferred whether or not it already exists on the receiving system unless the sending system has specified PROTECT APPEND The file is appended to a file of the same name on the re ceiving system based on the value of the receiving system s File conversion setting BLASTscript variable ZMMANAGR END OF PROTOCOL SUBWINDOW DESCRIPTIONS 97 IMPORTANT 98 Packet Size 1 4085 256 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the packet size that your system will use when it transfers a file The larger the packet the more efficient the transfer however larger packets will pose prob lems on a noisy connection Use larger packet sizes when there is lit tle line noise you are communicating with a mainframe or you are using V 29 ping pong modems This field negotiates down The ve
13. Logs off of the remote system cleanly and hangs up 10 8x the modem using information from the System Type and Modem Type setup fields The Filetransfer Menu FIGURE 4 3 Selecting the Filetransfer command from the Online menu displays the Filetransfer menu The Filetransfer menu for BLAST protocol is shown in Figure 4 3 below BLAST Filetransfer default usr MENU Get Message Remote Local File send file s to the remote system local opt xfer file size byte cnt In qual S lt idle gt R lt message gt good 00 help ESC exit 4 RET BARC RC OAT a a lt lt Entering BLAST Transfer Mode gt gt xxx MacBLAST 18 2 on remote system uovm x THE MENUS 57 The commands on the Command Line of the Filetransfer menu vary depending on the protocol used For example the X Y and Zmo dem protocols will only display the Get and Send commands whereas the Kermit protocol has additional options and its own spe cial Remote submenu Following is a brief description of the com mands of the BLAST protocol Filetransfer menu For more information on menu options for protocols other than BLAST pro tocol see chapters discussing individual protocols Send Sends a file or files to the remote system Get Retrieves a file or files from the remote system Message Sends a message to the remote operator Simply type the message and press ENTER The message w
14. export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR Limiting Access Certain procedures are required to ensure data security when using BLAST These procedures include limiting access to other file trans fer protocols and limiting shell access Other file transfer protocols do not offer the same data security that the BLAST protocol offers therefore you must control access to these other protocols Common file transfer programs include ker mit ckermit sx rx sz and rz If these or any other file transfer pro grams are on your system you should segregate dial in users into groups that do not have execute permission for these programs You must also prohibit running the BLAST product in pseudohost mode host mode using protocols other than BLAST see BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x on page 204 BLAST can be executed from a restricted shell or in a manner deny ing a remote user terminal access to the UNIX shell A shell script that sets the appropriate environment variables and executes BLAST can be run by the user s profile or other login script The following script called go_blast is an example of a shell script that executes BLAST in host mode using the default setup In this example the BLAST executable is in the directory usr blast secure and the BLAST support files are in usr blast go_blast A script that sets environment variables and runs BLAST in host mode using the default setup PATH PATH usr blast sec
15. ing whether an error occurred during the CONNECT command and identifying which item in a list of target strings was detected by TTRAP Because STATUS is affected by so many script opera tions you may need to save the value of STATUS in a safe vari able so that you can refer to it later in your script as in the following example Following is the target list ttrap 5 Apples Oranges Peaches Save STATUS in a user defined variable set fruit STATUS STATUS will be changed below by the DISCONNECT statement disconnect if STATUS 0 display Disconnected OK else display Disconnect failure if fruit 0 display No fruit was selected if fruit 1 display Apples are delicious if fruit 2 display Oranges are tasty if fruit 3 display Peaches are nice too return End BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 183 For a list of all the commands that set STATUS see Commands That Set STATUS on page 223 The CALL Command When you set out to write a complicated script ask yourself whether the script is made up of logically distinct sections If so you may be able to code each section as a separate script and write a master script that calls each section as required checking for errors Work ing with several small scripts is generally preferable to a single large one because it is easier to follow the logic of the program and find errors The CALL command is used to transfer
16. s FWD s OVW n 1 1 gt strcat temp worktcf worktcf is Autopoll variable tsend cr get the attention of the remote ttrap 2y EENE eM wow if STATUS 0 return 1 return error wait 1 idle 372 APPENDIX E tsend ls upath we 1 cr how many files ttrap 2 0 no files in directory if STATUS 1 fwrite 5 b Remote directory upath is empty write remote directory upath is empty return 2 dir is empty nothing to do end write preparing command file remotely inform user wait 1 idle tsend temp cr run the awk script ttrap 2 on gn g if STATUS 0 return 1 filetransfer now retrieve the command file if STATUS not 0 return 3 can t start BLAST on remote get worktcf worktcf to esc return EFERROR returns 0 if no error End of script Configuration Worksheets The following worksheets may help you organize the large amount of information needed to set up a polling network successfully A List Machines List the machines in your polling network For completeness in clude information for the central site as well Site Name Phone ModemType Port BLAST Version System Type Central B Decide on Setups Decide whether or not different setup files will be needed for each site If so create the setups and list their names Remember Auto poll loads the setup autopoll su by default AUTOPOLL 373 Connect Filetransfer
17. 0004 Read by others 0002 Write by others 0001 Execute search in directory by others 0000 No permissions If the account on the receiving system does not have all of the necessary permissions to create the file as specified by this switch BLAST will create the file with as many permissions as the account allows With Kermit Protocol you should not give a file the same name as a switch since BLAST will assume that the file is a switch and either ignore it if the switch is unsupported by Kermit or look for a file KERMIT PROTOCOL 133 with the name of the folder containing the file if the switch is sup ported by Kermit In either case the transfer of the file will not oc cur and you will get an error message Filenames uppercase or lowercase to avoid are app comp n follow nn fwd group ovw owner nn perms nnnn str and txt where n is a number from 0 to 9 You may work around this restriction by changing your local current and remote current directory to the one containing the file you want to transfer and giving the filename without a path To change your local working directory interactively choose the Chdir command of the Local menu To change your remote directory interactively using Kermit server choose Remote from the Kermit Filetransfer menu and then select the Cwd Change Working Directory command To change your remote directory interactively using simple Kermit ac cess Terminal mode and give the cha
18. 4 x 7 9 8 PAD Parameters The X 3 standard specifies a set of parameters defining how the PAD is to perform its task of assembling and disassembling the data stream The PAD must be properly configured for optimal perfor mance Please see Appendix F for a complete explanation of PAD Parameters Accessing Serial Ports UNIX System V Release 3 and System V Release 4 use different methods for serial port configuration and control The following sec tions discuss the two methods 18 CHAPTER TWO System V Release 3 For System V Release 3 SVR3 you need to be familiar with the system programs init getty and login and with the inittab config uration file These programs operate in a loop called the IGLS cycle init getty login shell In general any attempt to control a serial port except through the IGLS cycle breaks the system s control of its re sources There is no provision built into the UNIX system to handle anything other than login terminals on serial ports This can signifi cantly affect the operation of BLAST The IGLS Cycle The init process process number 0 or 1 runs all the time Periodical ly it reads the file etc inittab to see if anything is pending If the current UNIX system run level is 2 or 3 UNIX is in a multi user mode and there is a line in inittab such as tty0 23 respawn etc getty dev ttyO init will start a getty process using serial port dev ttyO The first field in the line called
19. CR Filetransfer SEND local_filename ESC Kermit Server Before issuing a SEND command you must start Kermit server on the remote machine For most UNIX machines this command is kermit x The basic syntax for sending files using Kermit server is as follows Connect TSEND kermit x CR Filetransfer SEND local_filename remote_filenam ESC Receiving Files Kermit has been implemented on many computer systems BLAST s implementation of Kermit supports both receiving and getting files from remote computers The RECEIVE command is used to transfer a file from simple Kermit whereas a GET command is used for transferring a file from a Kermit server Simple Kermit Before issuing a RECEIVE command you must start simple Kermit on the remote machine and issue a send command The basic syntax for receiving files using simple Kermit is as follows the actual send command depends on the specific implementation of simple Ker mit 198 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Connect TSEND kermit CR TSEND send_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer Receive local_filename ESC Kermit Server Before issuing a GET command you must start Kermit server on the remote machine For most UNIX machines this command is ker mit x The basic syntax for GETs using Kermit server is as follows Connect TSEND kermit x CR Filetransfer GET l
20. Connecting to Blaster Your system is now ready to begin talking to Blaster You have al ready loaded the blaster setup into memory with the Select com mand described in the previous section Now press O to go to the Online menu Connect to Blaster by pressing c Connect which will automatically dial Blaster The screen will display messages for each of the steps in the Connect process If your modem has a speaker listen to make sure it dials the number Also watch the terminal dialogue between the computer and the modem When the call is successful a message displays in dicating that the connection has been established CONNECT nnnn where nnnn if present gives connection information and speed Figure 3 5 BLAST Online blaster usr WAIT logging on the remote system help ESC exit 7 OK ATDT5420939 CONNECT 9600 ARQ V32 LAPM V42BIS blaster blastertlogin After recognizing the modem s CONNECT message Blaster s ban ner and request for login will be displayed Your setup file will automatically enter the userid and password When the login is com plete BLAST returns control to you by displaying the Online menu and waiting for your input Figure 3 6 next page BLAST QUICKSTART 47 eS blaster usr MENU Connect caPture Upload Filetransfer Script Local Access Disc EN eel a eee to the remote system help ESC exit WELCOME to BLAST INC You have logged into Blaster our SCO Unix machine at
21. DIR the relative path must be included with the filename The setup name should not include the su extension The NEW statement operates like the Offline menu New command If you specify a setup name that already exists NEW will load that setup instead of creating a new one If the setup has been successful ly created STATUS is set to 0 if an already existing setup has been loaded or there has been an error creating a new setup STATUS is set to 1 EXAMPLE NEW CIS create setup named cis su if ok display New setup created else display Couldn t create new setup PUT output strings to the scrolling region FORMAT PUT string_value PUT outputs one or more strings to the scrolling region There is no implicit carriage return or new line after the output This command is usually used in conjunction with the CURSOR statement EXAMPLE cursor 9 30 put cursor in row 9 col 30 PUT The winner is win display string at cursor position PWD store the current path in a variable FORMAT PWD variable PWD writes the present working directory location to a script vari able BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 249 EXAMPLE PWD whereami QUIT FORMAT EXAMPLE QUIT 123 RAISE FORMAT EXAMPLE RAISE DTR RAISE RTS REMOVE FORMAT 250 quit BLAST and return to system with exit code QUIT numeric_constant QUIT aborts BLAST and returns to the operating system Num
22. WYAUTOSCROLL read only YES For WYSE emulation specifies scrolling of the terminal display when the cursor reaches the bottom of a page This field is read only and cannot be changed WYSE Emulation subwindow Auto Scroll BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 295 296 10 7x WYAUTOWRAP read write YES NO For WYSE emulation specifies whether a new line is automatical ly performed when a character is placed in the last column of a row column 80 or 132 WYSE Emulation subwindow Auto Wrap WYBLOCKEND read write US CR CRLF ETX For WYSE emulation specifies which characters are used to mark the end of line and end of block when the terminal is in block mode WYSE Emulation subwindow Block End WYCOMMODE CHARACTER BLOCK For Wyse emulation specifies whether data is sent after each key stroke character mode or packaged into blocks WYSE Emulation subwindow Comm Mode WY DISP80 read write 80 132 For WYSE emulation specifies a display of 80 or 132 columns per row WYSE Emulation subwindow Columns WYDSPCURSOR read only YES For WYSE emulation specifies that the cursor is visible This field is read only and cannot be changed WYSE Emulation subwindow Display Cursor CHAPTER SIXTEEN 10 7x WYENTER read write CR CRLF TAB For WYSE emulation specifies the character to send when the keypad ENTER key is pressed WYSE Emulation subwindow Enter WYEX
23. library the BLASTDIR environment variable points to the di rectory containing these files BLASTDIR must exist in order for BLAST to execute auxiliary files setup files the SETUPDIR environment vari able points to the directory containing these files If no SETUPDIR exists BLAST will look to the BLASTDIR for setup files Other files such as script files may reside in any di rectory of your file system Each user must have these environment variables set correctly Typ ically you would edit each user s profile login or cshrc to reflect this information Setting PATH BLASTDIR and SETUPDIR To update your path temporarily and set the BLASTDIR environ ment variable log in as a regular user and type the following at the shell prompt C Shell set path path executable_dirname setenv BLASTDIR support_file_dirname setenv SETUPDIR auxiliary_dirname Bourne Shell and Korn Shell PATH PATH executable_ dirname BLASTDIR support_file_dirname SETUPDIR auxiliary_dirname export BLASTDIR SETUPDIR where executable_dirname is the full path of the directory in which the BLAST files are stored support_file_dirname is the full path of the directory in which the support files are stored and auxiliary_ dirname is the full path of the directory in which the aux iliary files are stored For example if the executable and support files are in usr blast and the auxiliary files are in usr john under the Bourne Korn s
24. onnection lev tty mulation FIGURE 5 2 Connection T 0 60_ Full Screen YES Originate Answer ORIGINATE Local Echo NO Modem Type AT AutoLF In NO Baud Rate 9600 AutoLF Out NO Parity NONE Wait for Echo NO Data Stop Bits 8 1 Prompt Char NONE XON XOFF Pacing YES Char Delay 0__ RTS CTS Pacing NO Line Delay 0__ Keyboard File Script File Protocol BLAST Log File Packet Size 256_ Translate File A field must be highlighted before you can modify its value Use the keys listed at the top of the Command Area to move from field to field 10 8x You may also use the cursor keys to move from field to field The third line of the Command Area will indicate the type of action necessary to enter a value Most fields are multiple choice Use the SPACEBAR to cycle forward and the BACKSPACE to cycle backwards through the available op tions in these fields then press ENTER to proceed to the next field Some fields like Phone Number require your input To correct a mistake while entering data use BACKSPACE to delete the mistake and then continue typing or press CTRLT to clear the field and start over THE SETUP 65 Alternatively you can press CTRLP to bring up the field for editing 10 8x at the top of your screen Edit using the BACKSPACE DELETE and cursor arrow keys then press ENTER The Emulation and Protocol fields may require additional input If the entry in the field is followed by three periods it means
25. type uname a at the command line How to Contact Us Telephone support is available Monday through Friday If voice support is inconvenient you may FAX your questions to BLAST 24 hours a day Please see the title page of this manual for contact numbers and the pages at the end of the manual for a sample FAX cover sheet CHAPTER ONE Chapter 2 The BLAST Environment Introduction Multi user environments are inherently complex BLAST must work smoothly with all peripheral equipment and with other soft ware programs loaded on your system To help you integrate BLAST into your system a set of environment variables and com mand line switches can be specified that customize the operation of BLAST These features are described in this chapter in addition to a general discussion of communications ports and flow control Environment Variables When BLAST is installed by default all BLAST files are placed in the same directory but you may choose to move the files to separate directories Within BLAST there are three different types of files and a separate environment variable pointing to the directory con taining each type J THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT executable files program files with execute permission the PATH environment variable points to the directory containing these files support files files required for normal operation of the soft ware including access to Online Help and the modem control
26. your system documentation and the man page for your shell for more informa tion BLAST QUICKSTART 39 If this is the first time you have run BLAST the Online Help screen appears automatically only on the first time You can either ex plore the Help menu now or cancel it until needed BLAST displays the Offline menu next You can now control BLAST interactively The BLAST Screen FIGURE 3 1 FIGURE 3 2 The BLAST screen Figure 3 1 includes two sections the Com mand Area and the Scrolling Area BLAST Offline default usr Ta Location Line New Modify Write Remove Local lEarn Online Command Line load a setup file Command help ESC exit4 Description m Setup Directory blaster BLAST Inc demoline 19195420939 defau a REME a TG aga L POE E EE Matera Maloun dons te le TTT Scrolling Area File Transfer Status Area Command Area The Command Area consists of three lines the Location Line the Command Line and the Command Description Location Line The Location Line provides the information about your location within BLAST Figure 3 2 BLAST Offline default usr Current Active Current Required Menu Setup Directory User Action Current Menu displays the BLAST menu currently in use The possible values are Offline Online Filetransfer Local and Remote Active Setup displays the setup that is currently loa
27. 1 line to look at fclose 1 strinx input ERROR if STATUS 0 display No error occurred else display Error 206 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Text Transfers The following section describes scripting for text transfers See Text Transfers on page 145 for more information about text transfers Uploading Text To upload a text file from within a script write a BLAST script that includes aTSEND command to start an editor to capture the data on the remote system and any commands needed for overwriting or appending the file aTUPLOAD statement this will honor the setup fields for flow control XON XOFF Wait for Echo Line Delay Character Delay Prompt Character and linefeed handling The TUPLOAD command sets STATUS to 0 if successful it re turns some file I O errors aTSEND command to exit the editor on the remote system When uploading to a remote computer remember that some of the data may be buffered This means that the upload may complete well before all the characters have passed completely to the remote sys tem Any activity immediately following a TUPLOAD may have to deal with both the trailing characters of the uploaded file and the de lay before other activity can be initiated To avoid these problems you can TTRAP for the characters issued by the remote system upon ex iting the text editor Use a WAIT IDLE statement to be sure the buffers have a chance to clea
28. 1 second 10 and the maximum is 60 seconds 6000 For example y1111 or e1111 sets the timeout to 11 11 seconds You can also select the pad character for Xmodem using the fol lowing format blast px 10 8x where xX specifies the character expressed as a hexadecimal value For example p21 specifies 21 as the pad character The h command line switch may also be used for Xmodem Ymo dem and Zmodem file transfers from a remote system not running BLAST See BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x on page 204 for details 138 Invoking a command line parameter affects these protocols only for the duration of that communications session CHAPTER NINE Xmodem Protocol BLAST supports Xmodem1K CRC as well as Xmodem CRC and the standard Xmodem checksum protocol When you select Xmo dem as your protocol BLAST will automatically determine which implementation of Xmodem is on the remote system and choose the correct counterpart on your local system 10 8x You may change your error detection setting through the Error De tection setup field page 94 of the Xmodem protocol subwindow NOTE Xmodem is only compatible with 8 bit connections The following two sections describe interactive file transfers For a discussion of scripting Xmodem file transfers see File Transfers with Xmodem and Xmodem1K on page 200 Sending Files with Xmodem To send a file using Xmodem In Termina
29. 10 move to row 4 column 10 put 1 Get sales figures CURSOR 6 10 put 2 Send pricing ask enter option 1 or 2 opt DISCONNECT disconnect from a remote FORMAT DISCONNECT DISCONNECT directs BLAST to execute routines in systems scr and modems scr to log off and hang up the modem if the System and Modem Type setup fields are specified See Chapter 14 for a full dis cussion EXAMPLE DISCONNECT if STATUS 0 display OK DISPLAY display strings to display region FORMAT DISPLAY string_value DISPLAY displays messages in the scrolling region of the screen If a log file has been specified these messages will also be sent to the log file EXAMPLE DISPLAY Dialing PHONENO 228 CHAPTER FIFTEEN DROP FORMAT EXAMPLE DROP DTR DROP RTS ECHO FORMAT EXAMPLE ECHO ON ECHO OFF drop DTR RTS DROP DTR RTS DROP terminates signals on the RS 232 interface If the value is DTR the Data Terminal Ready signal drops hanging up most mo dems cable and modem configuration permitting If the value is RTS the Request to Send signal drops causing some devices to stop transmitting The success of the DROP DTRand DROP RTS commands are dependent on the device driver being able to drop the signal on the serial port hardware drop DTR signal drop RTS signal enable disable script display ECHO ON OFF ECHO traces BLASTscript statements and displays them on the s
30. 10 8x Manipulation of Binary Data BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x permits manipulation of binary data using the reserved variables F TILECNT SYMTYPE and TRAPCNT see Chapter 16 and the following BLASTscript com mands BIN2HEX CHECKSUM FREADB FWRITEB HEX2BIN SYMTYPE TRAPNULLS_ON and TSENDBIN For a full discus sion of the function of these commands see the description of spe cific commands below BLASTscript Commands This section is organized alphabetically by command The following conventions are used throughout Indicates that enclosed phrases or characters are op tional Indicates that the preceding statement or line may be repeated xxlyy Indicates that either the xx or yy phrase is required Choose only one 10 8x Following the name of the command indicates that the command is supported by 10 8x only ASCII get ASCII value of a character FORMAT ASCII string_value numeric_value ASCII sets STATUS to the ASCII value of the character at posi tion numeric_value within string_value The first position is 1 The ASCII value is the decimal value given to the ASCII character For these values see Appendix D EXAMPLE set filename path filename ASCII filename 1 get ASCII value for first character in filename ASCII 92 is a backslash if STATUS 92 display filename is a full pathname 224 CHAPTER FIFTEEN ASK FORMAT EXAMP
31. 16 bit CRC 1 one s compliment 3 32 bit CRC 4 8 checksum 5 16 checksum 6 32 checksum 7 Motorola pager 3 byte ASCII checksum CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE CHECKSUM 2 0 mylrc reply etx 16 bit CRC 0 compliment hexadecimal checksum of reply and etx is stored in mylrc CLEAR clear the scrolling region FORMAT CLEAR CLEAR clears the scrolling region of the screen EXAMPLE CLEAR CLEOL clear to the end of the line FORMAT CLEOL CLEOL clears from the current cursor position to the end of the cur rent line in the scrolling region EXAMPLE CLEOL CONNECT connect to a remote FORMAT CONNECT CONNECT directs BLAST to execute routines in the modems scr and systems scr libraries to dial the modem and log on if the Modem and System Type setup fields are specified For more information about the operation of the CONNECT command see Chapter 14 EXAMPLE CONNECT if STATUS 0 display OK BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 227 CURSOR position the cursor within the scrolling region FORMAT CURSOR numeric_value1 numeric_value2 CURSOR positions the cursor to a given row numeric_value1 and column numeric_value2 in the 20 x 80 scrolling region The row ranges from 0 to 19 and the column ranges from 0 to 79 If USERIF is set to 0 or OFF the full 24 x 80 screen will be ad dressed Use PUT statements following cursor position to write on the screen EXAMPLE CURSOR 4
32. 32 XON XOFF Pacing 31 33 ATTN Key Sequence for 346 End to End 32 33 Individual Protocols and 31 32 Local 32 PAD Parameter 379 381 PASSTHRU and 311 Problems with 31 32 Reserved Variable 299 Setup Field 72 Y Ymodem Protocol 141 142 Command Line Switches 138 204 205 File Transfer 141 142 201 202 File Transfer Switches 142 Filename Restrictions 144 Filetransfer Menu 58 Limitations 137 Pseudohost 204 205 Receiving Files 142 202 Sending Files 141 142 201 202 Setup Subwindow 92 94 Timeout 92 300 Wildcards 142 XON XOFF Pacing 31 32 Z Zmodem Protocol 142 144 Auto Receive 97 143 203 204 301 Command Line Switches 138 204 205 File Transfer 142 144 203 204 File Transfer Switches 143 144 Filename Restrictions 144 Filetransfer Menu 58 Limitations 137 Pseudohost 204 205 Receiving Files 143 203 204 Sending Files 142 143 203 Setup Subwindow 94 97 Wildcards 143 396 INDEX TO BLAST Technical Support FAX 919 542 0161 FROM Voice COMPANY FAX DATE IMPORTANT Please provide us with the following information Your BLAST version Serial Your operating system Version Where does the problem occur please circle Installation Filetransfer Terminal Emulation Scripting Background Remote Control Other Please describe the problem How Was It We would like to hear your feedback on the usefulness of this document Your opin ions can help us improve it in the
33. 34 fs 60 3C 74 lt 92 5C 134 124 7C 174 29 1D 35 gs 61 3D 75 93 5D 135 125 7D 175 30 1E 36 rs 62 3E 76 gt 94 5E 136 126 7E 176 31 1F 37 us 63 3F 77 95 5F 137 127 7F 177 del D decimal H hexadecimal O octal M mnemonic THE ASCII CHARACTER SET 355 The chart below is a list of the standard ASCII control codes with the decimal hexa decimal and octal values the ASCII mnemonic the key sequence and a short expla nation D H Oo M Sequence Explanation 0 00 00 nul lt ctrl gt used for padding 1 01 01 soh lt ctrl gt A start of header 2 02 02 stx lt ctrl gt B start of text 3 03 03 etx lt ctrl gt C end of text 4 04 04 eot lt ctrl gt D end of transmission 5 05 05 enq lt ctrl gt E enquire 6 06 06 ack lt ctrl gt F positive acknowledgement 7 07 07 bel lt ctrl gt G audible alarm 8 08 10 bs lt ctrl gt H backspace 9 09 11 ht lt ctrl gt horizontal tab 10 0A 12 1f lt ctrl gt J line feed 11 0B 13 vt lt ctrl gt K vertical tab 12 oC 14 ff lt ctrl gt L form feed 13 oD 15 cr lt ctrl gt M carriage return 14 0E 16 so lt ctrl gt N shift out 15 OF 17 si lt ctrl gt O shift in 16 10 20 dle lt ctrl gt P data link escape 17 11 21 del lt ctrl gt Q device control 1 resume output 18 12 22 dc2 lt ctrl gt R device control 2 19 13 23 dc3 lt ctrl gt S device control 3 pause output 20 14 24 dc4 lt ctrl gt T device control 4 21 15 25 nak lt ctrl gt U
34. 354 APPENDIX C Appendix D The ASCII Character Set D H OM D H OM D H OM D H OM 0 00 00 nul 32 20 40 space 64 40 100 96 60 140 1 01 01 soh 33 21 41 65 41 101A 97 61 141 a 2 02 02 stx 34 22 42 66 42 1028 98 62 142b 3 03 03 etx 35 23 43 67 43 103 C 99 63 143c 4 04 04 eot 36 24 44 68 44 104D 100 64 144d 5 05 05 enq 37 25 45 69 45 105E 101 65 145e 6 06 06 ack 38 26 46 amp 70 46 106 F 102 66 146 f 7 07 07 bel 39 27 47 71 47 107G 103 67 147g 8 08 10 bs 40 28 50 72 48 110 H 104 68 150 h 9 09 11 ht 4 29 51 73 49 1111 105 69 151i 10 OA 12 If 42 2A 52 74 4A 112 J 106 6A 152 j 11 OB 13 vt 43 2B 53 75 4B 113K 107 6B 153 k 12 0C 14 ff 44 2C 54 76 4C 114L 108 6C 154 13 OD 15 cr 45 2D 55 77 4D 115M 109 6D 155m 14 OE 16 so 46 2E 56 78 4E 116 N 110 6E 156 n 15 OF 17 si 47 2 57 79 4F 1170 111 6F 1570 16 10 20 de 48 30 60 0 80 50 120 P 112 70 160p 17 11 21 det 49 31 61 1 81 51 121Q 113 71 161 q 18 12 22 dc2 50 32 62 2 82 52 122R 114 72 162r 19 13 23 dc3 51 33 63 3 83 53 123S 115 73 163s 20 14 24 dc4 52 34 64 4 84 54 124 T 116 74 164t 21 15 25 nak 53 35 65 5 85 55 125 U 117 75 165 u 22 16 26 syn 54 36 66 6 86 56 126 V 118 76 166 v 23 17 27 etb 55 37 67 7 87 57 127 W 119 77 167 w 24 18 30 can 56 38 70 8 88 58 130 X 120 78 170 x 25 19 31 em 57 39 71 9 89 59 131 Y 121 79 171 y 26 1A 32 sub 58 3A 72 90 5A 132 Z 122 7A 1722 27 1B 33 esc 59 3B 73 91 5B 133 123 7B 173 28 1C
35. 67 PC ANSI SUBWINDOW 78 USERID 68 WYSE SUBWINDOW 78 PASSWORD 69 FULL SCREEN 81 CONNECTION 69 LOCAL ECHO 82 CONNECTION T O 69 AUTOLE IN 82 ORIGINATE ANSWER 70 AUTOLEF OUT 82 MODEM TYPE 70 WAIT FOR ECHO 82 BAUD RATE 71 PROMPT CHAR 83 PARITY 71 CHAR DELAY 83 DATA STOP BITS 72 LINE DELAY 83 XON XOFF PACING 72 PROTOCOL 84 RTS CTS PACING 72 BLAST SUBWINDOW 84 KEYBOARD FILE 72 KERMIT SUBWINDOW 89 SCRIPT FILE 72 X YMODEM SUBWINDOW 92 LOG FILE 73 ZMODEM SUBWINDOW 94 TRANSLATE FILE 73 PACKET SIZE 98 ATTENTION KEY 73 Description user defined Provides a detailed description of the setup This is a free form com ment however scripts can use the variable SYSD pose For example the program can take information from the description line as input or write to it to save status information BLASTscript variable SYSDESC Phone Number ESC for any pur user defined Stores the phone number of the remote computer This field will al low up to 40 characters For a direct connection leave the Phone Number field empty Although any alphanumeric characters may be entered be careful to avoid using characters that may be misinterpreted by the modem This string of characters is passed unchanged to the modem See your modem manual for details BLASTscript variable PHONENO System Type any valid system type Identifies the computer type to which BLAST will connect If you are connecting to a s
36. 7 bit or 8 bit circuits 7 bit operation allows BLAST to communicate with parity This does not inhibit BLAST s ability to transmit binary data you may transfer either 7 or 8 bit data over both 7 and 8 bit circuits When using BLAST to communicate with computers that require 7 bit circuits the setup parameter 7 Bit Channel must be set to YES This setting slows the throughput of the transfer 102 CHAPTER SIX Starting a BLAST Session Starting BLAST on a Multi User System There are three ways to start a BLAST Session on a remote multi user computer Note that you should already be logged into the re mote system and appropriate directory Manual Method Select Terminal from the Online menu Type the appropriate commands to the remote computer to start a BLAST session For UNIX this would be blast h at the command line You should see either one of two messages from the remote starting BLAST protocol or ppp only for earlier versions of BLAST After the message appears press ATTN ATTN to exit Terminal mode then select Filetransfer from the Online menu Interactive Automatic Method Select Filetransfer from the Online menu Your system will auto matically start the BLAST session on the remote system NOTE The type of multi user remote operating system must be identified in the System Type setup field for this method to work BLAST will then know which automation information to retrieve fro
37. 88 394 Size of Tx Window 96 Start of Packet Char 89 System Type 67 68 Text Cursor 76 Timeout 91 Transfer Password 87 88 Transfer Type 91 Translate File 73 306 309 Use A Protocol 86 User Def Keys 76 User Pref Char Set 78 Userid 68 Wait for Echo 82 Warning 92 Window Size 85 Write Protect 80 Wyseword 80 XON XOFF Pacing 31 72 See also Setup Setup Subwindow See Setup and Setup Fields Setup Window See Setup and Setup Fields SETUPDIR 8 9 10 35 153 154 Shell Programming 33 36 Slave Script 104 121 Sliding Window Design 101 Snapshot Access Menu Option 328 Soft Keys 315 317 318 Starting BLAST 39 40 String Constant Defined 220 221 String Values Defined 222 stty 27 28 System Scripts 211 212 System V Release 3 Serial Port Configura tion 19 20 System V Release 4 Serial Port Configura tion 20 21 T TCP IP 16 18 69 266 267 Technical Support 5 6 Telnet 16 69 266 267 TERM 10 46 Terminal Emulation 309 315 ADM3A 314 315 349 350 BLAST Keys 318 319 INDEX D80 314 315 349 350 DEC VT 74 78 312 313 348 349 Keyboard Mapping 316 319 320 PASSTHRU 310 311 PC ANSI 78 312 349 Printing 314 315 Reserved Variable 271 Setup Field 74 Setup Subwindows 74 81 TTY 310 TV920 314 315 349 350 WYSE 78 81 314 315 349 350 Terminal Mode 56 BHOST 326 330 331 Hot Keys 311 Local Echo 82 277 Script Command 256 Terminals Standard BLAST 309 311 See also Terminal Emulation and Terminal Mode Testing Service
38. 919 542 0939 The baud rate will be taken from the setup because that field is blank and the transfer command file will default to autopoll tcf In the second record the setup store06 su will be loaded The site name phone number and baud rate will default to the values given in store06 su The transfer command file will be nightly tcf In the last record the file New York su will be loaded The site name will be Albany the phone number will be 782 8311 the baud rate will be set to 19 2 kbps and the transfer command file will be ny tcf Transfer Command File Autopoll uses a standard transfer command file TCF to specify files to be sent and received You may use a unique TCF for each site listed in your site file or you may use one TCF for multiple sites For a complete description of the Transfer Command File see Transfer Command File on page 115 AUTOPOLL 361 IMPORTANT Autopoll treats wildcards and remote commands such as remote print and remote rename as try once specifications These trans fers and commands are attempted during the first cycle only Even if errors occur Autopoll does not attempt the transfers or commands again For this reason wildcards and remote commands should be used with caution Overview of Autopoll Script Actions A brief overview of the basic actions of the autopoll scripts follows to give users a clearer understanding of the Autopoll process Much of the error che
39. Access Filetransfer ALT F Terminal Access Remote Reboot a Access 10 7x Snapshot x Access Chat N Access Parameters X Access Record X Access FT Filetransfer To avoid potential conflicts during remote control sessions these keys do not have default values When you assign keys through the BLAST keyboard mapping utility blastkbd remember that the values you pick will not be available to the Host PC programs dur ing remote control sessions You can remap Hot Keys with blastkbd see Hot Keys on page 319 Function Key Available Mode Filetransfer CTRL F Terminal 10 8x Local System CTRL N Terminal Learn CTRL R Terminal Terminal emulation must be set to TTY KEY DEFINITION CHARTS 347 Terminal Emulation Keys for 10 7x 348 Press ATTN E or ATTN M from Terminal mode to view the blastkbd screen for these emulators see Terminal Emulation with 10 7x on page 311 DEC VT320 and VT220 Keys Function Shift Tab Backspace Del Cursor Up Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Keypad 0 9 Keypad Keypad Keypad Enter Key Keypad PFI PF4 Hold Screen Print Screen Toggle Auto Print Scroll Left Scroll Right Scroll mode Find Ins Here Remove Select Prev Screen Next Screen F6 F12 F13 F20 Help Do Shift 6 F12 Shift F13 F20 PC Key SHIFT TAB CTRL BACKSPACE BACKSPACE UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT keypad 0 9 keypad keypad keypad keypad F1 F4 F5 ALT
40. Automation with BLASTscript 2000 61 5 The Setup 63 Whatis a Setup 22 02 daa aude Slat oud ee ee has 63 Setup Pieldsicnsc ead es eae eee 4 See cates Ye i 2 66 DEC VT Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x 74 PC ANSI Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x 78 WYSE Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x 78 BLAST Protocol Subwindow 00005 84 Kermit Protocol Subwindow 0000005 89 Xmodem and Ymodem Protocol Subwindow for 10 8x 92 Zmodem Protocol Subwindow 0 000 94 6 BLAST Session Protocol 99 What is a Protocol sor ves4ee cunyedi tot seater e tyit 99 The BLAST Session Protocol 2005 100 BLAST Protocol Design 502ee eens 101 Starting a BLAST Session 0 0 0 0 00 000 103 Ending a BLAST Session 00 20 eee 106 Performing Filetransfer Commands 107 Transfer Command File 0 0 00 00 0008 115 BLAST Protocol Remote Menu 118 Automating the BLAST Session Protocol 119 Fine Tuning the BLAST Session Protocol 119 Filetransfer Security with BLAST Protocol 121 7 FTP with 10 8x 123 INOdUCHONS neato nee dy eet siya edness 123 Starting an FTP Sessions 52 sn oe oe Gee eee Se 123 FTP Filetransfer Menu 2 s 5 0 4 2 3 a alt poem ea oe eee 124 Sending and Receiving Files with FTP 124 File Transfer
41. BLASTscript variable WDWSIZ 85 86 DCD Loss Response ABORT IGNORE Specifies the action BLAST will take after DCD loss during a file transfer session ABORT Sets EFERROR on carrier loss and exits Filetransfer mode IGNORE Ignores carrier loss Filetransfer mode continues until the Inactivity T O takes effect BLASTscript variable DCDLOSS Use A Protocol YES NO Specifies whether the BLAST A Protocol will be used YES spec ifies communication with older BLAST products BLASTscript variable APROTO Filtering ON OFF Specifies filtering out VT sequences sent from a remote computer or protocol converter This filtering prevents BLAST protocol from la beling these sequences as bad blocks received BLASTscript variable FILTER Retransmit Timer 0 9999 4 Sets the maximum number of seconds BLAST will pause before resending a packet For example if Window Size is set to 5 and Re transmit Timer is set to 30 BLAST will attempt to resend the fifth packet every thirty seconds if it receives no acknowledgement NOTE This setting should be less than the that for Inactivity Time out BLASTscript variable RETRAN ACK Request Frequency 1 window size 4 Specifies the frequency at which an acknowledgement from the re ceiving system is requested The frequency is measured in number of packets sent For example if the ACK Request Frequency is 4 a request for an acknowledg
42. CHAPTER ELEVEN IMPORTANT blsecure Exclude mask user defined Specifies files to be excluded from the include mask For example if the include mask is set to file and the exclude mask is set to c a file named file34 a would pass through but a file named file34 c would not be accessible to the remote user If this field is left blank all files matching the include mask will be accessible The exclude mask will override your operating system s permission or access system Even if UNIX read write and execute permis sions normally allow access to a file or directory BLAST will deny access if it matches the exclude mask Comment user defined Specifies optional comments regarding each record The application blsecure is a command line utility that like blpasswd sets up and maintains passwords and permissions for BLAST users Unlike blpasswd it does not have an interface and does not require interactive input from the BLAST administrator thereby making it ideal for use from a shell script or a BLAST script blsecure Command Line Parameters The BLAST installation program normally copies blsecure to the same directory as the BLAST executable For increased security it should be moved to a directory that is accessible only to the BLAST administrator To run blsecure use the following format blsecure passwordfile masterpassword c h g f p a z r options SECURE BLAST where passwordfile is the filename of the
43. FILE 230 231 FILETRANSFER GET SEND 231 FILETRANSFER LOCAL 232 233 FILETRANSFER MESSAGE 233 234 FILETRANSFER REMOTE 234 237 FLUSH 237 FOPENA 189 237 FOPENR 189 190 238 FOPENW 189 190 238 FREAD 189 190 238 239 FREADB 239 FREE 239 FREWIND 239 240 FWRITE 189 190 240 FWRITEB 240 GETENV 240 241 GOTO 185 241 HEX2BIN 241 IF 175 241 243 IF ELSE 243 IF END 176 243 244 IF END ELSE END 244 SCO UNIX OpenServer 5 Character Stream LCHDIR 244 245 Mapping 28 DELETE 245 Screen LET 245 Command Area 40 41 LLIST 246 Description of 40 42 LOAD 246 File Transfer Status Area 41 42 OCAL SYSTEM 193 247 Host PC 336 337 LOWER 247 Scrolling Region 41 192 LPRINT 247 248 Script Commands 219 261 RENAME 248 ASCII 224 TYPE 248 ASK 225 MENU 248 INDEX 391 NEW 249 PUT 249 PWD 249 250 QUIT 250 AISE 250 EMOVE 250 251 EPS 186 251 ETURN 251 AVE 251 ELECT 252 252 263 TRAP 188 189 252 253 RCAT 186 188 253 STRINX 187 254 STRLEN 187 254 STRRINX 187 254 STRTRIM 187 255 SYMTYPE 255 CAPTURE 188 189 255 256 ERMINAL 256 That Set STATUS 223 TRAPNULLS_OFF 257 TRAPNULLS_ON 257 SEND 177 257 TSENDBIN 258 TTRAP 177 258 TUPLOAD 207 208 258 259 UPPER 259 WAIT 260 WAIT CARRIER 260 WAIT IDLE 260 261 WAIT UNTIL 261 WERROR 192 261 WRITE 191 192 261 Script File Reserved Variable 285 Setup Field 72 73 S
44. FREAD numeric_constant variable After an FOPENR command FREAD reads a line of text into a vari able Numeric_constant is the file handle assigned the file in the FOPENR statement If FREAD is successful STATUS is set to 0 A nonzero value indicates an error reading the file or end of file 238 CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE fopenr 1 command fil open file 1 for reading FREAD 1 input read line into input if STATUS not 0 display End of file reached end fclose 1 close file FREADB 10 8x read a file as binary data FORMAT FREADB numeric_value1 variable numeric_value2 FREADB reads up to a maximum number of bytes numeric_value2 from the file specified by numeric_value the file handle assigned the file in the FOPENR statement and stores the result in variable The reserved variable F ILECNT stores the actual number of bytes read EXAMPLE FREADB 2 line 100 reads up to 100 bytes from file handle 2 into line FREE release a variable from memory FORMAT FREE variable FREE releases memory allocated to the specified variable To recov er all memory you must FREE variables in the reverse order in which they were defined EXAMPLE FREE input FREWIND rewind a file FORMAT FREWIND numeric_constant FREWIND rewinds a file by resetting the file pointer to the begin ning of the file Numeric_constant is the file handle assigned
45. For example the FILETRANSFER command sets STATUS to 0 if Filetransfer mode was successfully entered STATUS does not however re flect the success of an entire FILETRANSFER block but rather the STATUS setting of the last command in the block capable of set ting STATUS To check the overall success of aF ILETRANSFER block use the reserved variable EFERROR Some commands that return numeric results e g STRINX TTRAP set STATUS to 0 to indicate a null condition On returning from a called script STATUS is set to the numeric constant given in the RETURN statement or to 0 if no numeric con stant is given For a list of commands that set STATUS see Commands That Set STATUS on page 223 STIME read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the elapsed time for the file be ing sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more informa tion 288 CHAPTER SIXTEEN 10 8x SYMBOLTYPE read only Returns the results of the last SYMTYPE command NONE BINARY or STRING SYSDESC read write user defined Stores a user defined description of the remote computer This field may be up to 40 characters No special processing is done based on the information in this field Setup field Description SYSTYPE read write any valid system type Specifies the remote computer type UNIX VMS et
46. Map Selection in the Setup All maps that you create are saved in a file called blast tdf Each time that you start BLAST it will search the current directory for blast tdf If it cannot be located BLAST then checks BLASTDIR You can easily assign separate keymaps for several users or applica tions by copying different blast tdf files into each directory When you run BLAST from within an application directory the proper blast tdf file will automatically be loaded To select a specific user map from within a given tdf file highlight the Keyboard File setup field and use the SPACEBAR to cycle through the map choices If you would like a map to be loaded automatically on startup save it as a part of the setup DATA STREAM CONTROL 321 322 CHAPTER SEVENTEEN Chapter 18 Remote Control with 10 7x What Is Remote Control For computers running BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x from the console the Remote Control features allow you to access and con trol the screen keyboard disk drives and printer of a remote DOS PC running the BHOST program Remote control is ideal for trou bleshooting remote sites training and supporting DOS operators us ing DOS software any time that you need complete control over a remote computer running DOS This chapter introduces basic concepts and guides you through the features of BLAST remote control The BHOST User Manual de scribes how to set up the remote computer for control by BL
47. Print Chdir More list remote filenames local opt xfer file size byte cnt ln qual lt idle gt lt message gt good 00 help ESC exit exe dll FIGURE 4 5 d1 dll i dll dil dll dll dll dll use More to continue Figure 4 5 above shows the BLAST protocol Remote menu The commands of this menu which differ from the FTP and Kermit Re mote menus are described briefly below For a fuller discussion of the commands of the Remote menus see BLAST Protocol Remote Menu on page 118 FTP Remote Menu on page 128 and Kermit Remote Menu on page 134 List Lists a remote directory Delete Deletes a single file or multiple files from the remote sys tem 60 CHAPTER FOUR Rename Renames a remote file Type Displays a remote file on the screen Print Prints a remote file to the remote printer Chdir Changes the current remote directory More Scrolls a page of data output from the List or Type com mands Automation with BLASTscript Up to this point you have been learning about BLAST in interactive mode manually pressing keys to perform tasks To automate com munications tasks that are repeated on a daily or weekly basis use BLAST s interpretive programming language BLASTscript BLAST scripts can Automate the dial and logon sequences to another computer Send and receive files Control standard and nonstandard modems and comm
48. Scaling Ratio only applies to graphics screens When Scaling Ratio is set to a value other than 1 1 BHOST divides the Host PC screen into square grids and sends only the value of the first pixel in the grid The Control PC then substitutes that value for each of the remaining pixels in the grid For example when Scaling Ratio is set to 1 4 BHOST sends only the first pixel of a 4 pixel grid The Control PC writes that value for all four of the pixels in the grid 1 1 the entire Host screen is sent to the Control PC 1 4 the Host PC sends 1 pixel from a 4 pixel grid 25 of the Host PC screen 1 16 the Host PC sends 1 pixel from a 16 pixel grid 6 25 of the Host PC screen 1 64 the Host PC sends 1 pixel from a 64 pixel grid 1 5 of the Host PC screen Use a higher Scaling Ratio 1 4 1 16 or 1 64 when you want to see screens as quickly and image quality is not important Scan Interval NONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW Specifies how often BHOST scans the Host PC s display to see if the display has changed since the last scan If it has BHOST rescans the display and sends the new screen to the Control PC REMOTE CONTROL 333 IMPORTANT 334 The higher the Scan Interval the more often the display is updated A higher Scan Interval however usually means slower program speed since the foreground application on the Host PC must be in terrupted for the scan and each image must be sent to the Control P
49. Yes No Cancel Y N C FIGURE 11 2 Password Permissions Comment After creating a new password file blpasswd will display the main screen Figure 11 3 To open an existing password file for modification from the com mand line type blpasswd followed by a space and the name of the file you want to open You will then be asked for the master pass word Typing the password and pressing ENTER will take you to the main screen Figure 11 3 If the filename you type does not exist you will be asked if you want to create the file Press Y to create the file or N or C to cancel and exit blpasswd BLPASSWD Version 2 00 Password file version 10 7 6 BLAST Serial Program file Comment Password Permissions Comment FIGURE 11 3 The next step in creating or modifying a password file is to enter data into the file which consists of two parts header information and record information Header information includes master data for the password file record information includes data in each individual password record SECURE BLAST 157 FIGURE 11 4 Header Information Header information consists of the following master data for the password file the master password for file edit access the serial number name and location of the BLAST executable to which the file will be secured and optional comments about the password file To enter header information into a newly created file or to edit head er inf
50. an alternative to BLAST pro tocol Before choosing Xmodem Ymodem or Zmodem for a major appli cation ask yourself Will you need to transfer files with computers using other oper ating systems Do your transfers need to be fast and 100 error free Do you want the ability to execute commands on the remote system without special knowledge of the command syntax If you have answered Yes to any of these questions you should use BLAST protocol on your remote system if it is available Xmo dem Ymodem and Zmodem protocols do not support both near transparent remote access to other operating systems nor fast 100 error free transfers XMODEM YMODEM AND ZMODEM PROTOCOLS 137 The following instructions are very general Actual procedures for using Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem will vary depending on the implementation of these protocols on the remote system Many com munications products support the standard implementation of these protocols nevertheless you should be aware that there are different incompatible versions that might not work successfully with BLAST Command Line Features If you have chosen the Xmodem or Ymodem protocol in your setup you can specify an end of transmission EOT timeout parameter using a command line switch in the following format 10 7x blast ynumber 10 8x blast enumber where timeout is equal to number 100 seconds The minimum time out is
51. and BLAST will default to port number 23 To use telnet with a port other than port 23 give the host name the port number and telnet as in the example below CHAPTER SIXTEEN IMPORTANT set COMMPORT blaster blast com 12 telnet See Accessing TCP IP Ports on page 16 Hunt filename The name including path of a hunt file that lists available devices preceded by the lt character Refer to Au tomatic Serial Port Searching on page 25 for details about hunt files Setup field Connection COMP_LVL read write 0 6 4 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the maximum sending and receiving compression levels to be used Level 0 specifies no com pression level 6 specifies the highest level of compression Setting this variable is effectively equal to setting both the RCOMP_LEV and SCOMP_LEV reserved variables CONNTIMO read write 0 999 60 Specifies the number of seconds BLAST will wait for a network connection This field has no effect on serial connections Setup field Connection T O CONTIMO read write 0 999 120 Used with older versions of BLAST For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the time interval in seconds that BLAST will wait for a packet of data from the remote computer before timing out This reserved variable has been replaced by the reserved variable INACTIMO and should not be used Do not confuse it with the CONNT IMO reserved variable describe
52. and Ymodem transfers specifies conversion to ASCH BLASTscript variable XYCONVR Remote Line Termination CR CR LF For sending files with Xmodem or Ymodem specifies how line ter mination is treated CR For files sent replaces line feeds LF with carriage returns CR for example when ASCII files are sent to a Macintosh plat form CR LF For files sent adds a carriage return CR before a line feed LF for example when ASCII files are sent to DOS or Windows platforms BLASTscript variable XYRLTS For receiving Xmodem and Ymodem files specifies how line ter mination is treated CR For files received replaces all carriage returns CR with line feeds LF for example when ASCII files are received from a Mac intosh platform CR LF For files received deletes any carriage return CR that is followed by a line feed LF for example when ASCII files are sent to DOS or Windows platforms BLASTscript variable XYRLTR 93 Error Detection CRC CHECKSUM For Xmodem transfers specifies whether the error detection is CRC or CHECKSUM BLASTscript variable XCRC Zmodem Protocol Subwindow FIGURE 5 9 94 Selecting ZMODEM and pressing ENTER displays the subwindow shown in Figure 5 9 below m ZMODEM Protocol Send Parameters Receive Parameters Resume interrupted file Auto Receive NO File must already exist Conversion override File conversion ASCII Management
53. available concerning UNIX security 149 UNIX Tools Login The front line of defense against unwanted intrusion is a properly configured getty or ttymon process running on all dial in lines At a minimum this will force the dial in user to enter a valid login name and password or attempt to hack the login process to gain ac cess Presuming that the user provides a valid login and password combination login will start a shell set the group to which the user belongs and put the user into his or her home directory The default shell group ID and home directory are all specified in the etc passwd file To maintain security each person logging into your UNIX system should have his or her own login and home directory If logins and home directories are shared it is impossible to limit directory access only to one user For more information on setting up logins refer to your system documentation Groups Each user on the system will belong to one or more groups Segre gating users into groups can help secure your system For more in formation on setting up groups refer to your system documentation and the group newgrp and chgrp man pages Permissions The basic operations performed on a file are read write and for executable files execute The system can grant or deny access to a file for any of these operations Read write and execute permis sion can be set for the owner of the file for users
54. buf argl converts first 10 bytes of argl stores result in buf BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 225 CALL FORMAT EXAMPLE call another script CALL string_value CALL loads and executes another BLAST script after which the called script returns to the calling script String_value contains the filename of the called program On return STATUS is set to the value of the exit code in the called program s RETURN statement or to 0 if no exit code value is given Since all values are global any values set in the calling script will be retained in the called script and vice versa CALL searches for the script name in the following order 1 Files without scr extension in current working directory 2 Files with scr extension in current working directory 3 Files without scr extension in SETUPDIR directory 4 Files with scr extension in SETUPDIR directory CALL BACKUP SCR if STATUS 0 display Backup Successful CHECKSUM FORMAT 226 10 8x generate checksum of a string CHECKSUM numeric_value1 numeric_value2 var1 var2 var3 NOTE var variable CHECKSUM generates a checksum or CRC from a string variable2 and any additional variables and stores it as the hexadecimal equiv alent of ASCII data in variable Numeric_value1 specifies the type checksum or CRC numeric_value2 specifies the compliment 0 or 1 TYPE COMPLIMENT 1 8 bit envoy LRC 0 normal 2
55. command on the remote computer for the remote system s im plementation of Xmodem The basic syntax for sending a file using Xmodem is Connect TSEND receive_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer SEND local_filename ESC Receiving Files The syntax for receiving files is Connect TSEND send_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer GET local_filename ESC 200 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Transferring More Than One File A separate F ILETRANSFER ESC block is required for each file that is transferred For example to send two files and get one file three F TLETRANSFER ESC blocks are needed as in the following example 3 File Xmodem Transfer Connect TSEND rx Sales CR Filetransfer SEND SiSales ESC TSEND rx Order CR Filetransfer SEND SlOrder ESC TSEND sx Inventory CR Filetransfer GET S1Inventory ESC T zr File transfer scripts can be improved by adding error checking fea tures For a discussion of error checking in file transfer scripts see Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 File Transfers with Ynodem and Ymodem G Before writing scripts for Ymodem and Ymodem G you may want to review the general information in Chapter 9 on the use of these protocols Learn mode page 176 is also a good tool for obtaining a rough draft of the script you will need in a particular case Because the filenam
56. correspond to setup fields and physical or logical program conditions See Chapter 16 for more information 10 8x Binary Variables Binary variables contain binary data For example the variable specified in a HEX2BIN command statement is a binary variable Because these variables can contain nonprintable characters nulls for example the contents of the variables may not display correct ly on the screen Syntax Rules The number of characters in a script statement is limited to 10 7x 131 characters 10 8x 1 024 characters Indentation makes code easier to read and has no effect on operation Commands and variable names are not case sensitive Thus SET FILENAME default su is equivalent to set filename default su If strings are numeric values mathematical operations can be performed in a LET statement Parentheses are not allowed how ever and expressions are evaluated left to right without precedence Comment lines begin with Comments may also be placed on the same line as a BLASTscript statement by putting a in the line all characters from the to the end of the line are treated as a com ment 222 CHAPTER FIFTEEN Every line in a script must be executable or contain a comment As a consequence blank lines which are rarely executable cannot be used to separate script code visually BLASTscript is highly spac
57. dial the modem BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 257 TSENDBIN 10 8x convert hexadecimal to binary while transmitting to remote FORMAT TSENDBIN variable1 variable2 TSENDBIN converts the hexadecimal equivalents of an ASCII string variable to binary code as they are sent to the remote system Variables must contain hexadecimal strings EXAMPLE TSENDBIN argl arg2 TTRAP trap for output from the remote computer FORMAT TTRAP MM SS SS string_value1 string_value8 TTRAP pauses the BLAST script in Terminal mode testing data flow to the communications port When TTRAP sees one of the string values it continues to the next statement If mm ss min utes seconds is given and none of the string values is received in that length of time TTRAP times out TTRAP sets STATUS to the number of the string that was found or sets STATUS to 0 if TTRAP timed out EXAMPLE set x NO CARRIER TTRAP 30 CONNECT x if STATUS 0 write Timeout on trap if STATUS 1 write Connected if STATUS 2 write No carrier TUPLOAD upload a text file to the remote system FORMAT TUPLOAD string_value TUPLOAD opens the file specified by string_value and sends the text to the remote computer The transmission is paced by any flow con trol options specified in the setup TUPLOAD sets STATUS to 0 on completion of the text upload If the upload is unsuccessful STATUS is set to the applicable
58. during text uploading Terminal mode operation and file transfer When one computer needs to stop the flow of incoming data it transmits an XOFF CTRL S to the other computer When the computer is again ready to receive data it transmits an XON CTRL Q During BLAST protocol transfer BLAST will wait a maximum of 30 seconds for an XON from the remote If the XON is not sent BLAST will resume transfer See Flow Control on page 30 BLASTscript variable XONXOFF RTS CTS Pacing YES NO Enables hardware flow control RTS CTS pacing uses the RS 232 signals Request to Send and Clear to Send for optimized through put over error correcting modems Not all systems support this type of flow control Set this field to NO unless error correcting modems are on both ends of the connection See Flow Control on page 30 BLASTscript variable RTSCTS 10 7x Keyboard File filename Specifies a user defined keyboard map for a particular keyboard or application see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 BLASTscript variable KEYFILE Script File filename Designates a BLAST script that will be executed immediately when the setup is loaded into memory A script specified on the BLAST command line will override a script specified in this field CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Use BLAST scripts to automate part or all of a BLAST session BLASTscript variable SCRFILE Log File filename Names
59. entering the name of the setup file to load into memory If you press ENTER while the field is empty the Setup Directory will be displayed in the scroll ing area Use the SPACEBAR to highlight a setup in the direc tory and press ENTER to load it New Prompts you for a new setup name Type the name press ENTER and BLAST will automatically enter the Modify CHAPTER FOUR mode displaying in the Setup window the values of the setup currently loaded in memory Modify Displays in the Setup window the current values of the set up in memory and allows you to make changes Upon ex iting Modify mode those values will be loaded into memory Write Saves the current values in memory to the setup file named on the location line Remove Prompts you for the name of a setup to delete If you press ENTER while the field is empty the Setup Directory will be displayed in the scrolling area You can then use the SPACEBAR to highlight a setup in the directory and press ENTER to delete it Other Offline Commands Local Allows you to perform local system commands by taking you to the Local menu described in detail on page 58 Learn Builds a script for you by starting Learn mode When you execute the Learn command you will be prompted for a script name After you type the name and press ENTER BLAST will record all of subsequent functions in the script file until you disable Learn mode by selecting the Learn command again I
60. execution to another script for example call getdata calls the script named getdata When the RETURN command is ex ecuted in the called script control returns to the calling script return exit_code The exit code is optional When control is returned to the calling script the value of STATUS in the calling script will be equal to the value of the exit code For example the script testone scr would call the script testtwo scr as follows testone scr display This script calls testtwo scr call testtwo scr At this point testtwo scr executes testtwo scr ask Enter a number input return input End The value of STATUS in testone scr has now been set to the value of input entered in testtwo scr and testone scr continues with the remainder of its commands 184 CHAPTER THIRTEEN display Now STATUS STATUS return End A script that has been called may call another script a process known as nesting Scripts may be called recursively to the limit of available system resources All variables in a script are global meaning that they can be read and changed anywhere For example you can write a script that only sets the variables you will use Your master script then calls this script at the beginning of execution The master script and any other scripts you call afterward will see the variables that you created Executing in
61. exports them to subshells In this ex ample the directory usr blast is appended to the search path the shell uses to find the BLAST executable BLASTDIR and SETUPDIR are set to usr blast For more information on environ ment variables and command line parameters used by BLAST see Environment Variables on page 7 The line blast caller stest scr b tells BLAST to load the setup caller su run the script test scr and execute BLAST in batch mode no display It is not necessary to run BLAST in batch mode from a script however if the script is going to be run in a non attended mode or if it is going to run as a back ground process from cron BLAST should always be run in batch mode The statement RETURN_CODE saves the return code from BLAST into an environment variable that can be used for further operations BLAST will return a nonzero er ror code if an error occurs during processing for a list of error codes see Appendix A It is also possible to use the BLAST scripting lan guage to return error codes with the QUIT statement for more on the QUIT script command see page 250 The following block of code tests the environment variable RETURN_CODE for a nonzero value If RETURN CODE is not equal to zero the script will echo the return code to the screen if RETURN_CODE ne 0 then echo RETURN_CODE fi THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 35 It may be useful to send the output of the return code to a log file along
62. file from sending system if transfer was successful NOTE The FWD switch is a very powerful feature of FTP Because it allows files to be auto matically deleted from the sending system al ways exercise caution when using it Delete file from receiving system if transfer was unsuccessful Perform text translation BLAST will convert car riage returns line feeds and end of file markers to the receiving system s text format You might for example specify appending and text translation of an existing file with the following filename test1 doc APP TXT 126 CHAPTER SEVEN Filenames Restrictions with FTP With FTP you should not give a file the same name as a switch since FTP will assume that the file is a switch and either ignore it if the switch is unsupported by FTP or look for a file with the name of the folder containing the file if the switch is supported by FTP In ei ther case the transfer of the file will not occur and you will get an error message Filenames uppercase or lowercase to avoid are app comp n follow nn fwd group ovw owner nn perms nnnn str and txt where n is a number from 0 to 9 You can work around this restriction by changing your local and re mote working directories to the ones containing the file you want to transfer and giving the filename without a path To change your lo cal working directory interactively choose Chdir command from the Local menu To change your re
63. files Delete Deletes a single file or multiple files from the remote sys tem You may use a specific filename or a filename with wildcard characters for example Cwd Changes the server s working directory You will be prompted for the new directory name 128 CHAPTER SEVEN Chapter 8 Kermit Protocol Many communication products support Kermit protocol on a wide range of computers but there are different versions of Kermit two of which BLAST supports The simplest version is a file transfer program that requires commands to be entered at both the sending and receiving computers using the Send and Receive commands The more sophisticated version is the Kermit server The Kermit server accepts commands from aremote user and performs specified operations using the Send Get and Remote commands Kermit Filetransfer Menu You will notice from the screen shown in Figure 8 1 on the next page that the Kermit Filetransfer menu is slightly different from the menu displayed during a BLAST protocol session Below is a brief description of the command options of this menu Send Sends a file to a Kermit program You will be prompted for the local and remote filenames Get Receives a file from a Kermit server You will be prompted for the remote and local filenames KERMIT PROTOCOL 129 BLAST Kermit default usr Get Receive reMote Finish Bye send file s to the remote system local xfer
64. from emulator to emulator For example if you map the Cursor Down function as CTRL 2 in the 318 CHAPTER SEVENTEEN FIGURE 17 4 BLAST Keys subwindow while using the VT320 emulator that se quence will also perform the same function if you switch to WYSE60 emulation You cannot use blastkbd to remap Attention ATTN Key sequences The Attention Key can be remapped via the Attention Key setup field page 73 Hot Keys If you select Hot Keys from the BLAST Key set in the blastkbod main window and press ENTER the Hot Key subwindow will appear Figure 17 4 Hot Keys override all other functions For example if you map both the VT Find key and the Filetransfer Hot Key to ALT F pressing ALT F will always start Filetransfer mode and never act as the VT Find key To map or remap a function highlight the first key sequence to the right of the function and press enter The message Press any key to remap function is displayed Type the key or combination of keys that will serve as this function Repeat this process until you have remapped all the functions that you want then press S to save your remappings and return to the blastkod main window NOTE A Hot Key can only be mapped to a single keystroke Any keystrokes entered into the second column will be ignored by BLAST Function Key 1 Key 2 Active Mode gt Abort BLAST Terminal Connect lt alt gt c Terminal Disconnect lt alt gt d Terminal Learn lt a
65. in a block if the conditional clause is true In line 24 the EFERROR reserved variable is tested which indicates if any errors occurred during a BLAST protocol file transfer If EFERROR equals 0 no errors were encountered For any value other than 0 two messages lines 25 26 are displayed and the IF statement ends In either case the script advances to the finish label DISCONNECTING Section 3 The final section of the script under the finish label begins with the DISCONNECT command Like CONNECT and FILETRANSFER DISCONNECT performs the same operation as the corresponding command of the Online menu As you become more familiar with BLAST s scripting language you will discover that many script commands are similar to the options on BLAST interactive menus RETURN ends the script and returns control of BLAST to you Learn Mode An important aid to writing your own scripts is BLAST s Learn mode With Learn you perform a communications task exactly as the script should perform it and BLAST creates the script from the actions you take Typically the Learn script serves as a rough draft of the final script To start Learn mode select Learn from the Offline menu BLAST prompts you to name the Learn script Note that Learn mode does not function with PASSTHRU Suppose that you wanted to write a script to log into a computer for which there is no standard system type in
66. initial assessment of com munication line quality This process can fail if it does not occur within the time period spec ified in the Logon Timeout setup field If handshaking fails BLAST displays Logon Timeout and returns to the Online menu BLAST Protocol Timeouts There are two types of timeouts in BLAST protocol the Logon Timeout and the Inactivity Timeout Both timeout values can be specified in fields in the BLAST Protocol Setup see page 84 The Logon Timeout is the maximum time in seconds after initiating the BLAST Session protocol that BLAST will wait for the initial handshake with another system The default value is 120 Ifa Logon Timeout exists and the maximum time specified to establish the BLAST Session elapses BLAST will return to the Online menu If the Logon Timeout is set to 0 the timeout is disabled Setting the Logon Timeout to 0 at the remote site could lock up the remote system however BLAST allows you to force a disconnect by fol lowing these steps Select the Terminal command to enter Terminal mode When you see the BLAST message starting BLAST protocol BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 105 on the display type DESC This tells BLAST on the remote system to abort its attempt to enter a BLAST session Because the message you type will not be echoed on the screen repeat it several times if necessary Note that the com mand is case sensitive The Inactivity Timeout is the maximum t
67. lowing commands are available Parameter Command Parameter DCDResp DCD Loss Response Inactimo Inactivity T O Keyboard Host Keyboard Mouse Host Mouse Print Printer s Enabled PMouse Precision Mouse unsupported set to OFF Printer Host Printer Screen Host Screen Scale Scaling Ratio Scan Scan Interval SKeyboard Special KBD Mode Sync Sync Mode TimoResp Timeout Response To close the Session Command window press ESC BLAST Host Session Command Mode gt settings Current BLAST Host Settings SCALE 1 1 SYNC ON SCAN MEDIUM PMOUSE ON SKEYBOARD ON INACTIMO 120 TIMORESP RESTART DCDRESP RESTART MOUSE 0N SCREEN 0N KEYBOARD ON PRINTER NONE PRINT NONE 338 CHAPTER EIGHTEEN Appendix A Error Messages Introduction The following is a list of BLAST error codes and a brief description of the cause of each error Error messages for most versions of BLAST are included in this list Even though they may not apply to the version running on the local computer they may occur on the re mote system BLAST Protocol Functions 20 ERROR MESSAGES loss of carrier during protocol logon logon timeout A BLAST protocol session was not established within the time specified by the BLAST Protocol Logon Tim eout See the Logon Timeout setup field description on page 84 for details console interrupt the ATTN key was typed inactivity timeout 339 24 25 26 27 29 30 A BLAST pro
68. m P S AJP o oA AAP o o9 hour 24 hour clock 00 23 hour 12 hour clock 01 12 j day of year 001 366 minute 00 59 month 01 12 local equivalent of AM or PM second 00 59 U week of year first day Sunday 00 53 W week of year first day Monday 00 53 AJP oA oP AAP ol ole oe ale CHAPTER SIXTEEN ae weekday 0 6 Sunday is 0 standard time representation SH 3M S standard date representation Sa b Sd ZY year with century year without century 00 99 time zone name percent sign ole oe ale o9 oO V NK Kx x o9 For example to set DATEFORMAT to generate a date in the format of 19 March 1998 your script would read set DATEFORMAT d B Y DCD read only Stores the Carrier Detect status from the modem If DCD is set to 1 the carrier is detected by the modem If DCD is set to 0 the mo dem does not sense a carrier from another modem The modem must be set appropriately for this variable to reflect the state of the data carrier and the modem cable if present must have the appropriate conductor The value of this variable is valid only if the serial port device driver returns the correct code DCDLOSS read write ABORT IGNORE For BLAST protocol transfers specifies whether BLAST will ABORT after or IGNORE DCD loss This feature requires appropri ate modem initialization and recognition of the signal by the serial port device driver see d
69. mode may break strings of text inappropriately Editing the Learn script to make the TSEND statements meaningful to human readers is a good idea but it is not necessary Likewise TTRAP statements may contain unneeded characters when scripted by Learn mode In the example above 012 is the octal representation of the line feed and 015 is the octal form of the return character These characters are not needed to detect the prompts issued by the bank so they may be edited for clarity After your have cleaned up the Learn script it could look like this bank scr A script to log into the bank begin CONNECT ttrap 6 MIDAS gt tsend AlbertyArtCo CR INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING 177 ttrap 3 return End of script Now the script can be read more easily After connecting the script will wait for up to six seconds for the string MIDAS gt Next the script sends the string AlbertyArtCo and a carriage return Finally the script waits for up to three seconds for the prompt and then returns control to you Polishing the Learn Script After being edited the Learn script makes better sense to human readers but it can still be improved Take a moment to assess it What s left to be done One area for improvement is in error handling You saw earlier that STATUS could be tested after the CONNECT command to deter mine whether a connection was established Similar error chec
70. negative acknowledgement 22 16 26 syn lt ctrl gt V synchronization character 23 17 27 etb lt ctrl gt W end of text block 24 18 30 can lt ctrl gt X cancel 25 19 31 em lt ctrl gt Y end of medium 26 1A 32 sub lt ctrl gt Z substitute 27 1B 33 esc lt ctrl gt escape 28 1C 34 fs lt ctrl gt frame separator 29 1D 35 gs lt ctrl gt group separator 30 1E 36 rs lt ctrl gt record separator 31 1F 37 us lt ctrl gt _ unit separator 356 D decimal H hexadecimal O octal M mnemonic APPENDIX D Appendix E Autopoll The Autopoll Script BLAST features Autopoll a sample script that allows your unat tended system to call a series of remote computers and exchange in formation Autopoll performs the following tasks 0 Q AUTOPOLL reads a list of sites to be polled connects to each site executes a transfer command file to transfer files disconnects scans the log file to determine which transfers were successful builds retry files as required and adds the results to a status file Autopoll checks carefully for errors while polling If an error is found the problem site is scheduled to be retried Only the file trans fer commands that failed are attempted again Installing Autopoll Autopoll consists of eight scripts that were copied into your BLAST directory when the BLAST program was installed on your system The scripts are autopoll scr master script autoini
71. of the file that your system is sending or receiving opt the optional transfer switches that you selected for this file xfer the percentage of the file that has been transferred to or from the remote machine file size the total file size in bytes BLAST QUICKSTART 41 FIGURE 3 3 byte count the portion of the file that has been transferred to or from the remote machine in bytes In qual a general description of the line quality of the connection between the computers Possible values during a transfer are good fair poor or dead Unlike BLAST protocol other supported protocols do not make use of all the above status indicators BLAST Filetransfer default usr MENU Get Message Remote Local File send file s to the remote system local opt xfer file size byte cnt In qual S lt idle gt R lt message gt good 00 help ESC exit een ip nc ini peace lt lt Entering BLAST Transfer Mode gt gt xxx MacBLAST 18 2 on remote system uovm Three Keys to Remember A number of special keys are used within BLAST but three are used frequently ATIN CTRL K is the default Attention ATTN Key Press CTRL K to abort script operations or initiate other special key combinations Press CTRL K CTRL K to return to the Online menu from Terminal mode The ATTN key can be rede fined see Attention Key on page 73 CANCEL To can
72. ofdel tab3 Unfortunately there is no standard format for the output of stty The output may have a substantially different appearance on your sys tem nevertheless a number of important parameters are defined consistently across UNIX implementations stty Parameter Meaning speed 38 4 bps The speed is 38 4 bits per second intr c The interrupt key is set to CTRL C erase The erase character is set to CTRL parenb parenb Parity is enabled disabled parodd parodd Parity is odd even cs8 cs7 Data bits is 8 7 cstopb cstopb Use two one stop bits per character ixon ixon XON XOFF Q S output control is enabled disabled ixany ixany Any character only Q restarts output ixoff ixoff XON XOFF 4Q S input queue control is enabled dis abled THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 27 IMPORTANT 28 Setting Serial Port Parameters with stty Stty can also set serial port parameters For example to change data bits from 7 to 8 you would type stty cs8 It may be necessary to change some parameters for optimal perfor mance however the modem and serial port must cooperate If for instance the modem is configured for XON XOFF flow control and you set the serial port for RST CTS flow control you will encounter performance problems It is possible to change serial parameters so that the port will no longer respond to your terminal Before making changes copy the current settings so that
73. or ISO LATIN 1 character set as the user preferred character set VT Emulation subwindows User Pref Char Set VTUSERKEYS read write UNLOCKED LOCKED For VT200 and VT320 emulation selects whether the host system can change user defined key definitions VT Emulation subwindows User Def Keys CHAPTER SIXTEEN WDWSIZ read write 1 16 For BLAST protocol specifies the window size of the B protocol Window refers to the number of BLAST protocol packets that can be sent to the remote without BLAST waiting for an acknowledge ment from the remote As packets are acknowledged the start point of the window is adjusted or slides See BLAST Protocol De sign on page 101 for a fuller discussion of window size BLAST Protocol subwindow Window Size WT4ECHO read write YES NO Specifies whether BLAST will wait for the remote computer to echo each character of uploaded text before sending the next character Setup field Wait For Echo 10 7x WYANSBACK read write user defined For WYSE emulation contains a user created message to be sent to the host when an inquiry is received WYSE Emulation subwindow Answerback WYAUTOPAGE read write YES NO For WYSE emulation specifies whether the cursor can move off the current page when an attempt is made to move the cursor before the home position or beyond the end of the page WYSE Emulation subwindow Auto Page
74. phone company services be interfering with modems making connections Are the modems compatible with each other Is BLAST or BHOST being initiated correctly on the remote Are the expected files consistently present on both sides Are directory and file permissions set appropriately 369 Tune BLAST Protocol Parameters Some BLAST protocol parameters such as the following can be tuned for better performance with Autopoll Logon Timeout 20 Inactivity Timeout 20 DCD Loss Response ABORT These settings permit Autopoll to react more quickly to lost connec tions than do the default settings You may also wish to experiment with compression levels and packet size to find settings for best throughput If your remote sites are running BHOST bear in mind that the highest compression level supported by BHOST is 1 unless additional memory is allocated for compression buffers Consult the BHOST User Manual for further information Use BPRINTER The summary file is printed by the BLASTscript LPRINT com mand which is tied to the BPRINTER environment variable You can alter the behavior of LPRINT by changing the definition of BPRINTER in the shell environment For example if you set up BPRINTER to perform a concatenation as shown below Autopoll will append summaries to an archive instead of printing them BPRINTER cat s gt gt usr blast summaries export BPRINTER BLAST substitutes the name of the short summary
75. previous condition when you exit BLAST THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 25 IMPORTANT If the hunt file is not found or if none of the ports in the hunt file are available you will receive the Cannot open communications port error message Hunt File Format The hunt file is a standard ASCII text file in the following format setting device modem_type baud_rate where setting is either try this device 1 or bypass this device 0 A setting of 0 effectively removes the device from the table device is the port name modem_type specifies the modem type in the same format used for the Modem Type setup field page 70 baud_rate specifies the baud rate in the same format used for the Baud Rate setup field page 71 The hunt file may not contain any extra spaces or lines This applies to both the beginning and end of the file For example BLAST would test the devices dev tty1 and dev tty3 listed in the following hunt file 1 dev tty1 MICROCOM 19 2 0 dev tty2 USRCour 9600 1 dev tty3 Intel 9600 BLAST will ignore the entry for dev tty2 because it is preceded by a 0 Note that hunt files serve a different purpose than blasttab described earlier which is used for port validation When a blast tab file is used its entries must match all ports in a hunt file that are expected to be available Special Considerations 26 Using BLAST in Host Mode Serial port device drivers have many modifiable parameters Havi
76. s NOTE Values may be combined with the or operator No data forwarding character Alphanumerics Carriage Return CR default Escape ESC Editing characters Terminators Form effectors Control characters BNAAWAHRNK SO OAU m This parameter specifies the character s that will trigger the PAD to transmit all currently accumulated data as a packet Because BLAST appends a CR to each packet BLAST s ef ficiency over X 25 networks is greatly improved if 2 is the setting for Parameter 3 Parameter 4 Idle Timer 0 Timer disabled N Multiples of 05 seconds default 80 4 secs This parameter enables the PAD to transmit all currently ac cumulated characters as a packet if the interval between suc cessive characters received from the terminal exceeds the specified Idle Timer delay This parameter does not normally affect BLAST operation unless the parameter is set to an ex tremely small value Such a setting could cause the PAD to send an incomplete BLAST packet if the BLAST computer pauses momentarily APPENDIX F Parameter 5 XON XOFF Flow Control of DTE by the PAD PAD may not exert flow control default PAD may exert flow control 0 1 This parameter specifies whether or not the PAD can exert flow control Under heavy network traffic conditions a PAD may not always be able to keep pace with the incoming data stream in which case it is preferable to exert flow control on the DTE If the PAD is not all
77. session have been corrupted as a result of an error in database re porting Creating a stop file a file with the stub of the site file and the extension stp will allow BLAST to quit the polling session gracefully instead of connecting to the last 10 sites Since the existence of the stop file and not its contents signify to BLAST that a session should be terminated the contents of the file are irrelevant A convenient way to create a stop file is with the UNIX touch command touch retail stp To ensure the completion of future transfers for the site file Auto poll deletes the stop file before exiting APPENDIX E Banner File The banner file retail hdr is an optional file created by the user Au topoll prints the banner file prior to printing the summary file at the end of polling Printing is performed by the BLASTscript LPRINT command You might want this file to contain special text or graph ics to distinguish the summary file within a large queue of printouts Long and Short Summary Files Autopoll maintains two summary files a long summary file and a short summary file Prepared by Autopoll but not printed the long summary file retail prn is helpful for troubleshooting Printed au tomatically at the end of polling the short summary file retail log is most helpful when polling goes well because a quick glance will confirm a successful polling session The files are saved in the Au topoll directory A
78. session protocol you may transfer text directly to and from a remote computer using the respective Online commands Up load and Capture Uploading Text to a Remote Computer Uploading is the process of sending text from your system to a re mote computer When you upload the text being uploaded will dis play on your screen The receiving computer does not need to be running BLAST but it must have a program capable of capturing text and responding to flow control Because there is no error detection characters may be dropped or noise may change the characters in the data stream The following setup fields however can assist in regulating the flow of data during text uploads to help prevent the receiving computer from losing characters Wait for Echo Prompt Char Char Delay and Line De lay See Chapter 5 for details on using these functions TEXT TRANSFERS 145 146 After you have connected there are three ways to start the upload process with another system Manual Method Select Terminal from the Online menu Type the appropriate commands for the remote computer to start a text capture program On a UNIX system for example you might type vi remote fil which instructs vi to open a new file named remote fil You can then use the a command to tell vi to append the uploaded text to remote fil Note that an entry is not required in the System Type setup field for this method When the remote capture program
79. that there is a subwindow of additional settings Press ENTER to access a sub window After making the necessary changes to this subwindow press the CANCEL key to return to the Modify menu The values to be used in this session are now stored in your system s memory and are known as the current setup The program can continue without saving these changes to disk or you may save the altered setup for future use by using the Write command which is highlighted when you exit Modify mode Removing a Setup To delete a setup choose Remove from the Offline menu At the prompt either type in the name of the setup you want to delete and press ENTER or press ENTER to display the Setup Directory highlight the setup you want to delete and press ENTER You will then be asked if you want to delete the setup Select Yes to delete the setup or No to cancel the deletion and return to the Offline menu Setup Fields This section briefly discusses the function of each setup field of the Setup window and indicates default values in brackets and corre sponding BLASTscript variables in italics For more on BLAST script variables see Chapter 16 The Online Help for each field also contains detailed information The individual fields are discussed on the pages listed in the following table 66 CHAPTER FIVE FIELD PAGE FIELD PAGE DESCRIPTION 67 EMULATION 74 PHONE NUMBER 67 DEC VT SUBWINDOW 74 SYSTEM TYPE
80. the file in an FOPENR FOPENW or FOPENA statement If FREWIND is successful STATUS is set to 0 BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 239 EXAMPLE fopenr 1 commands fil open file 1 for reading fread 1 input read first line of file 1 FREWIND 1 rewind file 1 fread 1 also read first line again fclose 1 close file 1 FWRITE write a line to a file FORMAT FWARITE numeric_constant string_value After an FOPENW command FWRITE writes out a series of one or more strings to a file as a single line of text Numeric_constant is the file handle assigned the file in an FOPENW or FOPENA statement If FWRITE is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE fopenw 1 output fil FWRITE 1 the userid is USERID fclose 1 FWRITEB 10 8x write a file as binary data FORMAT FWRITEB numeric_value1 variable numeric_value2 FWRITEB writes up to a maximum number of bytes numeric_value2 from variable into the file specified by numeric_value1 the file handle assigned the file in an FOPENA or FOPENW statement The reserved variable F ILECNT stores the ac tual number of bytes written EXAMPLE FOPENA 2 sales txt FWRITEB 2 line 100 writes up to 100 bytes from line into file 2 GETENV store the value of an environment variable FORMAT GETENV string_value variable GETENV writes the value of an environment variable string_value to variable
81. the incoming file Type news msg ENTER BLAST will prompt with specify transfer options t text o overwrite a append To transfer this file using text format translation type t ENTER BLAST will begin retrieving the file and the byte count in the File Transfer Status Area will increase After the file has been completely sent the byte count will stop a blank will appear in the byte count status indicator and the follow ing message will appear on your screen news msg T TXT receive completed Sending a File To send a file to Blaster select the Send option by pressing Ss BLAST will prompt with enter local filename Type news msg ENTER BLAST will then prompt with enter remote filename BLAST is asking for the name that will be given to the file when it is transferred to Blaster Type news msg ENTER BLAST will prompt with BLAST QUICKSTART 49 50 specify transfer options t text o overwrite a append Because this is a text file press T for text translation and O to over write any old versions of this file to ENTER Again notice that the status fields are updated as the file transfer progresses At the end of the transfer you will see the following line displayed on your screen news msg T TXT news msg OVW T TXT send completed After the file transfer is complete press CANCEL to return to the On line menu An orderly shutdown of the BLAST protocol will follow and the Online menu
82. those described above in the DATEFORMAT reserved variable LOGTIMO read write 0 999 120 For BLAST protocol specifies the number of seconds that BLAST will attempt to establish a filetransfer session with the remote com puter before aborting Logon Timeout affects BLAST protocol File transfer and Access modes If zero is entered no timeout will occur and BLAST will attempt to establish a filetransfer session with the remote computer indefinitely BLAST Protocol subwindow Logon T O MODEM read write any valid modem type Stores the modem type on the local computer The name must be de fined in the modems scr library or exist as a separate script Setup field Modem Type NUMDISC read write 0 9 3 For BLAST protocol sets the number of additional disconnect blocks after the first disconnect block that BLAST sends when ex CHAPTER SIXTEEN iting Filetransfer mode Possible values are 0 9 The default value of 3 indicates four total disconnect blocks BLAST Protocol subwindow Number of Disconnect Blocks ONERROR read write STOP CONTINUE Specifies BLAST s response to nonfatal BLASTscript errors A nonfatal error is one that results in the message Press any key to continue When ONERROR is set to STOP BLAST will pause when an error is encountered display the appropriate message and wait for the user to press a key before continuing When ONERROR is set to CONTINUE BLAST will dis
83. to 0 EXAMPLE FOPENA 1 script log open file 1 for appending fwrite 1 got this far adds string to the file fclose 1 close file 1 BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 237 FOPENR open a file for reading FORMAT FOPENR numeric_constant string_value FOPENR opens a file for reading The file must already exist String_value is the filename of the file to be opened Numeric_constant is a number called a handle that other file state ments use to refer to the file The file handle can range from 1 to the number of file handles available through the operating system If FOPENR is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE FOPENR 1 command fil open file 1 for reading fread 1 input read the first line fclose 1 close file 1 FOPENW open a file for writing FORMAT FOPENW numeric_constant string_value FOPENW opens a file for writing If the file does not exist it will be created If it does exist all data in the file is overwritten String_value is the filename of the file to be opened Numeric_constant is a number called a handle that other file state ments use to refer to the file The file handle can range from 1 to the number of file handles available through the operating system If FOPENW is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE FOPENW 1 cscript log open file 1 for writing fwrite 1 got this far write string to file 1 fclose 1 close file 1 FREAD read a line from a file FORMAT
84. transfer switches see TXT Switch Using 10 8x with Ymodem below Receiving Files with Ymodem To receive a file using Ymodem In Terminal mode begin the Ymodem or Ymodem G send pro gram on the remote computer Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Get command The transfer will begin immediately without prompting for a local filename File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Ymodem With Professional UNIX 10 8x Ymodem cannot set switches on re ceiving filenames and ignores all switches on sending filenames ex cept the TXT which specifies that the file be sent as ASCII using the value stored in XYRLTS page 300 and the FWD switch Zmodem Protocol 142 BLAST supports the standard Zmodem protocol in both single file and batch modes BLAST also supports a variety of special Zmodem features that can be activated through the setup fields of the Zmodem protocol subwindow page 94 The following two sections describe interactive file transfers For a discussion of scripting Zmodem file transfers see File Transfers with Zmodem on page 203 Sending Files with Zmodem To send a file using Zmodem In Terminal mode begin the Zmodem receive program on the remote computer CHAPTER NINE Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Send command You will be prompted for the filename Y
85. transfer switches to receiving filenames see File Transfer Switches with FTP on page 126 The basic file transfer syntax is filetransfer send local_filename remote_filenam get remote_filenam local_filename esc As with BLAST protocol a blank line for the receiving filename in dicates that the file will retain its original name For example in the following script Filetransfer get Newinventory txt esc the local filename will remain the same as the remote filename Newinventory txt File transfer scripts can be improved by adding error checking fea tures For a discussion of error checking in file transfer scripts see Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 File Transfers with Kermit Before writing scripts for Kermit you may want to review the gen eral information in Chapter 8 Kermit Protocol on page 129 Learn mode page 176 is also a good tool for obtaining a rough draft of a script you will need in a particular case BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 197 Sending Files Before issuing a SEND command you must start simple Kermit or Kermit server on the remote machine Simple Kermit After starting simple Kermit you must issue a SEND command on the remote machine The basic syntax for sending files using simple Kermit is as follows the actual receive command depends on the specific implementation of simple Kermit Connect TSEND kermit CR TSEND receive_command local_filename
86. when a character is transmitted to the time it is received This resistance to delays is due to BLAST s slid ing window design The size of a window is the number of packets that can be sent to the remote computer without BLAST s having to wait for an acknowl edgement from the remote As the remote computer sends acknowl edgements the window slides so that more packets can be sent For example if the window size is set to 1 6 and the first 4 of 12 packets sent have been acknowledged the window slides to allow 8 more packets to be sent In this way a continuous stream of packets can be sent without BLAST s having to wait for an acknowlegement The window size and frequency at which acknowledgements are re quested can be specified by the user These two features simultaneous bi directional transfer and slid ing window design combine to make BLAST a great time saver for long distance callers For example BLAST can upload daily production figures to a host computer over a noisy telephone line at the same time that it downloads the next day s production quotas CRC Error Detection BLAST protocol uses the industry standard CCITT CRC 16 tech nique for detecting altered data packets This is the same method used in IBM SNA SDLC networks and X 25 packet switching net works BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 101 Optimized Acknowledgements When packets of data are transmitted they must be acknowledged by the receiving computer so
87. will appear Logging off Blaster Select the Disconnect command by pressing D To quit BLAST press CANCEL twice BLAST will prompt with No Yes do you really want to leave BLAST Press Y to quit CHAPTER THREE Chapter 4 The Menus This chapter guides you through the various BLAST command menus Some items covered here are described in more detail in oth er chapters in such cases you will be referred to the appropriate chapter Each menu offers commands that are grouped together by function For example the Local menu allows you to manage your system while online with a remote system whereas the Filetransfer menu provides functions connected with sending and receiving files Moving Through the Menus Within the command line of a menu you may move from one com mand to another by pressing SPACEBAR or BACKSPACE 10 8x Alternatively you may use the cursor keys to move from one com mand to another THE MENUS Execute a command by pressing the capitalized letter in the com mand or by pressing ENTER when the cursor rests on the desired com mand After opening a submenu return to the previous menu by pressing CANCEL For a discussion of selecting a setup and navigat ing through a Setup window see What is a Setup on page 63 51 The Keyboard BLAST uses special key sequences to differentiate between local commands and characters meant for the remote system The BLAST Keys perf
88. 021 dat on the insur ance company system Therefore Pam wants a script to perform the following tasks 1 Connect to the remote system 2 Send the claims file as a text file 3 Disconnect INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING 173 A script that meets these requirements is illustrated below The script dailyrpt scr is certainly more complicated than hello scr but the same sections that were originally outlined are present To make it easier to discuss the script we will refer to the line numbers shown in brackets next to the script statements You would not include these numbers in an actual script ik dailyrpt scr 2 3 A script to send daily medical reports to 4 the insurance company 5 6 Section 1 CONNECTING 4 8 begin 9 set ONERROR CONTINUE 10 connect LAL if STATUS 0 goto xfer 12 display No Connection Error code STATUS 13 return 14 15 Section 2 TRANSFERRING 16 17 xfer 18 filetransfer enter BLAST protocol 19 send prepare to send a file 20 usr accounts pt_claims local filename 21 logan56021 dat remote filenam 22 t specify text file 23 esc exit Filetransfer mode 24 if EFERROR not 0 29 display An error occurred during file transfer 26 display Pleas xamine the log file 27 end 28 29 Section 3 DISCONNECTING 30 31 finish 32 disconnect
89. 1 BLASTscript See Script Commands and Scripting 86 87 102 384 INDEX blasttab 22 23 Hunt Files and 26 blpassword 156 163 Header Information 158 159 Record Information 159 163 blsecure 163 167 BPRINTER 9 C CALL Statement 184 185 226 CANCEL Key 42 52 53 Capture 56 147 255 256 Chat Access Menu Option 327 328 chmod 34 Command Area 40 41 Command Line Arguments 11 12 193 Autopoll 358 360 blsecure 163 167 Command Line Switches 10 15 14 2 12 argument 11 12 193 358 360 Autopoll 358 360 b 12 359 c 12 dd 12 dt 12 e 13 f 13 h 13 14 204 205 352 k 14 29 n 14 191 273 285 359 p 14 q 14 s 11 172 193 setupname 11 v 14 X 14 298 Xmodem Protocol 138 204 205 y 15 Ymodem Protocol 138 204 205 z 15 Zmodem Protocol 138 204 205 Communication with Other Programs 193 Compression Level BHOST 325 BLAST Protocol 120 121 Reserved Variables 267 281 285 Setup Fields 88 CONNECT Statement 175 227 Connecting 175 211 214 Connection Timeout 69 70 CRC Error Detection 101 cron 36 38 crontab 36 38 cut 36 D Data Stream Alteration 305 309 Control 305 321 Filtering 305 309 Substitution 308 Translate File 306 309 Translation 308 date 36 Date Format DATE 268 DATEFORMAT 268 269 LOGDATEFORMAT 277 2 12 dd 12 DCD Loss Response 86 196 197 335 336 Default Setup 64 Values for Reserved Variables 264 Demo Line See Blaster Demonstration Ser
90. 1 289 290 TRAPCNT 290 TRPASSWD 290 TTIME 290 USERID 290 USERIF 191 291 ERSION 291 QV QVI QVI QVI QVI T T8BIT 291 TANSBACK 291 TAUTOWRAP 291 TCLRSCRN 292 CURSOR 292 V eVI QVI VTHSCROLLN 293 VTINTL 293 VIKEYPAD 293 VINEWLINE 293 VIPRINT 293 VIPRINIPAGE 294 CURSTYPE 292 DISP132 292 THSCROLL 292 QV RESET 294 VITEXTCURS 294 V USERCHAR 294 VIUSERKEYS 294 WDWSIZ 295 WI4ECHO 295 WYANSBACK 295 WYAUTOPAGE 295 WYAUTOSCROLL 295 WYAUTOWRAP 296 WYBLOCKEND 296 WYCOMMODE 296 WYDISP80 296 WYDSPCURSOR 296 WYENTER 297 WYEXPNDMEM 297 390 INDEX WYPAGELEN 297 WYRETURN 297 WYSCROLLINC 297 WYSEWORD 298 WYWRITEPROT 298 XCRC 298 XLOG 298 XLTFILE 299 XONXOFF 31 299 XPADC 299 XYCONVR 299 XYCONVS 299 XYEOT 300 XYRLTR 300 XYRLTS 300 ZMALT 301 ZMAUTODOWN 143 203 204 301 ZMBLKLN 301 ZMCONVR 301 ZMCONVS 301 ZMCRC 302 ZMCTLESCR 302 ZMCTLESCS 302 ZMEXIST 302 ZMFRMLEN 302 ZMMANAGR 303 ZMMANAGS 303 ZMRESUME 303 ZMWINDOW 303 RETURN_CODE 34 RTS CTS Pacing 30 31 Reserved Variable 284 Setup Field 72 BIN2HEX 225 CALL 184 185 226 CHECKSUM 226 227 CLEAR 227 CLEOL 227 CONNECT 175 227 CURSOR 228 DISCONNECT 176 228 DISPLAY 173 192 228 DROP 229 ECHO 229 ERRSTR 230 FCLOSE 189 190 230 FILETRANSFER
91. 16 FS IC STX 02 DCI 11 ETB 17 GS 1D ETX 03 DC2 12 CAN 18 RS IE EOT 04 DC3 13 EM 19 US IF ENQ 05 DC4 14 SUB 1A Values to be filtered from the transmitting or receiving data stream are preceded by a minus sign A minus sign indicates that the value following it is ignored Translation The default receive table also translates all high ASCII characters 8 bit characters above 127 decimal or 7F hexa decimal in value to low ASCII 7 bit characters by stripping the 8th bit You will notice in the RECVTABL illustrated above that the 17th row of the table begins as does the Ist row with 00 and that the lower half of the table duplicates the upper half Substitution You can substitute a new hexadecimal value for any existing default value in either the receive or transmit table For ex ample suppose that you want to replace all upper case A s from the received data stream with lower case b s You would O Find the character A in the ASCII table in Appendix D You will see that the decimal value of A is 65 whereas the hexa decimal value is 41 Now find the hexadecimal value located in the 65th position of the translate table Begin counting at the upper left hand corner of the table 00 or 00 moving from left to right and count ing down the rows Start your count from zero and count until you reach the 65th position The value in the 6
92. 220 Numeric Value Defined 220 O Offline Menu 54 55 Online Demonstration and Testing Service See Blaster Online Menu 55 57 P Packet Acknowledgement 102 Request Frequency 86 87 264 Window Size 85 295 Packet Size BHOST 98 325 BLAST Protocol 17 18 102 119 120 279 Kermit Protocol 90 275 276 Line Quality and 286 Setup Field 90 98 PADS 17 18 X 3 Standard Parameters 377 382 Parity 7 Bit Operation and 102 Blaster Setup Field 45 PAD Parameter 382 Reserved Variable 279 Setup Field 71 stty 27 28 Troubleshooting and 353 388 PASSTHRU 310 311 Password File Secure BLAST 155 169 Reserved Variable 280 Security 155 169 280 Setup Field 69 See also Transfer Password PATH 8 9 35 153 154 Permissions 150 153 blpassword 161 blsecure 165 See also PERMS nnnn pmadm Port Monitor Administration 21 Ports Automatic Searching 25 26 Communications 16 29 30 33 TCP IP 16 17 Telnet 16 Troubleshooting Access to 351 352 X 25 Communications 17 18 See also Serial Ports Printing Auto Print Command 348 349 Autopoll Banner Files 367 Autopoll Summary Files 367 370 BHOST Settings 337 BPRINTER 9 Error Message 342 Hot Keys 347 Local PRINT Command 232 LPRINT Command 247 248 Print Command 59 61 119 350 Print Mode Setup Field 77 Print Screen Command 77 348 349 Printer Logging 346 Remote 61 117 118 119 234 Terminal Emulation 293 294 313 314 315 348 Protocols Definition 99 Limiting Access to 154 155 Res
93. 275 KSAVEINC 275 KSEOPKT 275 KSPADCH 276 KSPADDNG 276 KSPKTLEN 276 KSSOPKT 276 KWARNING 276 LAUNCHST 277 sLINEDLY 277 LOCECHO 277 LOGDATEFORMAT 277 LOGFILE 205 206 278 LOGTIMEFORMAT 278 LOGTIMO 278 DEM 278 NUMDISC 278 279 ONERROR_ 174 175 279 ORGANS 279 aOAODAOAOA T a OOO aDDOAODOA OOO lt O INDEX 389 PAKTSZ 17 18 279 PARITY 279 PASSWORD 280 PHONENO 280 PROMPTCH 280 PROTOCOL 281 RBTOT 281 RBYTES 281 RCLASS 281 RCOMP_LEV 281 RETRAN 281 282 RFAILURE 282 RLINEQ 282 RLQ 282 RNAME 282 ROPTIONS 282 RPACK 282 RPTOT 283 RRET 283 RRTOT 283 RSERIAL 283 RSITE 283 RSIZE 283 RSTART 283 RSTATUS 284 RSUCCESS 284 RTIME 284 RTSCTS 30 284 SBTOT 284 SBYTES 285 SCOMP_LEV 285 SCRFILE 285 SCRIPTERR 285 SCRLREG 191 285 SERIAL 286 SETUPDIR 286 SFAILURE 286 SITE 286 SLINEQ 286 SLQ 286 SNAME 286 SOPTIONS 286 SPACK 287 SPTOT 287 SRET 287 SRTOT 287 SSIZE 287 SSTART 287 SSTATUS 287 288 SSUCCESS 288 eSI TATUS 183 184 223 288 S7 SYMBOLTYPE 289 SYSDESC 289 SYSTYPE 289 TIME 288 QV TIME 289 TIMEFORMAT 289 TRANSTAT 19
94. 33 return 34 35 End of script CONNECTING Section 1 The first section of the script begin establishes the connection with the insurance company Line 9 sets a variable called ONERROR In a BLAST script all variables begin with Some variables are 174 CHAPTER TWELVE reserved meaning that they are defined by BLAST for special pur poses other variables can be created by you see BLASTscript Re served Variables on page 263 ONERROR is a reserved variable that determines how BLAST will respond to routine nonfatal er rors By giving ONERROR the value CONTINUE Pam is telling BLAST to skip error messages rather than pause and wait for a hu man operator to respond Line 10 the CONNECT statement is responsible for a great deal of work The CONNECT statement like Connect from BLAST s inter active menus initializes the modem dials the insurance company and logs into the company system All of this information the mo dem type phone number remote system type and account informa tion is taken from the setup see Connecting and Disconnecting on page 211 Line 11 demonstrates how scripts are programmed to make choices with the IF conditional statement After the CONNECT command executes it sets the value of STATUS to indicate whether or not the connection was successful The IF statement tests the value of STATUS in its conditional clause If STATUS equals 0 the con nec
95. 341 remote control terminated by remote system incompatible video mode cannot initialize emulator error printing cannot open file Command File Processing Memory Initialization 342 90 105 100 101 102 103 104 105 108 109 110 111 112 113 117 118 119 error processing a command file Syntax error in a BLAST script file while using vid e0 suppress mode error allocating memory error allocating memory from the BLAST memory pool environment variable TERM is too large cannot extract control strings from terminal informa tion database The TERM environment variable is not defined or the specified terminal type in TERM is incorrect terminfo control string is too large environment variable TERM is empty Set the TERM environment variable Depending on operating system you may have to export TERM error allocating memory from the system cannot load specified setup file The setup file specified does not exist in either the current directory or the directory specified by the SET UPDIR environment variable error in processing translate table update file compression error cannot execute a child process error creating a pipe cannot fork cannot ioctl the console port cannot open the console port cannot ioctl the communications port APPENDIX A 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 144 150 151 210 253 Script Processor 300 399 ERROR MESSAGE
96. 58 Zmodem Protocol 58 Script Processor 343 344 FILETRANSFER Statement 175 176 Scripting 341 342 230 237 Transfer File Management 340 341 See also File Transfer Utility File Management 341 Filtering Extended Logging 298 Data Stream 305 309 Command Line Switch 14 VT Sequences 86 272 Reserved Variable 298 Flow Control 30 33 Command Line Switch 13 F Downloading Text 147 RTS CTS Pacing 30 31 File Transfer Uploading Text 145 BHOST 331 332 XON XOFF Pacing 31 33 BLAST Protocol 107 122 194 197 FTP 123 128 Blaster with 48 50 Ending a Session 128 Error Checking 205 206 File Transfer 124 128 197 FTP 124 128 197 File Transfer Switches 126 Kermit Protocol 129 134 197 200 File Transfer Templates 125 Xmodem Protocol 139 141 200 201 Filename Restrictions 127 Ymodem Protocol 141 142 201 202 Filetransfer Menu 124 386 INDEX Getting Files 125 126 197 Remote Commands 128 235 Remote Menu 124 128 Sending Files 124 125 197 Starting a Session 123 Wildcards 125 G getty 19 21 Global Variables Defined 185 H HELP 43 52 54 Automatic Display 40 Context Sensitive 41 43 53 Host Mode 13 14 See also BHOST and Pseudohost Hot Keys 316 319 Access Mode 329 Definition Chart 346 347 PASSTHRU and 311 Hunt File 25 26 69 358 IF Statement 175 176 241 244 Inactivity Timeout Reserved Variable 272 Setup Field 85 Index Utility 216 217 K Kermit Protocol 129 136 File Transfer 129 134 197 200 File Transfer Switches 132 133
97. 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F XMITTABL 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 OA 0B 0C 0D 0E OF 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 54 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9A 9B 9C 9D 9E 9F A0 Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Ag AA AB AC AD AE AF BO B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Bo BA BB BC BD B BF CO C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 c9 CA CB CC CD CD GCF DO D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD DE DF EO E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB EC ED EE EF FO F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA FB FC FD FE FF Translat tbl can either filter translate or substitute characters Filtering The default values of the receive table cause it to filter the following characters next page DATA STREAM CONTROL 307 308 NUL 00 ACK 06 NAK 15 ESC 1B SOH 01 DLE 10 SYN
98. 5th position is 41 the hexadecimal value for A Look in Appendix D again and determine the hexadecimal val ue for b That value is 62 Replace the value 41 in the translate table with 62 From now on all A s in the received data stream will be translated to b s NOTE The default transmit table transmits all characters without filtering translation or substitution CHAPTER SEVENTEEN Creating and Editing a Translate File When specifying new values for a translate file be sure not to delete an entry in the table completely This will cause all entries in the ta ble to shift values To modify the file O Make a copy of the translat tbl file Modify the new file using a word processor or ASCII text edi tor Save the file in text format only Locate the desired character position in the table and either en ter a new value or place a minus in front of the existing value in the table Save the new table where BLAST can access it BLAST will look in the current directory first and then in BLASTDIR Text Translation Using a Translate File Characters are altered as they are received from the remote system therefore what you see on the terminal screen or in a captured file is the altered data Likewise transmitted characters are altered after all other processing the remote system receives altered instead of orig inal data It is sometimes necessary to perform text translation while r
99. 60 1 0 Aug 3 0 11 etc cron If cron is not running please consult your system documentation Jobs are usually submitted to cron with the crontab command A crontab job is placed into the user s subdirectory of the CHAPTER TWO ust spool cron crontabs directory thus root s crontab files will be in usr spool cron crontabs root It is also possible to edit a crontab file manually however cron only reads crontabs at the time of boot up A hand edited crontab file will not be executed un til the system is rebooted Executing the crontab command will cause cron to re read the crontab files immediately Not all users will necessarily be able to use crontab On some sys tems access may be controlled by two files usr lib cron cron allow and usr lib cron cron deny If cron deny exists and cron allow does not then all users except those listed in cron deny will be able to access crontab In this situation if cron deny is an empty file all users will be able to use crontab If neither file exists only root will be able to use crontab If cron allow exists only users listed in it will be able to use crontab Please refer to the crontab man page entry for more information A crontab file is a standard text file with tab or space separated fields The first five fields specify the minute 0 59 hour 0 23 day of the month 1 31 month of the year 1 12 and day of the week 0 6 with 0 Sunday Each field can have one of the follo
100. 7 dev blast gt dev term a To use the link named dev blast enter dev blast in the Connec tion field of the setup instead of dev term a For more on creating and using links consult the In man page Posix Vs Non Posix Drivers BLAST can only open device drivers that comply with POSIX com mittee recommendations for serial port device drivers In particular device drivers conforming to BSD specifications may not be suc cessfully opened by BLAST For example the device driver dev cua a on a Sparc station running Solaris 2 x cannot be opened by BLAST but the driver dev term a referring to the same physi cal port can be Automatic Serial Port Searching BLAST features automatic port searching using a special hunt file to locate an available port To use automatic port searching specify the name of a hunt file including path if necessary preceded by lt in the Connection field of the setup For example if a hunt file called hunt fil resides in the BLAST directory a setting of lt hunt fil in the Connection setup field specifies that BLAST will search hunt fil and open the first available port listed there When you enter the Online menu BLAST looks for the hunt file in the current directory then in the direc tory specified by the BLASTDIR environment variable tests each listed port in the order specified until an available port enabled or disabled is found returns the port to its
101. 8 CHAPTER ELEVEN SECURE BLAST ENTER You will be prompted to retype the new password for confir mation Serial Number XXXXXXXXXX X XXXXX Specifies the serial number of the BLAST executable that you want to secure on the host system Type in the 16 digit serial number with dashes after the 10th and 11th characters exactly as it appears on the BLAST executable for example 0123456789 0 00000 The serial number and version of BLAST are visible when you press the HELP key while running BLAST If the serial number of the secured executable and the number in the header information do not match access will not be allowed BLAST filename user defined Specifies the name and path of the BLAST executable file that you are securing on the host system You must specify the complete path and filename for example usr joe blast where usr joe is the directory location and blast is the name of the secured execut able Comment user defined Specifies optional comments regarding the password file Record Information Record information includes the data in each individual password record This information will determine who is allowed access to the secured version of BLAST and what permissions that user will have Record information includes a user password for access to the se cured version of BLAST the permissions associated with that pass word the serial number of the remote BLAST executable associated with that password the dire
102. 80 Ampex Dialog 80 TV920 Televideo 920 series WYSES0 WYSE 50 WYSE60 WYSE 60 Most of these terminals feature unique keys to perform certain func tions such as the DO key on a VT220 terminal Often it is possible to assign a standard key to perform the same task as a special termi nal key In other cases it may be necessary to assign a combination of keys to perform the function the DO key is mapped to CTRL F5 for example Thus your keystrokes are mapped or routed through BLAST s software to generate the required sequence of ASCII code for each terminal function The default keyboard maps for all of BLAST s emulators are in Appendix B The default emulator for a session is specified in the Emulation setup field To choose an emulator use SPACEBAR to scroll through the available choices then press ENTER to accept your choice The VT WYSE and PC ANSI emulators have subwindows that appear auto matically when you press ENTER See Chapter 5 for more information on these setup subwindows PC ANSI Emulation The BLAST ANSI emulator provides functional emulation of the IBM PC ANSI standard including full color and extended attribute support Choose PC ANSI for dialing Bulletin Board Systems or other computers that offer ANSI support DEC VT320 VT220 VT100 and VT52 Emulation The BLAST VT emulators provide precise emulation of the DEC VT320 VT220 VT100 and VT52 terminals Supported Features These emulators su
103. AST While a script is executing it can start other programs in your com puter with the LOCAL SYSTEM command This command allows your script to execute a single command as you would type it on the command line The following script demonstrates use of the LOCAL SYSTEM command Local System demo Copy a file begin set syscmd cp modems scr modems txt local system syscmd esc return End of script BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 193 File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol Chapter 6 describes the BLAST Session protocol including some information about scripting file transfers This section provides de tailed information about writing these scripts The coding that performs a file transfer in a script closely follows the sequence of menu choices and prompts that BLAST uses when the same task is performed manually Thus it makes sense to practice a communications task interactively before attempting to write the script that will automate the task Learn mode page 176 provides another means of getting an idea about how a particular task can be coded in a script Getting and Sending Files A simple GET and SEND could be coded like this remember you would not include the numbers in brackets 1 filetransfer 2 get 3 yourfile rpt 4 myfile rpt 5 ta 6 send 7 labdata dat 8 9 10 esc In this script yourfile rpt line 3 is the response to the Remote File name prompt that BLAST is
104. AST Workstation users cannot remotely control a PC but they can oper ate as limited DOS terminals and can transfer files through BHOST Remote control allows a UNIX computer the Controller to com pletely control a DOS PC the Host PC The two systems can use a hardwire connection a null modem cable or modems communicat ing over a telephone circuit REMOTE CONTROL 323 The Controller can run programs on the Host PC s hard drive print documents edit files and more as if the user were typing on the Host PC s keyboard All video output and graphics are displayed si multaneously on both systems with automatic translation between different video modes The Host PC The Host PC runs the BHOST program which operates transparent ly in the background BHOST watches the communications port and when a call comes in prompts the caller for a user identification and password Once the caller is logged in BHOST makes the Host PC s services available to the Controller The Host PC has access to a number of security features including login accounts multiple control levels call back security and a log file to record system activity Nearly all of the configuration for a remote control session takes place on the Host PC through SETBHOST a special administration program that sets system defaults and keeps track of login accounts The Controller The Controller runs BLAST and dials into a Host PC just as in an ordina
105. BLAST Inc This login is for the use and convenience of customers of BLAST Inc Under this login you can get sample scripts from the scripts directory and technical notes from the text_documents directory FIGURE 3 6 Performing BLAST Protocol Transfers To begin file transfer select the Filetransfer command from the On line menu by pressing F In a moment Blaster will synchronize with your system and display the Filetransfer menu Figure 3 7 BLAST Filetransfer blaster usr MENU Send Message Remote Local File get file s from the remote system local opt xfer file size byte cnt In qual S lt idle gt good R lt idle gt good 00 help ESC exit 4 You have logged into Blaster our SCO Unix machine at BLAST Inc This login is for the use and convenience of customers of BLAST Inc Under this login you can get sample scripts from the scripts directory and technical notes from the text_documents directory FIGURE 3 7 blast h starting BLAST protocol E EATE lt lt Entering BLAST Transfer Mode gt gt xxx BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7 3 on remote system uoy x Getting a File from Blaster To get a file from Blaster select Get by pressing G BLAST will prompt with enter remote filename BLAST is asking for the name of the file to retrieve Type blaster msg ENTER 48 CHAPTER THREE BLAST will prompt with enter local filename A name may be specified for
106. BLAST FTP default usr Get Local Remote send file s to the remote system local xfer file size byte cnt retries R lt idle gt help ESC exit Sending and Receiving Files with FTP 124 The following two sections describe interactive file transfers For a discussion of scripting FTP file transfers see File Transfers with FTP Using 10 8x on page 197 CHAPTER SEVEN FTP WITH 10 8X Sending Files with FTP To send a file 7 Q Select Send from the Filetransfer menu At the prompt enter local filename enter a filename from the current directory or a filename with a fullpath You may use wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 and any supported switches see File Transfer Switches with FTP on page 126 After doing this press ENTER At the prompt enter remote filename Press ENTER only type a single filename or type a and any optional switches By default FTP will enter the filename and path if specified as you typed it at the Local Filename prompt Pressing ENTER only will transfer the file to the remote system using the local filename and path if included with the local filename Typing a different filename and path if necessary will rename the file when it is created on the remote system Alternatively you may use a file transfer template using the see File Transfer Templates Using the Character on page 110 For a list of s
107. BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x supports sev eral terminal emulations including VT52 VT100 VT220 WYSE 50 WYSE 60 and ANSI 10 7x also supports keyboard mapping and remote control that allows your computer to take complete control of a remote PC Re mote control works over modems and includes automatic translation between different video modes password protected dial back secu rity and many other features How to Use This Manual INTRODUCTION Parts of the Documentation System Each portion of the BLAST documentation system fulfills a specific need Online Help is always available while you are using BLAST It is context sensitive so that the information you need is right at hand The Installation Guide contains step by step instructions for installing and configuring BLAST The User Manual contains all the information necessary for operating BLAST including detailed descriptions of Terminal mode and filetransfer procedures It also contains general infor mation as well as a listing of all BLAST functions BLAST script reserved variables and BLASTscript statements The listing for each BLASTscript statement includes syntax usage details and examples Documentation System Conventions To help reduce confusion BLAST documentation shares several common name conventions display conventions and defined terms 0 Examples in the text indicate the actual keystrokes you should type to perform a function For exa
108. BLAST error code For example if the file could not be found STATUS is set to 51 error opening data file 258 CHAPTER FIFTEEN Some device drivers buffer the flow of data extensively This means the TUPLOAD statement may complete well before all the characters clear the local and remote computer buffers NOTE After a TUPLOAD command has been issued it is a good idea to TTRAP for characters signaling the end of the upload or do a WAIT mm ss IDLE Exiting BLAST before the buffers are emptied may cause BLAST to terminate abnormally See Uploading Text on page 207 EXAMPLE connect tsend vi Sal CR Send cmd to start editor on remote wait 3 tsend G CR Moves cursor to end of file tsend o CR Starts new line for appending TUPLOAD Sal wait 3 idle tsend 033 Send escape cmd to remote system wait 1 tsend x CR Send cmd to exit editor on remote ttrap 30 042Sal1 042 trap filename in exit status line set hold status wait 3 idle if hold oO display Tupload not completed error hold return end else display Tupload successful wait 10 UPPER convert a variable to uppercase FORMAT UPPER variable UPPER changes all lowercase characters in variable to uppercase EXAMPLE UPPER salesdata BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 259 WAIT wait for time to pass FORMAT WAIT MM SS string_value WAIT pauses the BLAST script for mm minute
109. C HIGH The Host screen is scanned 18 2 times per second after each PC clock tick MEDIUM The Host screen is scanned twice per second after each 8 PC clock ticks LOW The Host screen is scanned once per second after each 18 PC clock ticks NONE The Host screen is scanned only when the operating system is not updating the screen Sync Mode ON OFF Specifies whether the Host PC and the Control PC screens will be synchronized When this field is set to ON the Host PC screen is frozen while screen updates are sent to the Control PC This mode completely synchronizes the two displays but it slows the application speed When this field is set to OFF the Host PC screen is not frozen re sulting in significantly faster performance The Control PC howev er May miss some intermittent screen images Special KBD Handling ON OFF Enables disables Special Keyboard Handling This field should be set to ON Inactivity T O 0 999 120 Specifies the number of seconds the Host PC will wait after no data has been sent or received before performing the action specified in the Timeout Response field RESTART or REBOOT If this field is set to 0 the Host PC will not time out CHAPTER EIGHTEEN If this field is set to 0 and the DCD Loss Response field is set to IG NORE the Host PC modem may reset itself immediately after carrier is lost even though BHOST is not ready to process incoming call
110. C CTRL L you will automatically be logged out of BHOST on the Host PC You can then return to the Online menu by pressing ATTN ATTN then hang up the modem by selecting Dis connect Escape Sequences Terminal mode requires special escape sequences to represent cer tain keys to the Host PC PC Key Escape Sequence Left Arrow ESC F Right Arrow ESC G Up Arrow ESC T Down Arrow ESC V Home ESC H End ESC E Page Up ESC P Page Down ESC Q Insert ESC l Delete ESC D Numeric Keypad 5 ESC period Numeric Keypad ESC Break ESC S Caps Lock ESC K Num Lock ESC N CHAPTER EIGHTEEN PC Key Escape Sequence Numeric Keypad ESC Numeric Keypad ESC Fi F10 ESC 1 ESCO Esc ESC ESC Esc ESC ESC All keys released ESC SPACE Ctrl ESC Alt ESC A Left Shift ESC Z Right Shift ESC The following escape sequences send special commands to BHOST PC Key Escape Sequence Filetransfer mode ESC CTRL X Repaint Screen ESC CTRL R Open Session Command window ESC CTRL M Log off ESC CTRL L Transferring Files to and from the Host PC The BLAST protocol is available for transferring files to and from the Host PC Your transfers will take place in the background on the Host PC transparent to the Host PC user Starting Filetransfer Mode There are several ways to initiate a file transfer to or from the Host PC In each case the BLAST Filetransfer menu appears and you will be able to Send and Get files and execute ope
111. CLOBBER NEWER NEWER LONGER DIFFERENT APPEND For Zmodem transfers specifies a file management option for files sent See the Management Option setup field on page 95 for a de scription of each option Zmodem Protocol subwindow Management Option ZMRESUME read write YES NO For Zmodem transfers specifies continuation of an aborted file transfer from point of interruption The destination file must already exist and must be smaller than the source file Zmodem Protocol subwindow Resume Interrupted File ZMWINDOW read write 0 9999 For Zmodem transfers specifies the size of the transmit window The default 0 specifies no limit to the size of the transmit window Zmodem Protocol subwindow Size of Tx Window BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 303 304 CHAPTER SIXTEEN Chapter 17 Data Stream Control Introduction All versions of BLAST support data filtering and translation of in coming and outgoing data streams This chapter describes these fea tures as well as the standard BLAST terminals TTY and PASSTHRU In addition this chapter describes terminal emulation and keyboard mapping which are available with BLAST Profes sional UNIX 10 7x Through terminal emulation BLAST provides terminal functionality for a range of popular character terminals With keyboard mapping you can reassign the functions of the stan dard keyboard keys as well as the BLAST keys that control BLAST functions Data Strea
112. E is the filename which may include wildcards CWD Change the working directory on the remote computer The line following CWD is the pathname of the new working directory FORMAT for Kermit server protocol DELETE Delete a file or files on the remote system The line following ESC FILETRANSFER REMOTE DIRECTORY ERASE TYPE CWD SPACE WHO MESSAGE HOST KERMIT HELP pathname filename filename pathname pathname user message command message ESC password ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC eee ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC During a Kermit server protocol session the available commands depend upon both the version and the configuration of the remote Kermit server A command may fail if the remote Kermit server does not support the command You must start Kermit remote server on the remote system before entering Kermit Filetransfer mode Kermit remote commands include DIRECTORY Display a directory on the remote server The line after DIRECTORY is the pathname with or without BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 235 wildcards of the remote directory for which you want a listing if you leave this line blank the cur rent working directory listing of the remote server will be displayed The second line after DIRECTORY is the password that may be required to gain access to the directory listing If no password is required leave this line blank ERASE Delete a file on the serve
113. EAD SLQ read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the line quality for the file being sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SNAME read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the name of the file being sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SOPTIONS read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the value of the options for the file being sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more in formation CHAPTER SIXTEEN SPACK read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of packets sent in the transfer You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more informa tion SPTOT read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the total number of packets sent during the file transfer session You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SRET read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of retries for the file being sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this vari able to return a value See the description of XLOG for more infor mation SRTOT read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the total nu
114. ESC Disconnect site filename Setup 374 Name Setup Name C Set Up the Remote Sites Set up the remote sites and test each connection manually Make sure the following sequence of keyboard commands work flawless ly dials the modem and logs in if necessary enters BLAST filetransfer exits BLAST filetransfer logs off and hangs up the phone D Create the Site File Build the entries in the site file with any standard text editor select ing appropriate name s for the TCF files dat Name Phone Baud TCF E Create the Transfer Command Files List the files to be transferred to and from each site and the direction of transfer S SEND G GET Afterward write the various TCF files and put them in the autopoll directory Remote Name Local Name Options F Decide on Cycles Decide how many cycles to allow for polling and when to start APPENDIX E Cycles Start time G Build the Command Line to Start Autopoll Use the following format blast autopoll sautopoll max_cycles site file start_time H Check Environment Variables Check the values of BLASTDIR SETUPDIR PATH and BPRINTER When they are correct change to the autopoll directo ry type in the command line and let Autopoll take over AUTOPOLL 375 376 APPENDIX E Appendix F PAD Parameters The X 3 standard specifies a set of parameters defining how a PAD is to perform its task of assembling and disassembling the data st
115. FWD Send Delete file from sending system if the transfer was successful GROUP nn Receive Preserve or set the group of the file where nn is a positive decimal integer that specifies the file group ID Note that on some systems only the user root can change the group attribute OVW Receive Overwrite a file with same name if it exists OWNER nn Receive Reserve or set the owner of the file where nn is a positive decimal integer that specifies the file owner ID Note that on some systems only the user root can change the owner attribute PERMS nnnn Receive Preserve or set file permissions where nnnn is an octal number that contains the original file permissions This switch is automatically ap pended to files sent from the local system and can also be specified by the remote system See Permissions on page 150 and your sys tem documentation for more information about permissions 4000 Set user ID on execution 20 0 Set user ID on execution if is 7 5 3 or 1 grant execute permission en able mandatory locking if is 6 4 2 or 0 1000 Set the sticky bit 0400 Read by owner 140 CHAPTER NINE 0200 Write by owner 0100 Execute search in directory by owner 0040 Read by group 0020 Write by group 0010 Execute search in directory by group 0004 Read by others 0002 Write by others 0001 Execute search in directory by others 0000 No permis
116. Filetransfer Menu 129 130 Packet Size 90 275 276 Receiving Files 131 132 198 199 Remote Commands 134 136 235 237 Remote Menu 130 134 136 Sending Files 131 198 Setup Subwindow 89 92 Timeout 91 275 Versions 129 Wildcards 131 132 XON XOFF Pacing 32 Keyboard 52 53 ATTN Key 52 53 BHOST Settings 334 336 BLAST Keys 52 315 319 345 347 CANCEL Key _ 52 53 Definition Charts 345 350 Emulation Keys 348 350 Emulator Maps 316 319 320 Frequently Used Keys 42 43 52 Hot Keys 316 319 346 347 International 14 29 30 Mapping 315 321 Soft Keys 315 317 318 User Defined Maps 316 320 321 Keyboard File Creation 320 321 Reserved Variable 273 Setup Field 72 See also Keyboard Keyboard Mapping See Keyboard Keys See Keyboard L Learn Mode 55 176 178 Local Commands 58 60 232 233 Local Menu 58 60 Lock Files 23 351 352 Log File Error Checking 205 206 Reserved Variables 270 278 Setup Field 73 Login BHOST 325 Password 69 280 System Scripts 211 213 UNIX Shell and 150 Userid 68 290 325 M mapchan 28 Menus 51 61 Access 327 329 Filetransfer 57 58 107 108 129 130 Local 58 60 Navigation through 43 51 INDEX 387 Offline 54 55 Online 55 57 Remote 60 61 118 119 128 134 136 Summary of 43 44 Message 58 108 195 233 234 Modem Error Detection 32 RTS CTS Pacing 30 31 Scripts 211 214 215 Settings 353 Setup Field 70 71 XON XOFF Pacing 31 33 Numeric Constant Defined 220 Numeric String Defined
117. HORT or LONG The second line after LIST can be left blank to display all files or it can be a file name which may include wildcards e g txt DELETE Delete a file or files on your system The line following DELETE is the filename which may include wildcards RENAME Rename a file on your system The line after RENAME is the old filename the second line after RENAME is the new filename TYPE Type a file on your system s display The line following TYPE is the filename PRINT Print a file to the device specified in the BPRINTER en vironment variable The line following PRINT is the file name see LPRINT on page 247 CHDIR Change the working directory of your system The line following CHDIR is the pathname of the new working di rectory CHAPTER FIFTEEN SYSTEM Perform a local system command The line following SYSTEM is a system command If this line is left blank BLAST invokes the operating system interactively When you are finished with the command interpreter you must return to BLAST by typing exit and pressing ENTER When BLAST is started with the b switch or with the n switch if the display has not been re enabled through a script you cannot escape to a system prompt see Command Line Switches on page 10 EXAMPLE set protocol BLAST FILETRANSFER start BLAST session protocol get daily dat new dat to L
118. HOST session parameters by choosing Parameter from the Access Menu The Session Parameters window Figure 18 3 will then appear Move through the fields by pressing the arrow keys move through the options of a field by pressing SPACE or BACK SPACE BLAST Access BHOST usr lt T gt up lt b gt down lt PgUp gt first lt PgDn gt last press lt Space gt next or lt Backspace gt previous m Session Parameters Scaling Ratio Scan Interval MEDIUM Host Keyboard Sync Mode ON Host Mouse Special Kbd Handling OFF Host Screen 0 Host Printer Inactivity T 0 120 Printer s Enabled Timeout Response RESTART DCD Loss Response RESTART CHAPTER EIGHTEEN If you have a User account you may change all of the settings on the Session Parameters screen except Inactivity T O Timeout Re sponse and DCD Loss Response If you have a Rest ricted ac count you will not be able to change any of the session parameter settings If you change any of the settings via the Session Parameters window the new settings will be in effect only for the duration of the session Following is a description of the Session Parameter fields Scaling Ratio 1 1 1 4 1 16 1 64 Specifies how the Host PC s graphics are scaled for screen updates BHOST usually sends the entire Host screen to the Control PC The Scaling Ratio allows certain portions of the screen to be omitted re sulting in much faster performance
119. I Level 2 x ANSI Emulation subwindow ANSI Level APROTO read write YES NO For BLAST protocol transfers specifies whether the BLAST A Protocol will be used Set this field to YES to communicate with old er versions of BLAST BLAST Protocol subwindow Use A Protocol CHAPTER SIXTEEN ARGn read write user defined Stores variables passed from the operating system command line This variable is a read only variable where n specifies the argument from 0 to 9 ARGO ARG1 etc The command line must include a setup name before the first command line parameter is given see Command Line Switches on page 10 ATTKEY read write any Control Key K Defines the attention key ATTN Setting this variable to null ATTKEY turns off the ATTN key for example during the running of a script The ATTN key re 10 8x mains off until ATTKEY is reset or until the script ends or until the masterscript ends if one or more scripts are called at which time BLAST resets ATTKEY to its previous setting Setup field Attention Key AUTOLFIN read write YES NO When set to YES forces BLAST while in Terminal mode to in sert a linefeed character after every carriage return character dis played Setup field AutoLF In AUTOLFOUT read write YES NO When set to YES forces BLAST while in Terminal mode to in sert a linefeed character after every carriage ret
120. LE ASK w ASK NOECHO BIN2HEX FORMAT EXAMPLE BIN2HI EX 10 prompt for a string from the user ASK NOECHO string_value variable ASK prompts the user with string_value displayed at the top left of the screen The input from the user will be placed in variable Be cause of display limitations the combined length of string_value and variable should not exceed 80 characters The NOECHO option causes BLAST to suppress user input Use NOECHO when entering a password or other sensitive data If the user replies to the ASK prompt by pressing ESC STATUS will be set to a nonzero value If the input ends with ENTER STATUS will be set to 0 unless variable is a reserved variable that sets STATUS in a SET statement In this case STATUS is set based on the suc cess or failure of the SET command see SET Statements that Set STATUS on page 223 hat month month Password secret no display 10 8x convert binary byte count to hexadecimal BIN2HEX numeric_value variable1 variable2 BIN2HEX converts the first number of bytes numeric_value in variable2 into the hexadecimal equivalent of an ASCII string and stores the result in variable NOTE If numeric_value is larger than 512 bytes the result of BIN2HEX will be too large for variable1 The size of variable will always be twice as large as numeric_value because a binary charac ter becomes a two byte pair in hexadecimal
121. Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information RSERIAL read only For BLAST protocol stores the serial number of the BLAST version running on the remote system RSITE read only For BLAST protocol stores the BLAST site number of the remote system This is valid during and after file transfer RSIZE read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the size of the file being re ceived You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more informa tion RSTART read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the interrupt start point for an interrupted received file You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 283 284 RSTATUS read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the completion status of the file being received Possible values are RCOMP Receive completed LERROR Receive not completed due to local error RERROR Receive not completed due to remote error RINTR Receive not completed due to operator interruption You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information RSUCCESS read only For BLAST protocol stores the number of files successfully re ceived during a file transfer session RTIME
122. Menu 327 329 Chat 327 328 Parameters 328 332 337 Record 328 329 Snapshot 328 Access Mode 326 329 Filetransfer Mode from 331 Hot Keys 329 Modifying BHOST Settings 332 337 See also Access Menu ASCII Character Set 355 Control Codes 356 Script Command 224 Attention Key See ATTN Key ATTN Key 42 52 53 Aborting Scripts 172 Sequences 346 Setup Field 73 74 Automation BLAST Protocol 119 Scripting 61 See also Autopoll Autopoll 357 375 Banner File 367 Command Line 358 360 Configuration 363 365 373 375 cron 368 369 Installing 358 Modifying 370 373 Remote Commands 362 Setup 358 359 360 361 363 364 Site File 360 361 364 Starting 358 360 365 Stop File 366 Summary Files 367 368 Tips 369 370 Transfer Command Files 361 362 364 365 User Supplied Scripts 370 373 Wildcards 362 INDEX 383 BANNERTIME 9 Batch Mode 12 Baud Rate Setup Field 71 BHOST 323 338 BLAST Setup 325 Compression Level 325 Login 325 Modifying Settings 332 338 Packet Size 98 325 Security Features 324 Starting BLAST 104 105 Transferring Files 331 332 See also Remote Control and BHOST Set tings BHOST Settings 332 338 DCD Loss Response 335 336 Host Keyboard 336 Host Mouse 336 Host Printer 337 Host Screen 336 337 Inactivity T O 334 335 Printer s Enabled 337 Scaling Ratio 333 Scan Interval 333 334 Special KBD Handling 334 Sync Mode 334 Timeout Response 335 Binary Data Manipulation 224 Binary Variables Defined 222 BLAST Application Integra
123. N Downloading Text To download a text file from within a script write a BLAST script that includes a TCAPTURE statement TCAPTURE will receive the specified file from the remote system and activate capture to receive it While TTRAP handles a small number of characters for processing by a BLAST script TCAPTURE accepts large amounts of data and saves it to a disk file The APPEND option writes the captured data to the end of an existing file or creates a new file The OVERWRITE option deletes and recreates an existing file or creates a new file If BLAST is unable to use the specified file the statement will set STATUS to an error code Once capture has been enabled the program must execute one of the following statements before capture begins TERMINAL TTRAP TUPLOAD or WAIT with CARRIER or IDLE option To close the file and save any data that has been captured use TCAPTURE OFF The following example shows how a file can be displayed and cap tured from a remote computer connect TSEND cat payroll dat CR TCAPTURE ON payroll cap turn capture on wait 5 idle wait for data to stop TCAPTURE OFF end capture close file BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 209 210 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Chapter 14 Connecting and Disconnecting Introduction Connecting and disconnecting are crucial operations Normally BLAST initializes the modem and dials a remote system under the control of a specialized scrip
124. NECT command uses the systems scr library to answer logon queries automatically BLASTscript variable USERID CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Password user defined Holds the password that you will use to log onto the remote system With the value of this field BLAST s CONNECT command uses the systems scr library to answer password queries automatically To maintain security this field is intentionally overwritten with Xs in the Setup window and encoded in the setup file on the disk As additional security BLAST will prompt you for this password if this field is left blank therefore the password need not be on the disk at all See the explanation of PASSWORD on page 280 BLASTscript variable PASSWORD Connection any valid device Specifies the communications port host system for TCP IP connec tions or hunt file that BLAST will use for the current session Valid options are Device name Any valid asynchronous port e g dev tty1A Host name or address The name or network address of the TCP IP host system to which you want to connect for example blaster blast com To establish a raw socket enter the host name and any available port number except 23 Port number 23 is reserved for telnet To use telnet simply enter the host name and BLAST will default to port number 23 To use telnet with a port other than port 23 enter the host name the port number and telnet as in the ex ample below
125. NIX system then your keystrokes will be interpreted by the remote computer as if you were operating from an attached terminal Comments and Suggestions Considerable time and effort have been spent in the development of this product and its documentation If you are pleased or not pleased we would like to hear from you Please see the pages fol lowing the index of this manual for response forms that you may fill out BLAST Technical Support INTRODUCTION If you have problems installing or running BLAST first look for an swers in your manual particularly Appendix C Troubleshooting and in the Online Help Double check your communications set tings operating system paths modem cables and modem power switches If you are still unable to resolve the problem contact BLAST Tech nical Support For a nominal fee a technician will help you with your problem Technical Support may be purchased on a per inci dent basis or annually Contact our Sales Staff for details If you pur chased BLAST outside of the USA please contact your authorized distributor for technical support What You Will Need To Know Before you contact us please have the following information ready Your BLAST version number and serial number These num bers appear in the opening banner when you first start BLAST in the Online Help window and on your distribution media Your operating system version number To display your version number
126. OCAL begin LOCAL commands PRINT new dat RENAME new dat old dat ESC end LOCAL commands send sendme fil toyou fil ESC end BLAST protocol session FILETRANSFER MESSAGE send messages using BLAST Protocol FORMAT FILETRANSFER MESSAGE message ESC Using BLAST protocol MESSAGE sends a text string that is dis played in the scrolling region of both computers displays The line after MESSAGE is a message a line of text up to 67 characters or a variable containing a line of text up to 67 characters BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 233 EXAMPLE FILETRANSFER enter Filetransfer mode ESSAGE send a message Sending Sales Reports specify the message ESC FILETRANSFER REMOTE perform remote commands FORMAT for BLAST protocol FILETRANSFER REMOTE LIST DELETE RENAME TYPE PRINT CHDIR MORE SHORT LONG filename oldname filename filename pathname ESC filename ESC ESC 234 ESC newname ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC This multi line statement performs error free file management on the remote computer during a BLAST protocol session Multiple commands may follow the REMOTE command and filenames valid pathnames for the remote computer or string variables may follow each command Some older versions of BLAST do not support REMOTE commands During a BLAST session the following commands are available
127. OFF it returns the value 0 10 7x VERSION read only Stores the version of BLAST that is running VTS8BIT read write 7 8 For VT220 and VT320 emulation specifies whether C1 control characters are represented in the 8 bit environment or as 7 bit es cape sequences VT Emulation subwindows 7 8 Bit Controls VTANSBACK read write user defined ASCII string For VT emulation contains a message to be sent to the remote computer upon receiving an inquiry E The field can be up to 30 characters in length The default value is an empty string nothing is sent VT Emulation subwindows Answerback Msg VTAUTOWRAP read write YES NO For VT emulation specifies whether text typed at the right margin will automatically wrap to the next line VT Emulation subwindows Auto Wrap BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 291 292 10 7x VTCLRSCRN read write YES NO For VT emulation clears the terminal s video display Setting VTCLRSCRN to YES clears the display the value is then reset to NO VT Emulation subwindows Clear Screen VTCURSOR read write NORMAL APPLICATION For VT emulation specifies whether the cursor keys will control cursor movement or send application control functions VT Emulation subwindows Cursor Keys Mode VTCURSTYPE read write BLOCK LINE For VT100 52 and VT220 emulation specifies whether the cursor is displayed as a reverse video block or as an unde
128. P CTRL PRTSC CTRL LEFT CTRL RIGHT not mapped INS HOME PGUP DEL END PGDN F6 F12 CTRL F3 CTRL F10 CTRL F5 CTRLF6 SHIFT F6 F12 not mapped APPENDIX B DEC VT100 and VT52 Keys Function Shift Tab Backspace Del Cursor Up Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Keypad 0 9 Keypad Keypad Keypad Enter Key Keypad PF1 PF4 Hold Screen Print Screen Toggle Auto Print Scroll Left Scroll Right Scroll mode PC ANSI Keys Function Backspace Del Cursor Up Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right PF1 PF4 PC Key SHIFT TAB CTRL BACKSPACE BACKSPACE UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT keypad 0 9 keypad keypad keypad keypad F1 F4 F5 ALT P CTRL PRTSC CTRL LEFT CTRL RIGHT not mapped PC Key BACKSPACE DEL UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT F1 F4 WYSE 60 WYSE 50 TV920 D80 and ADM3A Keys Function Backspace Del Enter Return KEY DEFINITION CHARTS PC Key CTRL BACK BACK ENTER keypad 349 350 Function Back Tab Print Send Scroll Lock Unlock Kybd Cursor Up Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Home Shift Home Page Up Page Down Clear Line Clear Screen Del Char Del Line Ins Char Ins Line Ins Replace F1 F12 F13 F16 Shift F1 Shift F12 Shift F13 Shift F16 PC Key SHIFT TAB ALT P ALT B ALT Z ALT U ESC A ESC B ESC D ESC C HOME CTRL HOME PGUP PGDN END CTRL END DEL CTRL DEL INS CTRL INS ALTI F1 F12 CT
129. PNDMEM read write YES NO For WYSE emulation specifies expanded memory use WYSE Emulation subwindow Expanded Memory WYPAGELEN read write 1 DATA LINES 2 DATA LINES 4 DATA LINES For WYSE emulation specifies the length of a screen page WYSE Emulation subwindow Page Length WYRETURN read write CR CRLF TAB For WYSE emulation specifies the character to send when the RETURN key is pressed WYSE Emulation subwindow Return WYSCROLLINC read write 1 53 10 For Wyse emulation specifies the scroll increment This value is used when 132 columns per row has been selected and compressed display is not utilized Wyse Emulation subwindow Horiz Scroll Inc BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 297 298 WYSEWORD read write YES NO For WYSE emulation specifies whether keys send Wordstar functions instead of standard key codes The only keys affected are WYSE keys that can be remapped with the blastkbd utility see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 10 7x WYSE Emulation subwindow Wyseword WYWRITEPROT read write DIM REVERSE NORMAL For WYSE emulation specifies the attribute used to display pro tected fields WYSE Emulation subwindow Write Protect XCRC read write CRC CHECKSUM 10 8x For Xmodem transfers specifies whether the error detection is CRC or CHECKSUM Setup field Error Detection XLOG read write ON OFF Enables Extended Logging which pr
130. RL F3 CTRL F6 SHIFT F1 F12 not mapped APPENDIX B Appendix C Troubleshooting 1 I m getting the message A lock file exists for the comm port when I try to go online What s wrong The communications port or more specifically the serial port is probably locked so that only one program at a time can use it If a lock file exists for the serial port BLAST assumes that another pro cess is using it Sometimes a lock file is left by a process that termi nates abnormally In this case you must delete the lock file before BLAST can take control of the port Lock files are kept in direc tories such as etc var spool locks usr spool uucp and ust spool locks depending on the particular version of UNIX that you have Consult your System Administrator for the correct loca tion of the lock file directory Deleting lock files is normally a Sys tem Administrator function See Chapter 2 for additional information 2 I get the message Unable to open communications port when I try to go online What s wrong Make sure that you have specified the port correctly in your setup and that another process is not currently using the port For example a getty might be running on the communications port or a lock file TROUBLESHOOTING 351 352 might exist even though the process that created the lock file has ter minated See Chapter 2 for additional information Soon after going online I get the me
131. S cannot open the communications port 1 You may have selected an invalid communications port 2 Check the physical connection to the port Make sure that the port specified is the actual port set up for communications 3 The port may be in use or may not have been re leased by another system process Reboot the comput er and load only BLAST to test the physical connection 4 The computer may be using an interrupt and or base address that is not standard Edit the BLAST OPT to include proper address and IRQ 5 The hardware flow control RTS CTS or Carrier Detect signals may not be configured to handle the port signals directly 6 Other applications may not have closed all ports when exiting From the BLAST directory type BLAST I so that BLAST bypasses any checking of ports done by other applications a lock file exists for the communications port Check the usr spool uucp and or usr spool locks directories for a LCK Portname file Delete the lock file if appropriate This is a System Ad ministrator function error in terminal definition function not available in background mode network error occurred BLASTNMP EXE not loaded network drivers not loaded If using TCP IP be sure that the name of the TCP IP TSR matches the one specified in BLAST OPT Read error unexpected signal UNIX signal Signal number is determined by sub tracting 128 from the BLAST error number This cor responds to UNIX signals 1 16 Read
132. SCII and give it the extension su do not save it as a word pro cessor file Loading a Setup To load a setup choose the Select command from the Offline menu Figure 5 1 You will be prompted to enter a setup name or to press ENTER to see a Setup Directory of all available setup files If you press ENTER to see the directory use the keys listed at the top of the Command Area to highlight the setup that you want to load 10 8x Alternatively you may use the cursor keys to highlight a setup file After highlighting a setup press ENTER to load the selected setup BLAST Offline default usr MENU New Modify Write Remove Local JlEarn Online load a setup file help ESC exit m Setup Directory blaster BLAST Inc demoline default default setup FIGURE 5 1 The Default Setup BLAST creates default su a setup that contains default values for each setup field and is automatically loaded when you start BLAST unless you specify another setup on the command line If you un intentionally overwrite the original default su you can restore its original settings by deleting or renaming the existing default su and restarting BLAST BLAST will create a new default su Creating a New Setup To create a new setup select the New option from the Offline menu by pressing N BLAST will prompt you for a new setup name Note that BLAST may not display the entire filename in its Setup Direc tory
133. ST if RETURN_CODE ne 0 Test for a nonzero return code then echo RETURN_CODE echo code to screen if it is nonzero fi End of script 34 To execute the run_blast script it is necessary to give it execute permissions Run chmod by typing the following chmod 711 run_blast This will set permissions on the script to read write and execute for the owner and execute only for group and other users For some old er systems read permissions are required as well to run the script For these systems set the permissions as follows chmod 755 run_blast Explanation BLAST generates an interrupt when exiting The line trap 2 are two single quotation marks sets a trap for this interrupt UNIX system Signal 2 Terminal Inter rupt If this interrupt is not trapped the shell script will terminate when BLAST exits rather than continuing to completion It is pos sible to set traps for other UNIX signals as well For example if you set a trap for Signal 15 Software Termination it will prevent the script from being terminated To capture Signal 15 and echo Please stop interrupting me while I am thinking to the screen include the following command in the script CHAPTER TWO trap echo Please stop interrupting me while am thinking 15 The block of script PATH PATH usr blast BLAST DIR usr blast SETUPDIR usr blast export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR sets environment variables and
134. ST keyboard remapping utility with the current emulator selected ATTN M Start blastkbd the BLAST keyboard remapping 10 7x utility i ATTN N Reset XON XOFF Pacing ATTN P Toggle printer logging on or off ATTN 0 9 Start a BLAST Soft Key digit is the Soft Key num ber Hot Keys BLAST features Hot Keys for accessing certain functions from Ter minal and Filetransfer modes and Access mode in 10 7x Not all functions are available from all modes see chart below Hot Keys are essentially macros that activate BLAST menu commands and re turn you to your starting point with just a few keystrokes For exam ple in Terminal mode typing ALT F in 10 7x and CTRL F in 10 8x starts Filetransfer mode and automatically returns you to Terminal mode when file transfer is completed Hot Keys are not available while BLAST scripts are running To make Hot Keys active after an automated logon be sure that the script command after TERMINAL is either QUIT or RETURN Function Key Available Mode Abort BLAST ALT X Terminal 10 7 Connect ALT C Terminal 7X Disconnect ALT D Terminal Learn ALT R Terminal Select setup ALT S Terminal APPENDIX B Function Key Available Mode Modify setup ALT M Terminal New setup ALT N Terminal Write setup ALT W Terminal Access ALT A Terminal Local Edit ALT E Terminal FT Local Print X Terminal FT Local Type Terminal FT Local List ALT L Terminal FT Local View x Terminal FT Access Local System i Terminal FT
135. STscript reserved variable XLOG CHAPTER TWO 10 8x y specifies four digit format for year If the y switch is used on the same command line as the dd switch the last switch on the line takes precedence 10 7x ynumber specifies the end of transmission EOT timeout for X and Ymo dem where timeout is equal to number 100 seconds The minimum timeout is 1 second 10 and the maximum is 60 seconds 6000 For example y1111 sets the timeout to 11 11 seconds See Chap ter 9 for more information on Xmodem and Y modem Z forces BLAST to attempt to open the communications port without changing the port s status BLAST will not disable getty or ttymon processes automatically see Accessing Serial Ports on page 18 Example Command Line The example command line shown below starts BLAST with a setup named dial a script named newyork and 30 400 as an argu ment to be used by the script type blast dial snewyork 30 400 Precedence for Specifying Options Because the command line can specify options that may also be named in setups and scripts BLAST follows a well defined order of precedence amp Whenever a command line switch conflicts with a value speci fied in a setup also loaded from the command line the com mand line switch overrides the setup value Whenever a command line switch conflicts with a setup value that has been loaded after starting BLAST throu
136. See Blaster Text Transfers 145 147 Downloading Text 147 209 Scripting 207 209 Uploading Text 145 146 207 208 Text Translation 309 Time Format LOGTIMEFORMAT 278 TIME 289 TIMEFORMAT 289 dt 12 TIME_STAMP 36 Timeout BHOST Settings 334 335 BLAST Protocol 105 106 Connection 69 70 267 Inactivity 85 272 Kermit Protocol 91 275 Logon 84 278 Xmodem Protocol 92 300 Ymodem Protocol 92 300 TMP 10 Transfer Command Files 115 118 195 Autopoll 361 362 364 365 Transfer Password 121 122 Reserved Variable 290 Setup Field 87 88 Translate File 306 309 Reserved Variable 299 Setup Field 73 Troubleshooting 351 353 ttymgr 21 22 ttymon 20 21 U umask 151 152 Uploading Text 145 146 207 208 Error Detection 145 Flow Control 145 Scripting 207 208 Upload Command 56 User Defined Maps 316 320 321 V Variables Defined 220 See also Reserved Variables vi 10 59 View Command 59 W Wildcards 110 Autopoll 362 BLAST Protocol 110 FTP 125 Kermit Protocol 131 132 Pseudohost Mode 205 Ymodem Protocol 142 Zmodem Protocol 143 X Xmodem Protocol 139 141 Command Line Switches 138 204 205 Connection Restriction 139 File Transfer 139 141 200 201 File Transfer Switches 140 141 Filename Restrictions 144 Filetransfer Menu 58 Limitations 137 Pseudohost 204 205 INDEX 395 Receiving Files 139 140 200 XON XOFF Pacing 32 Sending Files 139 200 Setup Subwindow 92 94 Timeout 92 300 XON XOFF Pacing 31
137. Some UNIX systems have a limit of 256 characters for a file name some UNIX systems have a limit of only 14 characters You may want to use the location of the remote site as the setup name or some other easily remembered name If you want to place the new setup in a subdirectory of the directory specified by the SETUPDIR 64 CHAPTER FIVE environment variable you must enter the relative path along with the setup name BLAST will automatically append the extension su to the filename After you have typed in the setup name and pressed ENTER BLAST will automatically enter Modify mode see next section and display in the Setup window the values of the setup file currently in memory After you modify these values and press CANCEL BLAST will automatically save the new setup file load its values into memory and return to the Offline menu Modifying a Setup To modify a setup file from the Offline menu use the Select com mand to load the setup into memory and then press m for Modify You will see a screen with a Setup window similar to the one shown in Figure 5 2 below BLAST Offline blaster usr MENU E up X down R first C last T clear lt ESC gt exit press T to clear or enter new text help ESC exit m Setup for blaster Description ENAT ENA Phone Number 19195420939 System Type UNIX Userid reliable Attention Key K_ i Password any coh ia aa ed Gree
138. Switches with FTP 126 Filenames Restrictions with FTP 127 Ending an FTP Session FTP Remote Menu v ot2522 o 3804 ig oS 8 Kermit Protocol Kermit Filetransfer Menu Sending and Receiving Files with Kermit File Transfer Switches with Kermit Filenames Restrictions 6 Kermit Remote Menu 9 Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem Protocols Command Line Features Xmodem Protocol 000 Ymodem Protocol 10 Text Transfers Introduction fs fe g a wt ated tees reese 4S Uploading Text to a Remote Computer Downloading Text from a Remote Computer 11 Secure BLAST 129 129 130 132 133 134 137 138 139 141 142 144 145 145 145 147 149 Securing Your System 2 22 4 44 rs04G noede4ee4e wd ve ed 149 UNIX Fools cies aoe ee ed to ee te eS Ae 150 Using Secure BLAS Eo suwiadexeaeenesyyaa tees 155 blpasswd ic23 icbetventedw died EA pE a EDALE 156 BISEC rE r eha ute acai A a Me av E E Rute 163 SECTE eea e Bod awe de ee E E A Te Sas 167 Using the Password 23 oauctscti eo oer ae sows eee ees 168 12 Introduction To Scripting 171 Starting QUT tiurraveohteitadivecdeen ohiwacadiees 171 Learn Mode utune hive oa aE eee cia nhd Pe ode eee 176 13 BLASTscript Topics 181 Seripling Basics aieeaa oi eles Bt ett elses TAY 181 Manipulating Text ss s2suy4 a
139. T see the BHOST User Man ual International Keyboard for 10 7x BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x supports international keyboards through the k command line switch The following international keyboard driver files were copied to your system during the instal lation process french kbd italian kbd spanish kbd german kbd uk kbd To load an international keyboard driver add the following switch to the command line kcountry kbd where country kbd is one of files listed above File Format The format for these files is scan_code base shift ctrl ctrl_shift alt alt_shift scan_code the key number of the key to be changed base ASCII value of new KEY shift ASCII value of SHIFT KEY ctrl ASCII value of CTRL KEY ctrl_ shift ASCII value of CTRL SHIFT KEY alt ASCII value of ALT KEY alt_shift ASCII value of ALT SHIFT KEY EXAMPLE 2 49 33 0 0 96 96 THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 29 Flow Control 30 Refer to the actual files for more information Lines that begin with the character are comments Flow control paces the data stream between computers to prevent the loss of characters from data overruns In serial communications the primary factor adversely affecting transmission speed is an in correct flow control setting It is crucial to pace the data stream prop erly between connected computers to maximize filetransfer and terminal scrolling speed When data is received more quickly than it can be proce
140. T key subset When you select BLAST from the BLAST Key set in the blastkod main window and press ENTER the BLAST Key subwindow Figure 17 3 will appear Function lt ext gt lt up gt lt ext gt lt down gt lt ext gt lt left gt lt ext gt lt right gt Cursor Cursor lt left gt Cursor lt right gt Home lt home gt lt ext gt lt home gt lt ext gt lt end gt lt ext gt lt pgup gt lt ext gt lt pgdn gt End lt end gt Page Up lt pgup gt Page Down lt pgdn gt ESC key lt eso gt Del Char lt del gt Insert Mode lt ins gt Help lt fi gt lt ext gt lt del gt lt ext gt lt ins gt SAVE s QUIT lt Esc gt CHANGE lt Enter gt UP E R RIGHT D PG UP DELETE T DOWN X PG DOWN C HOME W LEFT S END Z There are four columns the first displays the functions supported by the BLAST Keys and the other three contain the key sequences you choose to perform that function Up to three key sequences may be specified for the same function To remap a function highlight one of the three key sequences to the right of the function and press ENTER The message Press any key to remap function is dis played Type the key or combination of keys that will serve as this function Repeat this process until you have remapped all the func tions that you want then press S to save your remappings and return to the blastkod main window NOTE BLAST keys do not change
141. TOR vi SETUPDIR dirname SBLASTDIR where dirname is the directory in which the BLAST setup files are stored The default SETUPDIR is the same directory as BLASTDIR If many different users need to access BLAST you may wish to point SETUPDIR to the HOME directory of each us er Users can then maintain individual libraries of setup files This technique permits the BLAST administrator to restrict access to the BLAST directory without limiting the ability of other users to run the software and create their own setups EXAMPLE SETUPDIR HOME TERM terminal_ name no default where term_name is the entry in the terminfo library that BLAST will use to control the terminal from which BLAST is being run EXAMPLE TERM vt100 TMP dirname usr tmp where dirname is the directory in which temporary files will be stored EXAMPLE TMP usr tmp Command Line Switches Command line switches allow you a number of options on startup For example you can automatically load a setup and run a BLAST 10 CHAPTER TWO script that brings you directly into a communications session with out interactive input BLAST recognizes the following switches and parameters Some switches are for BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x only and some are for 10 8x only see descriptions of specific switches below blast setupname sscriptname argumen 2 b c dd dt e f h k n p a v or x y z One space m
142. TTN Key sequences see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 and Attention Key Se quences on page 346 respectively To interrupt Terminal mode and return to the BLAST menu system while in PASSTHRU type ATTN ATTN pause where pause indicates no keyboard input for a minimum of two seconds This will allow the CTRL K sequence to be used in PASS THRU Terminal mode Terminal Emulation with 10 7x A terminal is a video monitor and keyboard that has been custom configured to generate and respond to formatting codes used by a particular computer system For example the VT100 terminal was originally designed to operate with Digital Equipment Corporation s VAX and PDP computers Particular sequences of ASCII characters were defined to signal special actions such as cursor movement printer activation and screen display behavior In order to use your system as a terminal to a multi user host like a VAX your system must be able to produce and respond to the host s terminal control codes a process called terminal emulation VT100 terminal em ulation under BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x allows your system to operate like a VT 100 terminal The following emulators are available in BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x DATA STREAM CONTROL 311 312 BLAST Emulator Terminal Emulated PC ANSI PC ANSI Color VT52 DEC VT52 VT100 DEC VT100 VT220 DEC VT220 VT320 DEC VT320 ADM3A Lear Siegler ADM3A D
143. The same control char acter must also be used by the remote Kermit Kermit Protocol subwindow Start of Packet Char KRTIMEOUT read write 0 99 10 For Kermit transfers specifies the number of seconds that the com puter will wait to receive a packet before requesting that it be resent Kermit Protocol subwindow Timeout KSAVEINC read write DISCARD KEEP For Kermit transfers specifies whether to KEEP or DISCARD files not completely received such as a file being transferred when you abort a Get command Kermit Protocol subwindow Incomplete File KSEOPKT read write AA _ AZ AM For Kermit transfers specifies a control character to terminate each packet sent by your system The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit Kermit Protocol subwindow End of Packet Char BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 275 276 KSPADCH read write A Z G For Kermit transfers specifies an alternate character to pad each packet sent by your system Kermit Protocol subwindow Pad Character KSPADDNG read write 0 99 For Kermit transfers specifies the number of padding characters to send per packet Kermit Protocol subwindow Padding KSPKTLEN read write 10 2000 90 For Kermit transfers specifies the packet size your system will use when it sends a file Note that the packet size of the remote Kermit must also be set to this length Kermit Protocol subwindow Packet Siz
144. Type AT Baud Rate 9600 Parity NONE Data Stop Bits 8 1 XON XOFF Pacing YES RTS CTS Pacing NO Keyboard File Script File Log File Translate File Attention Key K Emulation 1T100 Full Screen YES Local Echo NO AutoLF In NO AutoLF Out NO Wait for Echo NO Prompt Char NONE Char Delay 9 Line Delay 0 Protocol BLAST Packet Size 256_ Check to see that the following entries appear correctly on the screen Phone Number 1 919 542 0939 System Type UNIX Userid reliable Password XXXXXX fast transfer is the actual password but it will be masked by Xs Parity None Data Stop Bits 8 1 VT100 or PASSTHRU BLAST Emulation Protocol BLAST QUICKSTART 45 46 If any of the entries are incorrect press M for Modify and use the keys listed at the top of the Command Area to move to the appropri ate field and enter the information For the fields Phone Number Userid and Password press CTRL T to clear the field and type in the correct information remembering that the userid and password are case sensitive and press ENTER For the remaining fields shown above you can cycle through the available choices by pressing the SPACEBAR For the Emulation field select PASSTHRU For correct settings of the setup fields Connec tion Modem Type Baud Rate XON XOFF Pacing and RTS CTS Pacing see your hardware documentation your system administra tor and the discu
145. VR4 a serial port is disabled by issuing a command to pmadm in the format pmadm d p pmtag s svctag where d is the disable option and pmtag and svctag are identifiers for the serial port The output of the command pmadm will dis play these tags in addition to whether or not ttymon is monitoring a particular port PMTAG PMTYPE SVCTAG FLGS ID lt PMSPECIFIC gt zsmon ttymon ttya u root dev term a I usr bin login 9600 zsmon ttymon ttyb ux root dev term b I usr bin login 9600 An x appears under the FLGS column when ttymon is not moni toring a particular port In the example above ttymon is running on dev term a but not on dev term b The pmtag for dev term a is zsmon and the svctag is ttya Thus the following command dis ables the port pmadm d p zsmon s ttya To enable the port you would type pmadm e p zsmon s ttya Unfortunately ttymon may not always release the port gracefully On some systems it may be necessary to kill the ttymon process through sacadm or reboot before the port is flushed completely Port Locking BLAST uses two of its own processes setgetty and ttymgr to ma nipulate system files directly and thereby lock and unlock serial THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 21 22 ports When the user goes online through the BLAST software BLAST checks to see if the device specified in the Connection field of the setup is a character special device If it is BLAST calls setgetty with i
146. WYSE60 WYSE50 TTY and PASSTHRU TTY and PASSTHRU 10 8x Specifies the terminal type to emulate in Terminal mode Accept able values are TTY and PASSTHRU Setup field Emulation ENABLEFS read write YES NO For BLAST protocol transfers enables the FWD and STR file transfer switches which automatically delete files BLAST Protocol subwindow Enable FWD and STR BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 271 ENABLERCMD read write YES NO For BLAST protocol transfers enables the OVW overwrite file transfer switch and allows system commands to be sent from the re mote system BLAST Protocol subwindow Enable OVW and Remote Cmds 10 8x FILECNT read only Returns the number of bytes either written or read during FREAD FWRITE FREADB and FWRITEB 272 FILTER read write ON OFF For BLAST protocol transfers specifies whether the protocol filter is turned on When F ILTER is set to ON BLAST strips VT se quences sent from a mainframe protocol converter preventing BLAST protocol from labeling these as bad blocks BLAST Protocol subwindow Filtering FULLSCR read write YES NO Specifies whether the top four lines of the BLAST menu region will be suppressed while in Terminal mode Set to YES to suppress the menu and NO to enable it Setup field Full Screen INACTIMO read write 0 999 120 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the time interval in sec onds t
147. X 10 8x find the last occurrence of one string in another FORMAT STRRINX string_value1 string_value2 STRRINX finds the last occurrence of string_value2 in string_valuel STATUS is set to the starting character position of the last occurrence of string_value2 in string_value or set to 0 if there is no match EXAMPLE set stringl 01234567890123456 STRRINX stringl 3 look for last occurrence of 3 display The number 3 occurs last at position STATUS 254 CHAPTER FIFTEEN STRTRIM extract part of a string FORMAT STRTRIM variable numeric_value1 numeric_value2 STRTRIMextracts a substring from variable Variable is reset to the substring that begins at position numeric_value and ends at posi tion numeric_value2 If the original string will be required for fur ther processing a copy of it should be made before operating with STRTRIM because STRTRIM changes the contents of variable NOTE Make sure to include numeric_value2 if it is omitted variable will contain nothing EXAMPLE set name Anemometer STRTRIM name 4 6 display Hi name SYMTYPE 10 8x reports the variable type FORMAT SYMTYPE variable SYMTYPE determines the type NONE BINARY STRING of vari able and reports the results in both SYMBOLTYPE and STATUS STATUS reports as follows 0 NONE No variable of that name exists 1 BINARY 2 STRING EXAMPLE SYMTYPE argl TCAPTURE enable t
148. _name phone_number baud_rate TCF_name where setup_name specifies a setup to be used for polling If omitted the field defaults to autopoll site_name contains a descriptive label for the site If omitted the field defaults to the Description field of setup_name phone_number specifies the phone number to be used for the site If omitted Autopoll uses the Phone Number field of setup_name APPENDIX E baud_rate specifies the baud rate to be used for this site If omitted Autopoll uses the Baud Rate field of setup_name TCF_name specifies the transfer command file TCF to be used for this site If omitted this field de faults to autopoll tcf Each line must contain four bangs Any fields that are to be skipped must be indicated by consecutive bangs Blank lines and lines beginning with a space tab or pound sign will be skipped so you may freely comment your site file using these characters Lines may not exceed 100 characters in length Some example record lines are as follows the ruler is shown to indicate column position 1 10 20 30 40 50 fast sharana eale Stee s fia ar sl eatea webs cael ahaa neal a sXe deren de Blaster 1 919 542 0939 store06 nightly tcf NewYork Albany 782 8311 19 2 ny tcf In the first site record no setup is specified so autopoll su will be loaded The site name will be Blaster overriding the Description field of the setup The phone number will be 1
149. a Display Message The first character in the line must be a semicolon Immedi ately following the semicolon type the desired message which will be transmitted to the remote display and the remote log Now Sending Sales Reports 4 Send a Command to the Remote System The character in the first column must be an exclamation point Immediately following the exclamation point type one of the following commands dir The valid remote operating system commands are DIR Display the contents of the current remote directory TYPE filename Type the contents of the specified remote file to the screen C Display the next page of a multi page display PRINT filename Print the specified file on the remote printer REN oldname newname Rename the specified remote file to the new name ERA filename Erase the specified remote file CHDIR path Change from the current remote directory to the specified re mote directory BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 117 Example To understand the use of transfer command files imagine that a salesman named Joe is using BLAST to keep track of current pricing changes and to send in current orders He will always get the file called curprice fil and send the file called joeorder fil Joe can create an error free command file named joe cmd which looks like this I want to get current price lists t curprice fil txt joeprice fil txt ovw Now I am about to send in today s orders joeorder
150. a Loop To create a loop you can write a script to keep track of a loop counter and use the GOTO command looping demo number 1 set count 10 Loop display Countdown count let count count 1 if count not 0 goto loop display BLAST off return Running the script would result in the following display on your screen Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown Countdown BLAST off BSNOWARAAN OOK BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 185 An alternative method of looping uses the REPS command With REPS the previous script could be written as looping demo number 2 reps 10 Loop display Counting down if reps goto loop display BLAST off return Since testing the value of REPS in an IF statement automatically decrements it REPS is amore compact way of executing a loop than a loop counter In the example above the GOTO statement is execut ed while REPS is greater than zero so that the loop is exited after the message Counting down has been displayed 10 times As shown in the illustration below this method of writing the script pro duces a different display than that of a loop counter Note that if the number of repetitions is taken from a variable the countdown oc curs but the variable retains its initial value Counting down Counting down Counting down Counting down Counting dow
151. a tag ttyO in this example is used as an ar bitrary index into the inittab file Tags must be unique getty is a simple process that reads etc gettydefs to find out how to configure serial port parameters such as data bits parity and flow control and then waits for activity on the port As soon as the appro priate signal is received usually a carriage return getty starts a login process and then exits After verifying a username and password login consults etc gettydefs to set line parameters and then starts a shell program The serial port is now said to be the control terminal for the shell started by login Finally login informs the UNIX kernel of its ac tions and then terminates The shell program e g sh and csh etc is more properly called a command line interpreter and is capable of starting other programs such as BLAST When the user has finished and wants to exit the shell an end of file signal EOF is sent Exiting the shell notifies the UNIX kernel that the shell s control terminal is no longer in use Consequently the kernel sends a message to init telling it that dev ttyO has been released Init then reads etc inittab and the IGLS cycle repeats Breaking the IGLS Cycle Within the IGLS scheme there is no provision for processes to initiate outbound connections Even the programs UNIX to UNIX THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 19 20 copy uucp and Call UNIX cu long a standard part of UNIX dis tr
152. a text message of up to 67 characters in length to the remote operator Simply type the message and press ENTER The message will be queued for transmission to the remote display following completion of other pend ing filetransfer commands Remote Performs remote system commands This option is simi lar to the Local command but offers limited access to the remote computer See BLAST Protocol Remote Menu on page 118 for more detailed information Local Performs local system commands This is identical to the Local command available from the Offline and Online menus See The Local Menu on page 58 and the note con cerning the Local menu and the Inactivity Timeout under the section BLAST Protocol Timeouts on page 105 File Executes a transfer command file that can control an entire filetransfer session unattended see Transfer Command File on page 115 This command is valid only for transfers using the BLAST protocol Transfer Options Three transfer options can be used in file transfers via the Filetrans fer menu command or a BLASTscript F ILETRANSFER statement t specifies text translation from the local file format to the desti nation system s text file format This switch should only be used with ASCII files do not send binary files using the t option causes the transmitted file to overwrite an existing file with the same name on the receiving system This will result in the
153. a value Possible values are GOOD FAIR POOR or DEAD See the description of XLOG for more information RNAME read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the name of the file being re ceived You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more informa tion ROPTIONS read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the value of the options for the file being received You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information RPACK read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of packets received in the transfer You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more in formation CHAPTER SIXTEEN RPTOT read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the total number of packets re ceived during the file transfer session You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the descrip tion of XLOG for more information RRET read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of retries for the file being received You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more in formation RRTOT read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the total number of retries for files being received during the file transfer session You must have Extended
154. af ter BLAST begins execution Setup field Script File SCRIPTERR read write any integer Returns the numeric value of the last error that occurred in the BLAST script SCRLREG read write ON OFF Controls data display in the scrolling region lines 5 24 If SCRLREG is set to ON characters received in Terminal mode will be displayed and BLAST scripts can use the DISPLAY statement If BLAST is started in video suppress mode n switch on the operat ing system command line SCRLREG is set to OFF see Com mand Line Switches on page 10 NOTE If SCRLREG is set to ON it returns the value 1 if it is set to OFF it returns the value 0 BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 285 286 SERIAL read only Stores the serial number of the BLAST version running on the local system SETUPDIR read only Specifies the directory path in which BLAST setup files are stored as specified in the SETUPDIR environment variable see Environ ment Variables on page 7 SFAILURE read only For BLAST protocol stores the number of files unsuccessfully sent during a file transfer session SITE read only Stores the BLAST site number of the local system SLINEQ read only For BLAST protocol stores the current sending line quality during a file transfer Increase packet size to take advantage of clean lines or decrease packet size to avoid problems with noisy lines Possible values are GOOD FAIR POOR or D
155. ails on mo dems scr and user defined modem scripts BLASTscript variable MODEM Baud Rate 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19 2 38 4 57 6 115K Specifies the speed at which the serial port device driver communi cates with the modem This may or may not be the same speed at which the modems communicate with each other Some older mo dems are incapable of negotiating link speeds with other modems A Hayes 2400 for example will not operate at speeds any higher than 2400 If you have trouble connecting with other systems match your Baud Rate setting with the highest Baud Rate supported by the re mote system It is sometimes advantageous to run at a lower than maximum baud rate If you have a slow computer are running many applications si multaneously or have limited system memory you may notice dropped characters at very high baud rates causing garbled displays in Terminal mode and a high number of block retransmissions dur ing file transfers Throughput may be better at a slower rate BLASTscript variable BAUDRATE Parity NONE ODD EVEN Sets the device driver parity of the serial port This setting should match that of the remote system BLASTscript variable PARITY 71 72 Data Stop Bits 7 1 7 2 8 1 8 2 Sets the number of data bits 7 or 8 and number of stop bits 1 or 2 for the device driver BLASTscript variable D S_BITS XON XOFF Pacing YES NO Specifies whether BLAST will use software flow control
156. ain will display the mapping subwindow Figure 17 6 next page Unlike the emulator maps user defined maps allow you to specify the function as well as the keys 320 CHAPTER SEVENTEEN The first step in assigning a function is to type the name of the func tion If no functions have been assigned simply type the name of the function in the field highlighted To add a function type A and then the name of the function you would like to add After typing the name of the function press ENTER The first key sequence will automatical ly be highlighted Type the key sequence for the function you have just added and press ENTER At the bottom of your screen you will be prompted for the ASCII control sequence Type either the ASCII control sequence or octal value for that function for a list see Ap pendix D and press ENTER If you would like to add a second key sequence for the function or change an existing key sequence high light the desired key sequence to the right of the function and follow the same steps as you followed in entering the first key sequence After you have finished mapping functions press S to save your map Keyboard Mapping Utility for the BBS Keys Function Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 F1 lt f1 gt gt backspace lt back gt FIGURE 17 6 Sequence H ADD FUNC a CHANGE lt Enter gt UP E RIGHT D HOME W SAVE s att DOWN X LEFT C END Z QUIT lt Esc gt DEL FUNC x DEL KEY Keyboard
157. ame first Any switches added to the end of the remote filename must be valid for that operating system Wildcards By using the wildcard characters and you can transfer mul tiple source files with similar names The source files must reside in the same directory and path The wildcard specifications are as fol lows Substitutes for a single character Substitutes for multiple characters File Transfer Templates Using the Character When a is entered in the filename field for the target drive file name s from the source drive are transferred to the target drive without the source drive path specification s is REQUIRED for the target filename when the source filename contains a or an or when the source filename includes a path and the target filename does not that is the target directory is the current working directory Some examples are CHAPTER SIX Source Name Target Name Result testl asc tst test1 asc tst test1 asc test asc test1 C test1 asc tst test l asc bin File Transfer Switches one file in the current source directory sent to the target DOS directory C one file in the source directo ry tst sent to the current tar get directory one file in the source directo ry tst sent to the target direc tory tst tst must exist in the current target directory multiple files in the
158. ansfer and Permissions When a file is transmitted using the BLAST protocol permissions are set according to the rules described below see File Transfer Switches on page 111 for information on the PERMS switch and other switches that affect owner and group permissions If the file is being transmitted from a UNIX system and the PERMS switch is not used BLAST will attempt to transfer the file with the same permissions as it has on the source machine CHAPTER ELEVEN SECURE BLAST If the file is transmitted using the PERMS switch BLAST will attempt to set file permissions on the destination machine ac cording to the permissions specified by the PERMS switch If the file is transferred from a system that does not have a per mission structure comparable to the UNIX permission struc ture permissions will be set according to the umask equivalent on the receiving system Running BLAST from a Restricted Shell It is possible to set up user accounts with a restricted shell like rsh or rksh With a restricted shell a user is unable to edit profile change directories or set the PATH environment variable Thus once a user is logged into a restricted shell he has very limited ca pabilities A restricted shell account normally contains a bin subdirectory and a work subdirectory The profile login script will place the user into the work subdirectory Scripts and executables that the user will be allowed to run should
159. apping utility see Keyboard Mapping Util ity for 10 7x on page 315 Setup field Keyboard File BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 273 274 KFILETYP read write TEXT BINARY For Kermit transfers specifies the type of file being transferred Kermit Protocol subwindow Transfer Type KFNAMCONV read write YES NO For Kermit transfers converts a filename from local format to com mon format Kermit Protocol subwindow Filename Conversion KREOPKT read write AA AZ AM For Kermit transfers specifies a control character to terminate each packet received The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit Kermit Protocol subwindow End of Packet Char KRPADCH read write A AZ For Kermit transfers specifies an alternate character to pad each packet received Kermit Protocol subwindow Pad Character KRPADDNG read write 0 99 For Kermit transfers specifies the number of padding characters to request per packet Kermit Protocol subwindow Padding CHAPTER SIXTEEN KRPKTLEN read write 10 2000 90 For Kermit transfers specifies the packet size your system will use when it receives a file Note that the remote Kermit s Send packet size should also be set to this length Kermit Protocol subwindow Packet Size KRSOPKT read write A Z For Kermit transfers specifies the control character that marks the start of each packet received by your system
160. arge the high order part of the num ber is discarded resulting in unpredictable values Fractional values after a division are always truncated EXAMPLE display Polling statistics LET total numbad numgood display Total sites polled total LET next next 1 display Next site is site number next BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 245 LLIST display a listing of files on the system FORMAT LLIST LONG string_value LLIST displays a directory listing on the local computer as speci fied by string_value Wildcards may be used If no path is given items from the local current directory are listed If LONG is speci fied the listing will give all accompanying data rather than just the filenames and directory names 10 7x If the LLIST is successful STATUS is set to 0 10 8x STATUS returns the number of items that match string_value EXAMPLE LLIST LONG Display STATUS items are in the current directory LOAD load a system setup FORMAT LOAD string_value LOAD loads a setup from the directory specified by the SETUPDIR environment variable String_value is the name of the setup If the setup is in a subdirectory of the directory specified by SETUPDIR the relative path must be included with the filename The setup name should not include the su extension This statement operates like the Offline menu Select command and the SELECT statement If the s
161. ary These routines per form various hardware specific tasks such as dialing the phone and disconnecting from the remote computer The available modem types are modified periodically by BLAST Inc The following list may or may not include the modem types available with your copy of BLAST You may download the most recent modems scr from our FTP site at ftp blast com dist scripts NONE no modem specified HARDWIRE direct connection APEX Apex Data modems AT Generic AT command set does not set flow control AT amp T AT amp T Paradyne modems BOCA Boca modems CARDINAL Cardinal modems CODEX Codex modems HAYES Hayes modems INTEL Intel modems MEGAHZ Megaherz modems MICROCOM Microcom modems MOTOROLA Motorola Universal Data Systems UDS modems CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP ULTITEC MultiTech modems PTIMA Optima Hayes modems SITECH Ositech modems RACTICL Practical Peripherals modems UPRA Supra modems ELEBIT Telebit modems DSFASTK Motorola UDS FasTalk DSV3229 Motorola UDS V3229 USROBOT U S Robotics modems USRV32 U S Robotics Courier V 32 V 32bis V 42 V 42bis ZOOM Zoom modems ZYXEL ZyXEL modems GQHnNVOOCE If your modem does not appear as a choice in the setup field you may specify a user defined modem type by entering into this field the name of the scr file See Chapter 14 for more det
162. ay not only test but also change a condition by using the SET command Reserved variables that reflect multiple choice setup fields may be SET by using the value offered by the setup field For example SET DCDLOSS ABORT will change the value of the DCD Loss Response setup parameter in the BLAST protocol to ABORT In the following descriptions if the reserved variable is associated with a setup field the setup field will be indicated by italic print as the last line of the variable description The characteristics of such BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 263 264 fields are described in Chapter 5 The default value of the reserved variable is indicated by bold print and brackets 7BITCHN read write YES NO For BLAST protocol transfers defines the data path width BLAST Protocol subwindow 7 Bit Channel ACKFREQ read write 1 window size 4 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the frequency at which an acknowledgement from the receiving system is requested The fre quency is measured in number of packets sent See also WDWSIZ page 295 BLAST Protocol subwindow Ack Request Frequency 10 7x ANSIAUTOWRAP read write YES NO For PC ANSI emulation selects automatic wrapping of lines long er than 80 characters ANSI Emulation subwindow Auto Wrap ANSILEVEL read write 2 x 3 x For PC ANSI emulation selects the correct level of ANSI for your system Some applications require ANS
163. be put into the bin subdirectory The system administrator must set the PATH in profile to point to the user s bin subdirectory The user s PATH can point to other sub directories but should not point to bin If the user s PATH is set to bin the user will be able to start an unrestricted shell and defeat the restrictions imposed by rsh Run BLAST from a restricted shell account by setting the PATH and BLASTDIR environment variables to the actual BLAST directory For example if BLAST is in the usr blast directory and the user s home directory is usr jo add the following to the user s profile PATH PATH usr blast BLASTDIR usr blast SETUPDIR usr jo work export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR Alternatively BLAST can be run from a restricted shell account by creating links to the appropriate files in the user s bin subdirectory and setting the environment variables appropriately If BLAST is in usr blast and the user s home directory is usr jo create the fol lowing link In s usr blast blast usr jo bin blast 153 If the user is going to be running BLAST interactively you need to make the following links In s usr blast blast hlp usr jo bin blast hlp In s usr blast setgetty usr jo bin setgetty In s usr blast modems scr usr jo bin modems scr In s usr blast systems scr usr jo bin systems scr The environment variables should be set to PATH usr jo bin BLASTDIR usr jo bin SETUPDIR usr jo work
164. bles probably have different values The b switch disables terminal out 368 APPENDIX E put Consult the cron man page of your UNIX system for more in formation about cron and crontab Tips and Tricks AUTOPOLL Following are a few tips and tricks to help insure successful execu tion of Autopoll Keep it Simple Polling sessions can quickly become complicated if several file transfers must be performed over a large network of remote sites Create simple but sensible directory structures to support the polling network As arule of thumb command files should contain lines no longer than 80 characters so that they can be easily viewed and edit ed on standard terminals Go Step by Step Build your network methodically It may be worthwhile to set up only a few remote sites initially and use them to test the features of Autopoll Add sites to the network in groups of five or ten eliminat ing problems as you go until the complete network is installed Problems Do Not Just Go Away In a large polling network it is not uncommon to have problems with a few remote sites intermittent problems are especially frus trating Take some time to examine these difficulties carefully be cause they can point to problems that actually affect the entire network Following are some questions to ask in helping to identify a problem Are the phone lines reliable Could fax machines answering machines call waiting or other
165. board be comes active for the duration of the Chat REMOTE CONTROL 327 FIGURE 18 2 BHOST usr Parameters Snapshot rEcord Local enter Chat Mode with remote user Local Message Window Remote Message Window ESC exit Press lt Esc gt to exit The Chat screen contains two windows one for the Control ler s messages and one for the Host s messages Both sides may type at the same time Chat mode will terminate when either user presses ESC Parameters Press P to display the Session Parameters window containing parameter fields that can be adjusted to improve BHOST performance see Modifying BHOST Settings with 10 7x on page 332 Snapshot Press s to take a snapshot of the current screen You will be prompted for a filename After typing the filename and pressing ENTER you will be returned to the Access menu The current screen image will be saved to your current directory If you type in a filename without an extension BLAST automatically uses the extension 001 Then each time you take another snapshot BLAST increments the extension by one up to 099 and prompts you to save the new file BLAST saves text screens in standard ASCII file format and graphic screens in the PCX format which can be displayed with the View command from the Local menu or by a variety of third party applications Record Press E to record a movie of the screen a
166. c The systems scr library uses this variable to determine how to perform certain system functions such as logging on and disconnecting from remote multi user computers Setup field System Type TIME read only Contains the current time in hh mm ss format This is a read only variable an error message will be displayed if a script attempts to write to it TIMEFORMAT read write template Sets the format of the TIME variable Setting the T IMEFORMAT reserved variable overrides the format in which BLAST was started The format of the output of the TIME reserved variable will be de termined by the template set by the user The value of the replace ment sequences are the same as those described above in the DATEFORMAT reserved variable TRANSTAT read write ON OFF Controls the display of the File Transfer Status Area If TRAN STAT is Set to ON the area is active This variable is set to OF F when BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 289 BLAST is started in video suppress mode n on the operating sys tem command line see Command Line Switches on page 10 NOTE If TRANSTAT is set to ON it returns the value 1 if it is set to OFF it returns the value 0 10 8x TRAPCNT read only Returns the number of bytes read from the last TTRAP TTRAP must be preceded by SETTRAP 290 TRPASSWD write only up to 8 characters For BLAST protocol stores a password that a remote user mus
167. can now be edited with any text editor It would be a good idea to make a backup copy of the working crontab file prior to making any changes Your login configuration script profile login cshrc will not be executed when cron executes your job therefore it is usually best to execute BLAST from a shell script that sets all of the necessary environment variables including PATH to run BLAST Because cron runs in the background detached from any terminal it is nec essary to run BLAST with the b switch in order to suppress screen output To execute the run_blast shell script see Shell Programming on page 33 from cron at 2 30 a m Tuesday through Saturday add the following line to the file my_cron 30 2 3 7 run_blast To submit the new crontab file to cron type the following crontab my_cron CHAPTER TWO Chapter 3 BLAST Quickstart IMPORTANT The following section assumes that BLAST has been properly in stalled Before proceeding be sure to Successfully complete the entire BLAST installation process as instructed in the BLAST Installation Guide Connect the modem according to the instructions supplied by the modem manufacturer and turn on the modem Starting BLAST The command to execute BLAST is issued at the operating system prompt Type blast and press the ENTER key Make sure that all environment variables are set prior to executing BLAST Consult Environment Variables on page 7
168. cel the current action return to the previous menu or exit BLAST 10 7x Press ESC 10 8x Press ESC or CTRLA 42 CHAPTER THREE HELP While in Terminal mode press ATTN H For context sensitive Online Help when not in Termi nal mode press F1 from the main console or from at tached terminals While running BLAST you can set HELP to any key using the keyboard mapping utility blastkbd see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 10 7x 10 8x When not in Terminal mode press The BLAST Menus Within menus move from one command to another by pressing SPACEBAR Or BACKSPACE 10 8x Alternatively you may use the cursor keys to move from one com mand to another Select a command by pressing the capitalized letter in the command or by pressing ENTER when the cursor rests on the desired command After opening a submenu return to the previous menu by pressing CANCEL Below the menu is a one line description of the current command Command Description Line To get more information press the HELP key when the cursor highlights the appropriate command Af ter displaying text related to the command BLAST displays a gen eral Help section on other topics See Chapter 4 for a detailed discussion of the menus Menu Summary Each of the menus offers commands that are grouped together by function For example the Local menu allows you to manage
169. cket Assembler Disassembler If the PAD is directly attached to a system bus the PAD manufacturer must provide a device driver that BLAST can open and set like a serial port If the PAD is accessed through a modem or a standard serial port BLAST can communi cate with the PAD via a standard serial port device driver A PAD takes the data stream from a terminal or computer and as sembles it into fixed length packets for transmission on a public data network At the remote site the packets are disassembled by the re mote PAD and restored to the same form as the original data stream A packet is transmitted when Enough characters have been accumulated to form a complete X 25 packet For many PADs the default packet size is 128 bytes Packet size is a modifiable PAD parameter A data forwarding character is encountered in the data stream For many PADs the default data forwarding character is a car riage return This is a modifiable PAD parameter A certain amount of time has expired without receiving a new character The idle timeout period is a modifiable parameter For interactive usage the idle timeout should be set to a small value in order to improve responsiveness This may however in crease the number of partially empty packets The BLAST protocol is inherently compatible with X 25 communi cations the BLAST packet size can be tuned to fit within an X 25 packet by default each BLAST packet is termina
170. cking which comprises most of the scripts is not in cluded 1 Autopoll scr starts reads the command line parameters and puts them into variables If an error is found autopoll scr calls autoierr scr which reports errors and terminates the Autopoll session If no errors are found autopoll scr calls autoinit scr which ini tializes variables and files Specifically using the stub of the site file autoinit scr sets variables that allow Autopoll to create retry and summary files and to find stop and banner files see Other Files Using the Filename Stub on page 366 to be used in the Autopoll session Autoinit scr then returns control to autopoll scr Autopoll scr calls autoline scr which reads and interprets the site file line by line for SYSDESC PHONENO WORKTCF and LOGFILE and returns control to autopoll scr Autopoll scr calls autodisp scr which then displays on screen status information during polling and then returns control to autopoll scr Autopoll scr uses variables gleaned from the site file by autoline scr to begin file transfer of the first site After it fin ishes the first filetransfer session autopoll scr loops back to call autoline scr to get information for the next filetransfer session until it finishes attempting the complete cycle of file transfers Autopoll scr calls autoprev scr which calls autosw scr and au tosnd scr to check the error free log file for errors generated in th
171. computer The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit BLASTscript variable KSSOPKT For receiving files with Kermit specifies a control character to pre cede each packet received by the local computer The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit BLASTscript variable KRSOPKT End of Packet Char AA Z AM For sending files with Kermit specifies a control character to termi nate each packet sent from the local computer The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit BLASTscript variable KSEOPKT For receiving files with Kermit specifies a control character to ter minate each packet received by the local computer The same con trol character must also be used by the remote Kermit BLASTscript variable KREOPKT THE SETUP 89 90 Packet Size 10 2000 90 For sending files with Kermit specifies the packet size that your system will use when it transmits a file Note that the remote Kermit server s Receive Packet Size should also be set to this value The larger the packet the more efficient the transfer however larger packets will pose problems on a noisy connection Set larger packet sizes when there is little line noise you are communicating with a mainframe or you are using V 29 ping pong modems BLASTscript variable KSPKTLEN For receiving files with Kermit specifies the packet size that your system will use when it receiv
172. cr to prepare the remote com puter for the text upload Filetransfer Uses commands in systems scr to start BLAST on the remote computer Disconnect Uses commands in modems scr and systems scr to log off the remote system and hang up the modem By automating these processes BLAST allows you to exchange in formation between many different computer types without requiring technical proficiency in each system Modem Control The modems scr library handles a wide range of different modems some of which may use proprietary commands to perform functions under computer control BLAST uses the Modem Type setup field or the MODEM reserved variable to select the proper script from this library and the Originate Answer setup field or the ORGANS re served variable to tell the modem either to originate or to wait for calls Remote System Control The systems scr library controls the commands sent to the remote computer By using this library your system can start BLAST in host mode on the remote computer BLAST also uses this library to control text uploading BLAST uses the System Type setup field or the SYSTYPE reserved variable to select the proper script from this library CHAPTER FOURTEEN Creating New Libraries You can create alternate system and modem control files that con tain only the necessary commands for your particular hardware this is more efficient than the standard libraries that include many modems a
173. creen as they are executed They are also echoed to the log file if one is specified When executing CONNECT and DISCONNECT statements the statements in the modems scr and systems scr libraries will also echo If you do not wish to see all these statements turn ECHO ON only as needed Because the statements displayed by ECHO are interspersed with the standard interactive dialog ECHO is particularly useful in under standing what activity is triggered by what response within a BLAST script set echo on set echo off BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 229 ERRSTR store script error text FORMAT ERRSTR numeric_value string _ variable ERRSTR puts the English language error message corresponding to numeric_value in string_variable This statement is commonly used in association with the reserved variable SCRIPTERR which con tains the number of the last BLASTscript error encountered For a list of error messages see Appendix A Note that not all error messages listed are possible errors in all versions of BLAST some are operating system specific EXAMPLE fopenr 1 nonexist fil if STATUS not 0 ERRSTR SCRIPTERR MESSAGE display ERROR SCRIPTERR MESSAGE end FCLOSE close an open file FORMAT FCLOSE numeric_constant FCLOSE closes an open file Numeric_constant is a number called a handle that other file statements use to refer to the file T
174. creens of data 2 DATA LINES sets the page length to 48 lines 4 DATA LINES sets the page length to 96 lines BLASTscript variable WYPAGELEN Auto Wrap YES NO Specifies whether a new line is automatically performed when a character is placed in the last column of a row column 80 or 132 BLASTscript variable WYAUTOWRAP Auto Scroll YES Specifies scrolling of the terminal display when the cursor reaches the bottom of a page The default value of YES cannot be changed The Auto Scroll value is ignored if Auto Page is on BLASTscript variable WYAUTOSCROLL Auto Page YES NO Controls whether the cursor can move off the current page If YES is selected the cursor can move above the first line to the previous page or below the last line to the next page BLASTscript variable WYAUTOPAGE 79 80 Wyseword YES NO Specifies whether keys send Wordstar functions YES or the standard key codes NO The only keys that are affected are the WYSE keys that can be mapped with the blastkbd utility see Key board Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 BLASTscript variable WYSEWORD Expanded Memory YES NO Toggles expanded memory use Note that this is not related to DOS expanded memory Normally the terminal emulator uses two pages of video display memory If the maximum of four pages are required expanded memory must be set to YES Note however that more run time memory w
175. cript STATUS EFERROR input temp xferok msg start filename You can also create new variables if you wish To help prevent con fusion begin new variables with u for example uvar2 File I O with User Supplied Scripts Autopoll opens files specified by file handles 1 through 7 at various points during execution The handles have the following functions 1 read only current site or retry file 2 utility I O 3 utility I O 4 utility I O 5 write only complete polling results 6 write only retry file for next cycle 7 write only brief polling results printed out Any of the handles reserved for utility I O may be opened by user supplied scripts as long as the handles are freed before the scripts re 371 turn to Autopoll i e each user script must close its own files User scripts may also write to the status files handles 5 and 7 An exam ple of this is shown in the next section Autopoll closes the standard BLAST log file before calling user supplied scripts If a user script opens a log of its own the log must be closed before execution returns to Autopoll Sample User Supplied Script The following user supplied script creates a transfer command file on a remote UNIX system that contains all of the files in a given tar get directory The file is retrieved for use by Autopoll in the normal way This script provides a way to get an unspecified number of files from the remote system
176. cripting 171 209 Automation with 61 357 375 Blank Lines in 182 183 194 197 223 CALL Statement 184 185 226 Capturing Text 188 189 Comments in 173 222 223 R R R R S S S S wn Communication with Other Programs 193 CONNECT Statement 175 227 Data Types 219 222 Downloading Text 209 Error Checking 178 205 206 FILETRANSFER Statement 175 176 230 237 IF Statement 175 176 241 244 Labels 173 182 Learn Mode 176 178 Legal and Illegal Expressions 182 183 Loop in 185 186 Messages 195 233 234 Programming Style 181 182 Reading Files 189 190 Remote Commands 195 234 237 Sample 173 178 Screen Display 191 192 Syntax Rules 222 223 Text Manipulation 186 190 Text Transfers 207 209 Transfer Command Files 115 118 195 Uploading Text 207 208 Writing Files 189 190 See also Script Commands Scripting File Transfers and Scripts Scripting File Transfers 194 206 BLAST Protocol 194 197 Error Checking 205 206 FTP 197 Kermit Protocol 197 200 Pseudohost 204 205 Xmodem Protocol 200 201 Ymodem Protocol 201 202 Zmodem Protocol 203 204 See also Script Commands Scripting and Scripts Scripts Aborting 172 Index Utility 216 217 Invoking 171 172 Modem 211 214 215 Slave 104 121 System 211 212 Writing 172 179 See also Script Commands Scripting and Scripting File Transfers Scrolling Region 41 Displa
177. cting to Blaster Performing BLAST protocol transfers Logging off Blaster Although we recommend that you complete this section in one sit ting you may elect to stop by returning to the Online menu and choosing the Disconnect command CHAPTER THREE FIGURE 3 4 Selecting the Blaster Setup Setups contain all the information that BLAST needs to connect to and communicate with remote computers Each setup is a separate file created and modified through the Setup window of the Offline menu This process is described in detail in Chapter 5 For this dem onstration you will use the setup called blaster su which was copied to your disk during the installation process If you have been moving through the menus press the CANCEL key until you return to the Offline menu Press s for Select and then press the ENTER key You should see blaster listed as one of the entries in the Setup Directory Use the keys listed at the top of the Com mand Area to highlight blaster and then press ENTER You should see the Setup window shown in Figure 3 4 below BLAST Offline blaster usr E up K down R first C last T clear lt ESC gt exit press T to clear or enter new text help ESC exit m Setup for blaster Description HIRSITTSIRETI EHTS Phone Number 19195420939 System Type UNIX Userid reliable Password KXXXKKXKXXXXXKKK Connection dev tty4A Connection 1 0 60_ Originate Answer ORIGINATE odem
178. ctory where files will be transferred masks to control what files can be transferred and optional com ments about the record Adding selecting and editing records are all controlled by the fol lowing set of command keys issued from the main screen A Add a new record All edit fields will be blank T Select the top first record D Move down one record u Move up one record 159 FIGURE 11 5 Q Select the bottom final record Find a record by password and select it blpasswd will prompt you to enter the password Edit an existing record also accessed by selecting a record and pressing ENTER Edit the header information Zap arecord mark it for deletion The record will be marked as unused but not physically removed This command has the effect of disabling that record and its password When a record is zapped a z is displayed after the permissions Zapped passwords cannot be used for a new record until they have been reclaimed see R When the zap command is used on an already zapped record the record is unzapped and the password and record are enabled once again Reclaim zapped password for possible reuse and delete zapped record Record numbers may change after use of the reclaim command Quit blpasswd You will be prompted to save any changes After you have designated a file for creation or editing using the command keys and pressed ENTER blpasswd will display a screen sim
179. current source directory for exam ple testl asc test2 asc and test3 asc sent to the current target directory retaining their source names multiple files in the current source directory for exam ple testl asc test1 Ist and test1 txt sent to the current target directory retaining their source names all files in the current source directory sent to the target di rectory bin retaining their source names Instead of specifying transfer options at the prompt you can append the appropriate file transfer switches to both the local and remote filename specifications Some remote computers will recognize switches sent with the remote filename as file handling and file attribute controls Experiment with the transfer switches until you obtain the correct results The valid switches are APP COMP n Append to a file with the same name if it exists Switch compression level value from the value in the compression field of the setup Use the COMP n switch at the end of the filename where BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 111 112 FOLLOW nn n equals the level of compression 0 6 Setting the level to 0 turns off compression Allow data to be transferred from files to which data is being continuously or periodically append ed The FOLLOW switch is appended to the local filename if being sent or to the remote filename if being received 10 7x For FOLLOW nn nn specifies the amount of time in sec
180. d specific international characters re place characters within the ASCH set BLASTscript variable VTINTL THE SETUP 77 User Pref Char Set DEC SUPPLEMENTAL ISO LATIN 1 Selects either DEC SUPPLEMENTAL or ISO LATIN 1 as the user preferred character set BLASTscript variable VTUSERCHAR PC ANSI Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x Selecting the PC ANSI emulator and pressing ENTER displays a sub window of extended configuration options shown in Figure 5 4 PC ANSI Emulation FIGURE 5 4 ANST Level Auto Wrap NO ANSI Level 2 x 3 x Specifies the level of ANSI for your system Some applications re quire ANSI Level 2 x BLASTscript variable ANSILEVEL Auto Wrap YES NO Specifies automatic wrapping of lines longer than 80 characters BLASTscript variable ANSIAUTOWRAP WYSE Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x Selecting the WY SE60 WYSES0 TV920 D80 or ADM3A emula tors and pressing ENTER will display a subwindow of extended con figuration options shown in Figure 5 5 next page 78 CHAPTER FIVE FIGURE 5 5 THE SETUP m WYSE TV D80 ADNSA Emulation Columns Page Length MED ERDIZ Auto Wrap YES Horiz Scroll Inc Auto Scroll Auto Page Display Cursor Wyseword Return Expanded Memory Enter CR Write Protect DIM Comm Mode CHARACTER Block End US CR Answerback Page Length 1 DATA LINES 2 DATA LINES 4 DATA LINES Sets page length in number of s
181. d directly above CTS read only Stores the Clear to Send CTS device status If CTS is set to 1 the device usually a modem is ready to receive characters CTS is set to 0 if the device is not ready to receive characters The value of this variable is valid only if the serial port device driver returns the cor rect code BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 267 268 D S_BITS read write 7 1 7 2 8 1 8 2 Sets data and stop bits for the communications port Setup field Data Stop Bits DATE read only Contains the current date By default the format is mm dd yy This format may be changed using the reserved variable DATEFORMAT or one of the following switches 10 7x 2 10 8x dd or y See Command Line Switches on page 10 This is a read only variable an error message will be displayed if a script attempts to write to it DATEFORMAT read write template Sets the format of the DATE variable Setting the DATEFORMAT reserved variable overrides the format in which BLAST was started The format of the output of the DATE reserved variable will be de termined by the DATEFORMAT template set by the user The value of the replacement sequences are as follows o9 A full weekday name Monday a abbreviated weekday name Mon B full month name January b abbreviated month name Jan c standard date time representation a b d H M S ZY d day of month 01 31 T gt
182. d security secure should be moved to a directory that is only accessible to the BLAST administrator Execute secure from the command line by using the s switch in the following format secure blastexecutable s passwordfile where blastexecutable specifies the complete path and filename of the BLAST executable and passwordfile specifies the complete path and name of the password file you wish to secure as in the fol lowing example secure local blast s private password fil In this example local blast is the pathname for the BLAST execut able contained in the directory local and password fil is the name 167 of the password file located in the private directory The s switch links the password file to the executable After BLAST is secured you can determine the name of the pass word file attached to it by using the d switch in the following syn tax secure blastexecutable d For example secure local blast d will respond with a message similar to the following Secure Version 2 0 private password fil Nocal blast Using the Password 168 After you have created a password file and secured your host sys tem a remote user must use one of the passwords in the password file in order to access the host through the BLAST Session protocol The password is transmitted from the remote to the host system by the same method used for transmitting a transfer password in the BLAST Session protocol Note howev
183. d send files that K EXE match the template ta remote begin remote file mgmt chdir usr customer print client log esc leave remote file mgmt file use a command file site3 tcf esc xit Filetransfer mode Combining operations allows BLAST to work more efficiently saving online charges or other long distance telephone costs Errors that occur during file transfer can be checked by testing the value of EFERROR or by examining an EFLOG file after exiting Filetransfer mode If extended logging is enabled addi tional reserved variables give information about the number of successful transfers and the number of failures These reserved variables are described in Chapter 15 See also Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 If the line is dropped during a file transfer BLAST can either ignore the problem or abort Filetransfer mode immediately The action BLAST takes is determined by the setting of the DCD Loss Response setup field but the ability of BLAST to react to changes in DCD depends on the serial port device driver If BLAST does not react to changes in DCD as expected consult CHAPTER THIRTEEN your system documentation for an alternate device driver that tracks DCD File Transfers with FTP Using 10 8x The syntax for FTP file transfers is the same as for BLAST protocol except that there are no transfer options therefore there is no line for transfer options in FTP scripts You may however add support ed file
184. dds a carriage return CR before a line feed LF e g for ASCII files sent to DOS and Windows plat forms XYmodem Protocol subwindow Remote Line Termination CHAPTER SIXTEEN 10 8x ZMALT read write CR LF LF For sending ASCII files to nonstandard implementations of Zmo dem specifies line feed conversion for ASCII files When ZMCONVS ASCII the default CR LF specifies that line feeds be converted to CR LF LF specifies no conversion Zmodem Protocol subwindow ASCII Line Termination ZMAUTODOWN read write YES NO For Zmodem transfers specifies Auto Receive mode which begins downloading immediately after entering Filetransfer mode Zmodem Protocol subwindow Auto Receive ZMBLKLN read write 0 24 1024 For Zmodem transfers overrides the default block length which is determined by the baud rate of the connection The default 0 spec ifies no limit to block length Zmodem Protocol subwindow Limit Block Length ZMCONVR read write ASCII BINARY For Zmodem transfers specifies whether received files will be treat ed as ASCII or BINARY For correct file conversion to ASCII the remote computer must send the files as ASCII Zmodem Protocol subwindow File Conversion ZMCONVS read write NONE ASCII BINARY For Zmodem transfers specifies whether files sent are to be treated as BINARY or ASCII overriding the File Conversion setting of the receiving system NONE specifies
185. de struction of the original file on the receiving system so use this option with caution An error will result if this option is not used and the file already exists on the receiving system appends the transmitted file to the end of an existing file with the same name on the receiving system If the file does not exist on the receiving system it will be created CHAPTER SIX When using the Filetransfer menu command you are prompted to type one or more of these letters t o or a to specify your transfer option s Ina BLAST script type the letter s on a separate line fol lowing the name of the file or files to be transferred For more on us ing transfer options in a BLAST script see Getting and Sending Files on page 194 Sending a File To send a file First select Send from the Filetransfer menu S At the prompt enter local filename enter a single filename from the current directory or a path spec ification with a single filename you may use wildcards see the section Wildcards on the next page and file transfer switches see File Transfer Switches on page 111 After doing so press ENTER At the prompt enter remote filename Press ENTER only type a single filename or type a and any optional switches By default BLAST will enter the filename and path if speci fied as you typed it at the local filename prompt Pressing ENTER only will transfer the file to the re
186. ded Current Directory identifies the current directory Use the Chdir command in the Local menu to change the current directory 40 CHAPTER THREE Required User Action displays the action that BLAST expects from you Possible values are MENU select a command from the menu INPUT type in data at the prompt ERROR review the error message then press any key WAIT no action allowed BLAST is busy SCRIPT a BLAST script is executing ONLINE BLAST is online Command Line The Command Line Figure 3 1 lists the commands available from the menu Command Description The Command Description Figure 3 1 gives a one line explanation of the command currently highlighted by the cursor If you need more information about the command press the HELP key for more on the HELP key see page 43 Scrolling Region The Scrolling Region is the area below the Command Area De pending on the menu selection this area is either blank or displays status and data The format of the display depends on the activity BLAST is performing File Transfer Status Area During file transfers the scrolling area displays information about files being transferred This display called the File Transfer Status Area Figure 3 3 next page differs slightly depending on the pro tocol used Following is a description of each item or status indicator in the BLAST protocol File Transfer Status Area local the name
187. e KSSOPKT read write A Z For Kermit transfers specifies the control character that marks the start of each packet sent by your system The same control character must also be used by the remote Kermit Kermit Protocol subwindow Start of Packet Char KWARNING read write ON OFF For Kermit transfers specifies whether Kermit will automatically rename a received file if another file with the same name already ex ists in the current directory If KWARNING is set to ON Kermit au tomatically renames the file by adding a number 0001 0002 etc to the filename if it set to OFF Kermit overwrites the file Kermit Protocol subwindow Warning CHAPTER SIXTEEN LAUNCHST read write any ASCII string r For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the launch string to be ap pended to BLAST protocol blocks Any ASCII string may be used with control characters represented by a backslash followed by a three digit octal number see the discussion of special control char acters on page 221 The default is a carriage return r This vari able may be necessary for protocol converter connections BLAST Protocol subwindow Launch String LINEDLY read write 0 999 Specifies the length of time in tenths of a second that BLAST paus es after sending a line of characters and a carriage return during a text upload Setup field Line Delay LOCECHO read write YES NO Specifies whether BLAST will echo typed characte
188. e EDITOR on page 10 vi is the default editor Rename Renames a local file Type Displays a local file in the scrolling area 10 7x View Displays either a snapshot or a movie made using the Access menu see The Access Menu on page 327 Print Prints a file to the local printer or print spooler as defined by the BPRINTER environment variable see BPRINTER on page 9 Chdir Changes from the current local directory to one that you name The current directory is displayed on the top line of the BLAST screen BLAST will check this directory for any files that you specify with the Local menu commands THE MENUS 59 System Performs a local system command At the prompt type a system command and press ENTER Alternatively you may simply press ENTER and escape to a system prompt that takes over the BLAST display Typing EXIT and pressing ENTER returns you to BLAST When BLAST is started with the b switch or with the n switch if the display has not been re enabled through a script you cannot escape to a system prompt see Command Line Switches on page 10 The Remote Menu If you are using BLAST protocol FTP or Kermit protocol the File transfer menu contains a Remote command which takes you to the Remote menu The Remote menu allows a user with no knowledge of the remote operating system to manage files on that system Remote default usr Delete Rename Type
189. e Transfer Switches with Kermit 132 Kermit ignores all file transfer switches on sending filenames and supports the following file transfer switches on receiving filenames APP Append to a file with the same name if it exists GROUP nn Preserve or set the group of the file where nn is a positive decimal integer that specifies the file CHAPTER EIGHT OVW OWNER nn PERMS nnnn Filenames Restrictions group ID Note that on some systems only the user root can change the group attribute Overwrite a file with the same name if it exists Preserve or set the owner of the file where nn is a positive decimal integer that specifies the file owner ID Note that on some systems only the user root can change the owner attribute Preserve or set file permissions where nnnn is an octal number that contains the original file per missions This switch is automatically appended to files sent from the local system and can also be specified by the remote system See Permis sions on page 150 and your system documenta tion for more information about permissions 4000 Set user ID on execution 20 0 Set user ID on execution if is 7 5 3 or 1 grant execute permission enable mandatory locking if is 6 4 2 or 0 1000 Set the sticky bit 0400 Read by owner 0200 Write by owner 0100 Execute search in directory by owner 0040 Read by group 0020 Write by group 0010 Execute search in directory by group
190. e characters represented by hexadecimal 10 11 13 90 91 and 93 and the sequence CR are link escape encoded BLASTscript variable ZMCTLESCR Limit Block Length 0 24 1024 Overrides the default block length which is determined by the Baud Rate of the connection Baud Rate Block Length in bytes 300 128 600 1200 256 2400 512 4800 or greater 1024 Specifying a value between 24 and 1024 limits the block length to the new value A value of 0 specifies the default block length as de termined by the baud rate BLASTscript variable ZMBLKLN Limit Frame Length 0 24 1024 For Zmodem transfers limits frame length and forces the sender to wait for a response from the receiver before sending the next frame The default 0 specifies no limit to frame length BLASTscript variable ZMFRMLEN Size of Tx Window 0 9999 Specifies the size of the transmit window which regulates how many data subpackets can be outstanding unacknowledged be fore the sender quits sending and waits for acknowledgements A value of 0 specifies no limit to window size BLASTscript variable ZMWINDOW CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP CRC 16 32 Specifies the CRC error detection method to be used either 16 bit or 32 bit BLASTscript variable ZMCRC Auto Receive YES NO Specifies Auto Receive mode which begins downloading immedi ately after entering Filetransfer mode BLASTscript variable ZMAUTODOWN
191. e connection is lost There is excessive noise on the line The remote computer goes down Flow control has not been released If zero is specified BLAST never times out NOTE In previous versions of BLAST this field was named Connect Timeout and was associated with the BLASTscript re served variable CONTIMO BLASTscript variable INACTIMO 7 Bit Channel YES NO Defines the logical width of the data path to be used YES specifies a 7 bit data encoding scheme NO specifies an 8 bit encoding scheme Some networks minicomputers and asynchronous devices only support 7 bit path widths The BLAST protocol operates more effi ciently using 8 bit encoding however the data path width has noth ing to do with the type of data that can be transferred BLAST may transfer 8 bit binary or 7 bit ASCII over either 7 or 8 bit data paths BLASTscript variable 7BITCHN Window Size 1 16 Specifies the number of packets that can be sent to the remote with out BLAST waiting for an acknowledgement from the remote As packets are acknowledged the starting point of the window adjusts or slides For example if the window size is 12 and the first 6 of 8 packets sent have been acknowledged the start point of the win dow moves by 6 and 10 additional packets can be sent before BLAST must stop and wait for an acknowledgement See BLAST Protocol Design on page 101 for a fuller discussion of window size
192. e count return End of script 190 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Managing the Screen Display Thoughtful screen displays help users gain a sense of being in good hands Informing users of the progress of a lengthy job such as a file transfer frees them to do other things while the software does its job Displaying too much text onto the screen at once or neglecting the screen completely however can make users wonder instead if their session has malfunctioned BLAST s scripting language pro vides a number of commands and reserved variables for controlling the screen to present the right amount of information Turning Off the Screen For some applications you may wish to turn off regions of the screen while running a script To disable screen displays altogether include the n switch on the command line when you start BLAST see Command Line Switches on page 10 The following reserved variables control particular regions of the display USERIF The user interface area or menu area at the top of the screen SCRLREG The scrolling region in the middle of the screen TRANSTAT The File Transfer Status Area of the screen Set these variables to 0 or OFF to disable the corresponding screen areas Set the variables to 1 or ON to enable them For example if you do not want the BLAST menus to be displayed while your script is running you would put the statement set USERIF 0 in your scrip
193. e current directory or a path specification with 131 a single filename you may include wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 You will then be prompted for a local filename Optionally you may add any supported file transfer switches see File Transfer Switches with Kermit on page 132 Once you have entered the filenames and any switches the transfer request is automatically sent to the remote Unless you specify otherwise the received file will be saved to your current directory NOTE If you have an existing file with the same name the file will be renamed when the Warning setup field page 92 is set to ON When this field is set to OFF the existing file will be automatically overwritten Simple Kermit In Terminal mode begin the simple Kermit program on the re mote system In Kermit on the remote system send the file by invoking the send command Exit Terminal mode select Filetransfer and then select Re ceive You will then be prompted for a local filename option ally you may add any supported file transfer switches see the next section File Transfer Switches with Kermit Unless you specify otherwise the received file will be saved to your current directory NOTE If you have an existing file with the same name the file will be renamed when the Warning setup field page 92 is set to ON When this field is set to OFF the existing file will be automatically overwritten Fil
194. e filetransfer session 0 Send the EXACT file that was being sent when interrupted Do NOT indicate the overwrite or append options BLAST restarts from the last point at which its buffers were flushed to disk This may be right at the interrupt point or as much as 10K before the interrupt point NOTE Adding the STR switch to a filename eliminates the possi bility of resuming an interrupted transfer of that file Transfer Command File A transfer command file is a text file that contains line by line in structions describing functions to be performed during a BLAST protocol filetransfer session Any word processor or editor can cre ate a transfer command file but it must be saved in text only or BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 115 ASCII format under any name that you choose Transfer command files are also called error free command files A transfer command file can be invoked interactively by selecting the File command from the Filetransfer menu or from within a BLAST script by using the following BLASTscript commands FILETRANSFER FILE Filename name of the transfer command file ESC If the transfer command file is in the current directory you only have to specify the filename if itis in any other directory you must spec ify the full path The command file contains an unlimited number of commands each as a separate line of text Files messages and remote system com mands can be sent and remote files can be r
195. e filetransfer sessions 362 APPENDIX E 8 Autopoll scr calls autoparx scr which calls autosw scr to up date the screen and status file 9 If more than one cycle is designated in the command line autopoll scr uses the updated status file to retry any files that failed in the first cycle 10 Steps 7 9 are repeated until all files have been successfully transferred or until the number of cycles designated in the com mand line has been completed 11 Autopoll scr quits NOTE Autopoll scr also calls any userscripts that may be created See User Supplied Scripts on page 370 for details on creating these scripts and on the points at which autopoll scr calls these scripts Configuration Example AUTOPOLL Assume that you have been asked to set up a polling network for a client who has a central UNIX system and two remote UNIX sites How do you set up Autopoll for this configuration First you install BLAST on the central and remote sites and verify that connections can be made reliably This step is best performed interactively that is while you are at the central system issuing commands directly to BLAST When you are satisfied that BLAST is correctly installed you need to create the following setup files the site file O transfer command files The Setup Files Suppose the sites are configured as follows Site name Phone Login password Sam s Discount Mart 542 0307 buz apollo 1 Metro Army Surp
196. e for the remote user is blast setup hs x k y g z filename blast setup hr x k y g z filename where setup specifies setup file Use this optional switch if you want to change the filetransfer parameters on the remote system h specifies host mode s or r specifies either Send or Receive x k y g Z specifies either Xmodem Xmodem1K Ymodem Ymo dem G or Zmodem protocol filename specifies the file to be sent or received from the host UNIX The filename must be specified for a Send Wildcards can be used for Ymodem Ymodem G and Zmodem Sends For Xmodem the filename can be specified for a Receive if it is not the default filename will be usr tmp X Y Zfile The following are examples of command line usage blast hsxwill sends the file named will using Xmodem blast hrx receives a file using Xmodem and saves it with the filename usr tmp XY Zfile blast ymg hrg starts BLAST on the remote system with the setup file named ymg loaded and receives a file using Ymodem G NOTE f the remote user accidently enters the wrong command line there is no graceful exit as provided by the BLAST protocol The terminal appears to hang until the protocol times out which may take several minutes Using Log Files for Error Checking Checking for errors after a file transfer is an important part of a good script Messages generated during a file transfer are written to the session log f
197. e host machine using the Send command from the Filetransfer menu or a FITLETRANSFER statement in a script If the user issues a Send command from the Filetransfer menu the following special format for the local filename must be used password your_password where your_password represents the password stored on the host system The remote filename field is left blank as are the text overwrite and append options If the correct password is successful ly sent the remote user will see a message stating that the password has been validated The password must be typed exactly as it is set on the host system If a BLAST script is used the same special local filename format must be sent to the host computer for example FILETRANSFER SEND password blue2 SEND myfile rpt yourfile rpt ta ESC Because the remote filename and send transfer options are not used two blank lines must follow the password your_password statement See Getting and Sending Files on page 194 for infor mation on scripting file transfers Since the remote user has to enter the password through BLAST in teractively or through a script the use of Transfer Password deters an unauthorized user from breaking your security by submitting a rapid series of passwords NOTE The Transfer Password is intended to validate remote users logging onto your system If a local operator uses a setup with a Transfer Password entered he or she will
198. e is passed to the receiving computer a filename is not needed when receiving a file Sending Files Before issuing a SEND command you must issue the Ymodem re ceive command on the remote computer for the remote system s im plementation of Ymodem The basic syntax for sending a file using Ymodem is BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 201 Connect TSEND receive_command CR Filetransfer SEND local_filename ESC Receiving Files The syntax for receiving files is Connect TSEND send_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer GET ESC Transferring More Than One File A separate F LETRANSFER ESC block is required for each file that is transferred For example to send two files and get one file three F TLETRANSFER ESC blocks are needed as in the following example 3 File Ymodem Transfer Connect TSEND rb CR Filetransfer SEND Sales ESC TSEND rb CR Filetransfer SEND Order ESC TSEND sb Inventory CR Filetransfer GET ESC T File transfer scripts can be improved by adding error checking fea tures For a discussion of error checking in file transfer scripts see Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 202 CHAPTER THIRTEEN File Transfers with Zmodem Before writing scripts for Zmodem you may want to review the gen eral information in Chapter 9 Learn mode page 176 is also a good tool for obtaining a
199. e sensitive When in doubt separate all elements of a statement with spaces and enclose all constants strings or numerals in quotation marks For example set variable hello world Commands That Set STATUS A number of script commands set the value of STATUS indicat ing whether the command was executed successfully In general STATUS is set to 0 to indicate success Some commands that re turn numeric results e g STRINX TTRAP set STATUS to 0 to indicate a null condition The following commands set STATUS ASCII FOPENW LOCAL SYSTEM STRRINX ASK FREAD LPRINT STRLEN CALL FREADB LRENAME SYMTYPE CONNECT FREWIND LTYPE CAPTURE DISCONNECT FWRITE NEW SEND DROP FWRITEB RAISE SENDBIN FCLOSE LCHDIR REMOVE TTRAP FILETRANSFER DELETE RETURN TUP LOAD FOPENA LLIST SELECT WAIT CARRIER FOPENR LOAD STRINX WAIT IDLE SET Statements that Set STATUS Additionally STATUS is set when you issue a SET command for a reserved variable that has a corresponding setup field in this case the change in the variable will occur immediately and will set STATUS based on the success or failure of the change For exam ple if you issue the following command set PARITY ODD STATUS will be set based on the success or failure of setting PARITY to ODD BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 223
200. e sent to the Host PC because it will be interpreted as a local command See Hot Keys on page 319 and Appendix B for more information on remapping Hot Keys Using File Transfer Only Mode with 10 7x and 10 8x File Transfer Only mode allows more limited control of the remote PC than Access mode This mode is available for both BLAST Pro fessional UNIX 10 7x and 10 8x In File Transfer Only mode the lo cal user can transfer files between the local computer and the PC using the Filetransfer menu and can perform remote commands us REMOTE CONTROL 329 ing the Remote menu page 60 To enter Filetransfer mode press F from the Online menu Using Terminal Mode with 10 7x and 10 8x 330 If you are running 10 8x or are running 10 7x at an attached terminal Terminal mode via BHOST allows you to act as a terminal to the Host PC In Terminal mode you will be able to run programs with line mode ASCII text displays Programs using graphics or full screen text modes will execute but the screen display will be cor rupted and no error detection will be performed Starting and Ending Terminal Mode If you are running 10 8x or are running 10 7x at an attached terminal the Host PC Control mode should be set to Terminal To begin Terminal mode select Terminal from the Online menu You can re turn to the Online menu at any time by pressing ATTN ATTN When you are ready to log out you must log out of Terminal mode correctly Press ES
201. ease If you do not plan to print during a session set this field to NONE Printer s Enabled NONE CONTROL HOST BOTH Specifies which printers will be active during a session When an ap plication issues a print command the command will be executed on the printers specified here NONE printing is disabled CONTROL enables only the Control PC s default printer HOST enables only the Host PC s printer as specified in the Host Printer field BOTH enables both Host and Control printers Modifying BHOST Settings with 10 8x If you are using a version of BLAST that does not support Access mode such as 10 8x you may alter the BHOST session parameters via the Session Command window Figure 18 4 next page To open the Session Command window go to Terminal mode and press ESC CTRL M Commands are entered as lines of text using the follow ing format parameter_command value REMOTE CONTROL 337 FIGURE 18 4 where parameter_commandis one of the parameter commands listed in the table below and value is a valid setting for the param eter see preceding section for setting options To check the current value of a session parameter simply type the parameter_command for the parameter For example to display the current value for the Host Keyboard parameter type keyboard To see the values for all session parameters type settings Each parameter will be listed along with its current value The fol
202. eceived Filetransfer commands are entered as one line with the source and destination specifiers separated by a space If any file transfer switches are re quired they are entered following the file specifier s Command Formats The text in a transfer command file must begin in the first column of every line Commands in a transfer command file accomplish one of four tasks 1 Send a File No special character is required simply type the name of the lo cal file to send and separated by a space the name for the file on the remote system If no remote name is given BLAST will use the local name Any file transfer switches must be typed im mediately following the filename local_filename switches remote_filename switches 116 2 Geta File The first character in the line must be a plus sign Immedi ately following the enter the name of the file to receive from the remote system and with no intervening space any file transfer switches If a different name is desired for the local file type a single space after the remote filename and then type the local filename with any switches immediately following CHAPTER SIX remote_filename switches local_filename switches Note that it is more efficient to put all Gets lines beginning with first so that the remote file requests queue up on the re mote This allows for true bi directional transfer during com mand file operations 3 Send
203. eceiving from or transmitting to a remote system when a file trans fer protocol is not available For example a text file on a DOS ma chine has a carriage return ASCII 13 and a line feed ASCII 10 at the end of each line A UNIX text file only has a line feed at the end of each line The carriage return can easily be filtered from the data stream by placing a minus sign in front of the OD character in po sition 13 of the receive table Specifying a Translate File in Your Setup To specify a translate file for use during a session type its name in the Translate File setup field Standard BLAST Terminals All versions of BLAST for UNIX provide two terminal types TTY emulator and PASSTHRU In addition BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x provides other terminal emulators described in Terminal Emulation with 10 7x on page 311 DATA STREAM CONTROL 309 310 TTY The BLAST TTY terminal emulator is a generic terminal emula tor using the character values of the default translate file that allows characters to be sent without any translation or other special han dling Received characters are either displayed as text filtered out or interpreted as command sequences For complete character trans parency use the PASSTHRU terminal described in the next section Special Considerations During TTY emulation the following received ASCII characters are interpreted as command sequences numeric values are in hexadec imal
204. either a modem or a remote system that has echo enabled A script as simple as t send password can compromise stored passwords If the security of a password is vital BLAST recommends not storing it in the setup If a password must be stored in the setup you should take other measures to keep the setup secure For more information on se curity consult your system documentation and Chapter 11 Setup field Password PHONENO read write user defined Specifies the phone number of the remote computer The CONNECT statement uses this number to dial out Setup field Phone Number PROMPTCH read write NONE any ASCII character Defines the prompt character used during text uploads to half du plex systems BLAST waits after each line for the remote computer to send the prompt before sending the next line Setup field Prompt Char 280 CHAPTER SIXTEEN PROTOCOL read write BLAST KERMIT XMODEM XMODEM1K YMODEM YMODEM G ZMODEM 10 8x FTP Specifies the protocol for a communications session Setup field Protocol RBTOT read only If Extended Logging is enabled holds the total number of bytes re ceived during the file transfer session You must write a display statement e g Display RBTOT is RBTOT for this variable to be displayed in the Extended Log file See the description of XLOG for more information RBYTES read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of bytes received in the curre
205. ement is sent to the receiving computer every four packets Set this field higher for better performance with CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP error correcting modems See also Window Size setup field page 85 BLASTscript variable ACKFREQ Number of Disconnect Blocks 0 9 3 Sets the number of additional disconnect blocks after the first dis connect block that BLAST sends when exiting Filetransfer mode The default value is 3 which indicates four total disconnect blocks BLASTscript variable NUMDISC Launch String any ASCII string r Specifies a string to be appended to BLAST protocol blocks This will help communications to a mainframe through protocol convert ers Just as in BLASTscript you may send any string of ASCII characters including the same control characters used in string con stants Nonprintable characters can be represented with a back slash followed by a three digit octal number for example a line feed may be represented as a 012 The string should not be enclosed in quotes The default for this field is a carriage return r BLASTscript variable LAUNCHST Transfer Password user defined Stores a case sensitive password up to eight characters that re stricts a remote user s access Requests to get files from a password protected computer and to do file maintenance functions are not honored unless the password is received first Without the password the remote machine is limited to sending and
206. enu Select the Disconnect command to disconnect from the Host PC Using Access Mode Access mode is very intuitive all you have to do is type commands as if you were seated at the Host PC Through the Access menu BHOST provides several easy to use support features such as 326 CHAPTER EIGHTEEN FIGURE 18 1 Split screen Chat mode for communicating interactively with the Host PC user Two camera modes one for taking snapshots of individual screens and one for recording movies of your session A simple menu for fine tuning your remote control settings Hot Keys to start file transfers exit to a local system shell re boot the Host PC and more The Access Menu From Access mode press ATTN to display the Access menu shown below in Figure 18 1 BHOST usr ESMS Chat Parameters Snapshot rEcord Local return to Access Mode ESC exit To select a command press the capitalized letter in the command name or move the cursor over the command and press ENTER Fol lowing is a description of each command Resume Press R to return to Access mode Chat Press c to start Chat mode Chat mode allows the Host and Controller to type messages to each other on the Chat screen Figure 18 2 next page which is displayed on both the Controller and the Host screens Either side may initiate a Chat unless the Host keyboard has been disabled Once the Controller initiates a Chat a disabled Host key
207. er that the secure password supersedes the transfer password therefore the remote user will only be prompted for the secure password even though a particular setup may also contain a transfer password The password is sent from the remote system with the Send command of the Filetransfer menu or with a BLASTscript FILETRANSFER statement Ifa Send command is issued the following special format for the local filename must be used password your_password where your_passwordrepresents one of the passwords stored in the database file on the host system The remote filename field is left blank as are the text overwrite and append options If the correct password is successfully sent the remote user will see a message stating that the password has been validated The user must type the password exactly as it appears in the password record and the serial number of BLAST being executed must match the serial number in the password record CHAPTER ELEVEN In a BLAST script the same special local filename format must be sent to the host computer For example FILETRANSFER SEND password blue2 SEND myfile rpt yourfile rpt ta ESC Since no remote filename or Send options are used two blank lines follow the password line See File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol on page 194 for information on scripting file transfers SECURE BLAST 169 170 CHAPTER ELEVEN Chapter 12 Introduction To Scrip
208. er 13 BLASTscript Topics Scripting Basics Although scripts can address a wide range of communications needs most scripts handle a limited number of common tasks such as capturing text to a file displaying information on the screen and communicating with other programs in the computer In this chapter we will demonstrate scripting techniques for such tasks Programming Style It may sound strange to say that a script should conform to a certain style but following a logical style will make it easier for others to understand your script For example indenting sections of script that execute together such as the code in a conditional IF END block is a simple stylistic convention that helps readability as in the fol lowing script BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 181 Start of script begin display Hello world if EMULATE TTY display Your emulation is set correctly end else set EMULATE TTY display Your emulation is now TTY end return End of script Your programming style also affects how efficiently the script will execute BLAST scripts are interpreted meaning that BLAST deci phers the instructions in each line of your script as it executes To make your script run most efficiently you should Use spaces between expressions For instance the script inter preter can evaluate the first line in the example below more eas ily than it can the second line because o
209. er you are comfortable using BLAST you will find the following features very useful Shell Programming BLAST is easy to run from UNIX shell scripts In combination with the BLAST scripting language many types of communications tasks can be automated The following example demonstrates running BLAST from a shell script The example illustrates a Bourne Korn shell if you use an other shell please refer to your system documentation or other ref erence materials for more information Many excellent references on shell programming are available and should be consulted for more complicated tasks A Basic Shell Script to Run BLAST The script run_blast is a basic shell script for running BLAST run_blast A demonstration script that sets environment variables traps interrupts runs BLAST and checks the return code generated by BLAST trap 2 Trap any interrupts generated by BLAST on exit are two single quotation marks PATH PATH usr blast Append usr blast to the current PATH environ THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 33 ment variable BLAST DIR usr blast Set BLASTDIR environment variable SETUPDIR usr blast Set SETUPDIR environment variable export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR Export PATH BLASTDIR and SET UPDIR environment variables to sub shells Necessary in Bourne shell blast caller stest scr b Run BLAST RETURN_CODE Set RETURN_CODE environment variable to code returned by BLA
210. erence with a Control ses sion Host Mouse ON OFF Enables disables the Host PC s mouse When this field is set to OFF the Host mouse is completely disabled preventing unauthorized in terference with a Control session Host Screen ON OFF Enables disables the Host PC s screen When this field is set to OF F the Host screen is completely disabled from the time BHOST is run preventing anyone from seeing what is being sent to the Control PC s display When Host Screen is set to OFF the Control PC may still initiate Chat Mode with the Host PC in this case the Host screen is enabled for the duration of the Chat If Host Screen is set to OFF and BHOST is started from the Host PC s AUTOEXEC BAT the Host PC s screen will remain disabled CHAPTER EIGHTEEN even after rebooting If this situation occurs try typing BHOST k at the DOS prompt you will not be able to see the characters on the screen If that does not work dial into the Host PC and change the Host Screen setting through SETBHOST This feature prevents unauthorized interference with a Control ses sion Host Printer NONE LPT1 LPT2 LPT3 Specifies the Host PC printer to be used during a session BHOST will monitor the printer port you specify here and redirect printing to the locations listed in the Printer s Enabled field If you plan to print during a session set this field to the Host PC s printer port You may notice a slight performance decr
211. eric_constant is an exit code that can be tested by the operating system exit to operating system exit status 123 raise DTR RTS RAISE DTR RTS RAISE raises the Data Terminal Ready signal DTR or the Re quest to Send signal RTS on the RS 232 interface These signals are normally used with modems Some systems have DTR and RTS tied together so that raising either one affects both signals The suc cess of the RAISE DTRand RAISE RTS commands are dependent on the device driver being able to raise the signal on the serial port hardware raise the DTR signal raise the RTS signal remove a system setup REMOVE string_value REMOVE deletes a setup from the directory specified by the SETUPDIR environment variable String_value is the name of the setup If the setup is in a subdirectory of the directory specified by SETUPDIR the relative path must be included with the filename The setup name should not include the su extension If the setup has been successfully removed STATUS is set to 0 CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE REMOVE blaster delete blaster su if STATUS 0 display Setup blaster has been removed REPS set repetition counter FORMAT REPS numeric_value REPS creates loops in BLAST scripts When REPS is used in an IF statement it keeps track of the number of repetitions performed The REPS numeric value is decremented and then tested for a value
212. ermissions are restricted according to the numeric values specified in the umask For example to deny write access the umask should have a 2 in it Numeric values are added together to express the to tal restriction of permissions set for an owner group or others For example denial of read write and execute permissions is denoted by the number 7 Conversely read write and execute permission is denoted by a 0 To display the default umask type umask The output of umask will be a three digit number such as 022 The 0 in the first position indicates that no permissions will be re stricted for the owner of the file The 2 in the second and third po sitions indicates that write permission will be restricted for both the group and all other users respectively This is not a particularly se cure umask setting because read and execute permissions are not re stricted The most restrictive umask is 077 which allows all permissions for the owner but removes read write and execute permissions for the group and all other users To set your umask for the session to 077 type umask 077 To reset your umask permanently add the above line to your profile cshrc or other login script To effect a umask change across the entire system you can set umask in the etc profile file For more information refer to your system documentation as well as the umask and profile man pages BLAST Protocol File Tr
213. error on comm port Write error on comm port compression error internal error syntax error in command 343 400 too many strings Network 502 fatal network error BHOST terminated 344 APPENDIX A Appendix B Key Definition Charts BLAST Keys BLAST menu functions are selected and controlled by the following keys Function 10 7x Console 10 7x Terminal 10 8x Cursor Up up CTRL E CTRL E Cursor Down DOWN J CTRL X CTRL X Cursor Left LEFT lt Cursor Right RIGHT Move to First Field PGUP CTRL R CTRLR Move to Last Field PGDN CTRL C CTRL C Clear text in Field CTRL T CTRL T CTRL T CANCEL ESC ESC ESC or CTRL A HELP Fl HELP Terminal mode ATTN H ATTN H ATTN H BLAST menu functions can be remapped with the BLAST Key 10 7x board Utility blastkbd see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 KEY DEFINITION CHARTS 345 346 Attention Key Sequences Attention Key sequences are only active from Terminal mode For BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x terminal emulation must be set to TTY The sequences cannot be remapped but the Attention key can be redefined by entering a new setting in the Attention Key setup field page 73 ATIN ATTN Return to the Online menu ATIN B Send a break signal also interrupts an active BLAST script ATIN C Toggle Capture mode on or off ATTN H Display Online Help ATTN E Start blastkbd the BLA
214. erved Variable 281 Setup Field 84 Setup Subwindows 84 97 See also individual protocols BLAST Protocol FTP Kermit Protocol Xmodem Protocol Ymodem Protocol and Zmodem INDEX Protocol Pseudohost 204 205 Limiting Access to 154 Q Quiet Mode 14 R Record Access Menu Option 328 329 Registration 1 Remote Commands Autopoll 362 BLAST Protocol 118 119 195 234 235 Enabling Disabling 88 271 FTP 128 235 Kermit Protocol 134 136 235 237 Remote Control 323 338 Access Menu 327 329 Access Mode 326 329 Connecting to Host PC 324 326 Disconnecting from Host PC 326 File Transfer Only Mode 326 329 330 Terminal Mode 326 330 331 Remote Line Termination 93 Remote Menu 60 61 BLAST Protocol 108 118 119 FTP 124 128 Kermit Protocol 130 134 136 Reserved Variables 263 303 7BITCHN 264 ACKFREQ 264 ANSTAUTOWRAP 264 ANSILEVEL 264 APROTO 264 ARGn 11 12 265 ATTKEY 265 AUTOLFIN 265 AUTOLFOUT 265 BAUDRATE 266 BLASTDIR 266 CHARDLY 266 CLASS 266 COMMPORT 266 267 COMP_LVL 267 CONNTIMO 267 CONTIMO 267 CTS 267 D S_BITS 268 DATE 268 DATEFORMAT 268 269 DCD 269 DCDLOSS 269 EFERROR 176 269 270 EFLOG 206 270 EFLOGGING 271 ELAPTIME 271 EMULATE 271 ENABLEFS 271 ENABLERCMD 272 FILECNT 272 FILTER 272 FULLSCR 272 INACTIMO 272 KBCHECK 273 KDELAYOS 273 KEYBOARD 273 KEYFILE 273 KFILETYP 274 KFNAMCONV 274 KREOPKT 274 KRPADCH 274 KRPADDNG 274 KRPKTLEN 275 KRSOPKT 275 KRTIMEOUT
215. es a file Note that the remote Kermit server s Send Packet Size should also be set to this value The larger the packet the more efficient the transfer however larger packets will pose problems on a noisy connection Set larger packet sizes when there is little line noise you are communicating with a main frame or you are using V 29 ping pong modems BLASTscript variable KRPKTLEN Pad Character A Z For sending files with Kermit specifies an alternate character to pad each packet transmitted by the local computer BLASTscript variable KSPADCH For receiving files with Kermit specifies an alternate character to pad each packet received by the local computer BLASTscript variable KRPADCH Padding 0 99 For sending files with Kermit specifies the number of padding characters to send per packet Padding can induce delays during a Kermit file transfer allowing slower machines or older versions of Kermit more time to process the data you send BLASTscript variable KSPADDNG For receiving files with Kermit specifies the number of padding characters to request per packet Padding can induce delays during a CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Kermit file transfer allowing slower machines or older versions of Kermit more time to process the data you receive BLASTscript variable KRPADDNG Transfer Type TEXT BINARY Specifies the type of file being transferred Text files will be con verted to local forma
216. es not cause any text to be captured but it prepares TTRAP to capture text by set ting a variable into which the captured text is to be saved and speci fying a limit on the number of characters saved into the variable A simple form of SETTRAP TTRAP is Settrap ttrap demo settrap input 65 Capture up to 65 char till end of line reached ttrap 30 M J End of script 188 CHAPTER THIRTEEN In this example up to 65 characters are saved into the variable INPUT The string M J carriage return line feed triggers the end of the captured text which includes the trigger string and any text preceding the trigger up to 65 characters If no incoming char acters match the trigger within 30 seconds the last 65 characters of text are saved to the variable INPUT More complex forms of the TCAPTURE and SETTRAP commands are described in Chapter 15 Reading and Writing Text Files A script can read and write entire lines of text from a text file As many files can be open at a time as there are file handles available in your system The commands for opening a file are FOPENA handle filename Open a file for appending FOPENR handle filename Open a file for reading FOPENW handle filename Open anew file for writing de letes existing file These commands must specify two pieces of information the file name and a file handle The file handle is an integer that other com
217. ether received files will be treated as ASCII or BINARY XYmodem Protocol subwindow File Conversion XYCONVS read write ASCII BINARY For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies whether files sent will be treated as ASCII or BINARY XYmodem Protocol subwindow File Conversion BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 299 300 10 8x XYEOT read write 10 6000 100 For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies EOT end of trans mission timeout in hundredths of a second EOT timeout for Xmodem and Ymodem may also be specified with the e command line switch see Command Line Switches on page 10 XYmodem Protocol subwindow EOT Timeout XYRLTR read write CR CR LF For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies how line termina tion is treated if XYCONVS is set to ASCII CR for files received replaces all carriage returns CR with line feeds LF e g for ASCH files received from Macintosh platform CR LF for files received deletes any carriage return CR that is followed by a line feed LF e g for ASCII files sent to DOS and Windows platforms XYmodem Protocol subwindow Remote Line Termination XYRLTS read write CR CR LF For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies how line termina tion is treated if XYCONVS is set to ASCIT CR for files sent replaces line feeds LF with carriage returns CR e g for ASCII files sent to Macintosh platform CR LF for files sent a
218. etup has been successfully loaded STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE LOAD Blaster if STATUS 0 display Setup Blaster is the current setup end else display can t load the setup Blaster end 246 CHAPTER FIFTEEN LOCAL SYSTEM FORMAT EXAMPLE set syscmd LOCAL SYSTEM syscmd ESC LOWER FORMAT EXAMPLE perform operating system command LOCAL SYSTEM string_value ESC This multi line statement performs local operating system com mands The line following SYSTEM is a system command If this line is left blank BLAST invokes the operating system interactively When you are finished with the command interpreter you must re turn to BLAST by typing exit and pressing ENTER When BLAST is started with the b switch or with the n switch if the display has not been re enabled through a script you cannot escape to a system prompt see Command Line Switches on page 10 ls l gt catalog txt convert variable to lowercase LOWER variable LOWER changes all uppercase characters in a variable to lowercase ask Enter your name name LOWER name LPRINT FORMAT print a file on the local printer LPRINT string_value LPRINT executes the command specified by the BPRINTER envi ronment variable see page 9 When BPRINTER specifies a target for printer output LPRINT prints the file specified by string_value to that target If the printer and file are found STATUS i
219. ext file capture FORMAT TCAPTURE ON APPEND OVERWRITE OFF string_value TCAPTURE enables or disables text capturing while in Terminal mode TCAPTURE ON enables Capture mode and TCAPTURE OFF disables it APPEND and OVERWRITE are used only with ON to in dicate whether an existing file should be appended or overwritten If neither is specified APPEND is assumed BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 255 STATUS is set to 0 if string_value is a valid filename that can be written to otherwise STATUS is set to an error code TCAPTURE OFF does not affect STATUS No data is captured until one of the following is executed TSEND TTRAP TUPLOAD or WAIT with the CARRIER or IDLE option IMPORTANT After issuing a TCAPTURE command you should perform a WAIT IDLE or TTRAP to be sure that a stopping point has been reached in the data stream before exiting EXAMPLE TCAPTURE ON APPEND T if STATUS not 0 display can t return 1 end tsend cat bob mail wait 10 idle TCAPTURE OFF TERMINAL FORMAT TERMINAL test cap enable capture CR capture on append to file test cap if not OK write to screen return error code send command to the remote system wait till no comm port activity turn capture off become a terminal TERMINAL puts BLAST into Terminal mode allowing the user to interact with the remote computer Control cannot return
220. f the spaces placed around if STATUS 0 set mystat GO if STATUS 0 set mystat GO If certain labels in your script will be frequent destinations for the GOTO command place those labels near the beginning of the script BLAST looks for labels from the start of the script and works down Legal and Illegal Expressions An error that you may encounter during script development is ille gal menu selection This error indicates that BLAST has encoun tered a command in your script that it could not execute Every line in a script must be executable or contain a comment preceded by Blank lines are almost never executable except for special cases discussed later thus do not use blank lines in a script to separate lines of code visually If BLAST encounters a blank line in a script where it is unexpected the script interpreter will generate the ille gal menu selection error 182 CHAPTER THIRTEEN se He ILLEGAL LEGAL if STATUS 0 if STATUS 0 disconnect disconnect end end return return A typing mistake in a script line can also generate an error message For example a line such as ig STATUS 0 will generate the illegal menu selection error because ig is not a valid script command The Status of STATUS The result of many script operations is reported in the reserved vari able STATUS which has a number of functions including indicat
221. f you specify an existing filename for the script BLAST will ask whether you want to append to or overwrite the original script file See Learn Mode on page 176 for more details NOTE Learn mode may not function consistently in PASSTHRU emulation Online Takes you to the Online menu described in the next sec tion The Online Menu THE MENUS Selecting Online from the Offline menu displays a menu like or sim ilar to the one shown in Figure 4 2 next page All characters re ceived and transmitted in Terminal Capture and Upload modes will be filtered by the translate file if one is specified in the Translate File 55 setup field page 73 See Translate File Format on page 306 for more information on translate files Following is a brief description of the commands of the Online menu Connect Dials the phone number stored in memory from the cur rent setup Terminal Makes your system a terminal to the remote system The menu commands will no longer be available to you Remember that you must press ATTN ATTN in order to exit Terminal mode and return to the command menus See Standard BLAST Terminals on page 309 and Terminal Emulation with 10 7x on page 311 for fur ther information Capture Causes all incoming text from the remote system to be captured to a file When you enter Capture mode by ex ecuting the Capture command you will be prompted for a filename type the name and p
222. fer command from the Online menu and then select the Send command You will be prompted for the local and remote filenames For the local file name you may enter a single filename from the current directo ry or a path specification with a single filename You may use wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 but you cannot use file transfer switches The transfer will begin and the number of bytes sent will be dis played in the File Transfer Status Area Simple Kermit 0 In Terminal mode begin the simple Kermit program on the re mote system In simple Kermit on the remote system issue a receive com mand Exit Terminal mode select Filetransfer and then select Send You will be prompted for local and remote filenames If you designate a remote filename with the simple Kermit receive command a filename entered at the remote filename prompt will be ignored Receiving Files with Kermit BLAST s implementation of Kermit supports both the Kermit server Get command and the simple Kermit Receive command to transfer files from a remote computer Following are directions for transfers from a remote computer Kermit Server 0 0 KERMIT PROTOCOL In Terminal mode begin the Kermit server program on the re mote system Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Get command You will first be prompted for the remote filename you may enter a single filename from th
223. fil txt todayord fil txt ovw Idir To use this command file Joe would choose File from the Filetrans fer menu and type in the name joe cmd at the prompt The following sequence of events then takes place The first message in the command file appears on the screen The file curprice fil is retrieved and overwrites the old joeprice fil The second message appears Joeorder fil is sent and overwrites the old todayord fil Finally the contents of the current directory of the remote com puter are displayed on Joe s screen BLAST Protocol Remote Menu 118 The Filetransfer menu contains a Remote command that takes you to the Remote menu The Remote menu allows a user with no knowledge of the remote operating system to manage files on that system For example a UNIX user can delete a file on a VMS re mote system without actually typing theVMS delete command BLAST will translate the command automatically Remote com mands affect only files in the current remote directory unless you specify a pathname NOTE The Enable OVW and Remote Cmds setup field page 88 in the BLAST protocol subwindow must be enabled on the re mote system in order for you to delete rename or print files on the remote system CHAPTER SIX Following is a description Remote menu commands List Operates like the Local List command except that it displays the contents of the current remote directory You will be prompted to ch
224. file size byte cnt retries lt idle gt lt idle gt help ESC exit FIGURE 8 1 Receive Receives a file from a simple Kermit You must specify a local filename Remote Performs remote Kermit server commands This option allows a user with no specific knowledge of the remote operating system to manage its files For example a user can delete a file without actually typing the delete com mand of the remote operating system see Kermit Re mote Menu on page 134 Finish Returns you to the Online menu Kermit server finishes transfer and exits without logging off thus you may con tinue the session Bye Ends Kermit server mode and logs off of the remote system Depending on the remote modem settings the connection may or may not be broken You will be returned to the Online menu NOTE Once you begin Kermit server you can continue to do file transfers until you exit the server by selecting Finish or Bye from the Filetransfer menu Sending and Receiving Files with Kermit The following two sections describe interactive file transfers For a discussion of scripting Kermit file transfers see File Transfers with Kermit on page 197 130 CHAPTER EIGHT Sending Files with Kermit Following are directions for sending a file to a remote computer Kermit Server 0 In Terminal mode begin the Kermit program on the remote sys tem Exit Terminal mode select the Filetrans
225. files won t transfer Why is this happen ing You may have either a mismatched filetransfer channel or a flow control problem Both sides of the connection must use the identical channel width The 7 Bit Channel setup field must have the same setting on both sides of the connection Flow control must be estab lished correctly between each computer and its modem and between modems see Flow Control on page 30 APPENDIX C 6 What s a quick way to get started with scripting Use BLAST s Learn mode page 176 to build a script as you go through the steps of a process interactively 7 After making a connection the line goes dead I can tell that the modems are still connected but no data is being transmitted Make sure that both sides of the connection are using the same com munications parameters such as parity data stop bits and flow con trol If you cannot see anything that you type on your screen but your data is being transmitted correctly change the Local Echo setting to YES 8 Is there a way to send my own initialization string to the mo dem You can communicate directly with the modem while in Terminal mode or you can write your own script see Sample Modem Script on page 214 9 What are typical modem settings required by BLAST DTR Normal CD Normal Verbal Result Codes Display Result Codes Modem Echoes Commands Enable AT Command Set TROUBLESHOOTING 353
226. for scripts in the current directory or in the path specified on the command line then in SETUPDIR argument Specifies one of ten optional arguments text strings that can be passed to a BLAST script directly from the command line These ar guments are stored as BLASTscript reserved variables ARGO to THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 11 12 10 7 5n ARG9Y This option requires that a setup file be specified on the command line If no setup is specified BLAST will interpret the first argument as a setup name and will generate an error message if that setup does not exist 2 specifies four digit format for year b forces BLAST to execute in batch mode in which all displays are suppressed and the Local System shell is disabled This switch al lows BLAST to run with no output for batch operations Local Sys tem commands executed from within BLAST may still generate output 10 7x C forces BLAST to operate as if it were being run from a terminal in stead of the computer console Access mode is disabled when us ing this switch This switch should be used if you experience problems running BLAST from the console of your system 10 8x dd changes the default date format globally see DATEFORMAT on page 268 For example dd A B Y X If the dd switch is used on the same command line as the y switch the last switch on the line will take precedence dt changes the default time fo
227. for the s when the command is executed For more information about BPRINTER see Additional Environment Variables on page 9 Modifying Autopoll 370 Because Autopoll is written in BLAST s scripting language it is easy to customize and is thoroughly commented User Supplied Scripts The behavior of Autopoll can also be changed by writing one or more user supplied scripts Because Autopoll checks for the exist ence of these scripts at various points during execution the scripts should be named as shown below If Autopoll finds a user supplied script the script is executed by the BLASTscript CALL command Autopoll tests the value of STATUS when the called script returns APPENDIX E AUTOPOLL command to Autopoll polling continues normally if STATUS equals 0 otherwise the site is marked as failed User supplied scripts reside in the same directory as the Autopoll scripts They are called at the following points during execution autousr0 scr before the first site is polled polling is aborted if this script fails autousr 1 scr before every attempt to CONNECT autousr2 scr before every attempt to start FILETRANSFER autousr3 scr before every attempt to DISCONNECT autousr4 scr before Autopoll terminates Because BLASTscript variables are global a user supplied script must not disturb the contents of any variables needed by Autopoll The following variables may be changed freely by any user supplied s
228. future BLAST Professional UNIX User Manual 2MNUNIX October 1999 1 Please rate the following Excellent Good Fair Ease of finding information Clarity Completeness Accuracy Organization Appearance Examples Illustrations Overall satisfaction 2 Please check areas that could be improved Introduction More step by step procedures LI Organization Make it more concise O Include more figures Make it less technical Include more examples More quick reference aids Add more detail Improve the index 3 Please elaborate on specific concerns and feel free to comment on any topics not raised previously Please FAX or mail these comments to us Our contact information is listed on the title page of this manual Thank you for your input
229. gh interactive command or BLASTscript control the setup value overrides the command line switch Whenever a BLAST script changes a value specified in either the setup or the command line the script change overrides the setup command line value THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 15 Communications Ports 16 BLAST can establish a communications session with asynchronous serial ports and TCP IP socket services The port that BLAST will use is specified in the Connection setup field page 69 or in the BLASTscript reserved variable COMMPORT page 266 BLAST does not communicate directly with the computer hardware rather it accesses the hardware through a device driver The device driver is a character special device file usually found in the dev di rectory For network connections BLAST talks to TCP IP socket services In addition to device drivers devices such as multi port serial boards terminal servers and X 25 PADs permit software like BLAST to access the hardware If the manufacturers of these devic es do not provide a standard asynchronous interface BLAST cannot open the device If RS 232 capabilities are not correctly implement ed in the device driver those features will not be available during a BLAST session For example many drivers do not correctly imple ment modem control signals like DTR DCD RTS and CTS Accessing TCP IP Ports BLAST makes network connections using TCP IP socket services Networking serv
230. gramming functions defined by the applica tion VT Emulation subwindows Keypad Mode VTNEWLINE read write YES NO For VT emulation selects whether the ENTER key will move the cursor to a new line VT Emulation subwindows New Line VTPRINT read write NORMAL AUTO CONTROLLER For VT emulation specifies when information is sent to the print er In AUTO print mode each line of received text is displayed and printed in CONTROLLER mode all received data is sent directly to the printer without displaying it on the screen in NORMAL mode the user initiates printing from the keyboard VT Emulation subwindows Print Mode BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 293 294 10 7x VTPRINTPAGE read write SCROLL REGION FULL PAGE For VT emulation specifies how much of the screen to print when you press the PRINT SCREEN key VT Emulation subwindows Print Screen VTRESET read write YES NO For VT emulation specifies whether many of the VT operating features are reset to their factory default values If VTRESET is set to YES the features are reset the value of this variable is then authomatically reset to NO VT Emulation subwindows Reset Terminal VTTEXTCURS read write YES NO For VT emulation specifies whether to display the text cursor VT Emulation subwindows Text Cursor VTUSERCHAR read write DEC SUPPLEMENTAL ISO LATIN 1 For VT320 emulation specifies either DEC SUPPLEMENTAL
231. hat BLAST will wait for a packet of data from the remote computer before timing out NOTE This variable replaces the CONTIMO variable of previ ous versions BLAST Protocol subwindow Inactivity T O CHAPTER SIXTEEN KBCHECK read write 1 3 2 For Kermit transfers specifies the level of error detection Kermit Protocol subwindow Block Check Type KDELAYOS read write 1 99 5 For Kermit transfers specifies the number of seconds of delay be tween the recognition of a Send command and the actual beginning of the transmission Kermit Protocol subwindow Delay KEYBOARD read write ON OFF Controls the ability to enter data from the keyboard If ON the key board is unlocked and may be used If OFF BLAST ignores any keyboard characters for example during the running of a script to prevent extra characters from being sent in Terminal mode After the script has run or the masterscript ends if one or more scripts are called BLAST resets the value of KEYBOARD to the default ON When started in video suppress mode N command line switch BLAST sets this variable to OFF see Command Line Switches on page 10 NOTE If KEYBOARD is set to ON it returns the value 1 if it is set to OFF it returns the value 0 10 7x KEYFILE read write filename Specifies a user defined keyboard map for a particular keyboard or application Keyboard maps are created with blastkbd the BLAST keyboard rem
232. he buffers are full After con necting there are two ways to start the download process Manual Method Select the Capture command from the Online menu and specify the desired filename for the capture file Select Terminal from the Online menu Type the appropriate command for the remote computer to start typing the text For example at the prompt of a UNIX system you might type cat test fil O When the download has completed press ATTN ATTN to exit Terminal mode Turn Capture off by selecting it again BLASTscript Automatic Method See Text Transfers on page 207 for details on scripting down loads TEXT TRANSFERS 147 148 CHAPTER TEN Chapter 11 Secure BLAST Securing Your System IMPORTANT SECURE BLAST Securing your system against intrusion is a complex task Secure BLAST is a security tool that provides access for authorized users only Before discussing the BLAST security utilities in detail we will examine standard UNIX methods of security There are many tools for securing a UNIX system but none of them are foolproof At best they will significantly reduce the risk that well intentioned people will inadvertently access restricted data These mechanisms will not safeguard your data against a systematic continuous attempt to hack your computer For more detailed in formation on system security please refer to your system documen tation or any of the excellent references
233. he file handle can range from 1 to the number of file handles available through the operating system If FCLOSE is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE fopenr 1 input fil open file 1 for reading FCLOSE 1 close file 1 FILETRANSFER FILE perform commands from a BLAST TCF FORMAT FILETRANSFER FILE filename ESC 230 CHAPTER FIFTEEN In BLAST protocol this multi line statement performs commands read from a transfer command file TCF Filename is the name of a transfer command file which may be specified with a string vari able See Transfer Command File on page 115 for a complete de scription of the transfer command file format EXAMPLE FILETRANSFER FILE command fil ESC disconnect quit FILETRANSFER GET SEND get send file FORMAT FILETRANSFER FILETRANSFER GET SEND protocol dependent string s protocol dependent string s ESC ESC These statements transfer files to and from the remote computer The exact syntax is protocol dependent For a full description of the syntax of the individual protocols see File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol on page 194 and the sections on scripting file transfers for the other supported protocols in Chapter 13 EXAMPLE set protocol BLAST set new usr blast readme FILETRANSFER enter Filetransfer mode GET get a file with BLAST getme fil remote filenam new local filename stored in a variable to text c
234. hells you would type CHAPTER TWO PATH PATH usr blast BLAST DIR usr blast SETUPDIR usr john export BLASTDIR SETUPDIR NOTE This is only a temporary change To set these values per manently add the above commands to your system login procedure Additional Environment Variables BLAST recognizes a number of additional environment variables for customizing its operation The information in bold and brackets indicates the default value Examples use the Bourne shell syntax As with BLASTDIR and SETUPDIR these environment variables must be exported BANNERTIME delay 0 99 5 where delay is the time in seconds that the initial screen is dis played EXAMPLE BANNERTIME 2 BLASTDIR dirname usr blast where dirname is the directory that contains the BLAST support files such as systems scr modems scr blast tdf and blast hlp BLASTDIR must exist in order for BLAST to execute EXAMPLE BLAST DIR usr blast BPRINTER drivername dev Ip where drivername is the target for printer output BPRINTER can be set to a device or a print spooler EXAMPLE BPRINTER Ip c s gt dev null This will cause BLAST to issue the lp command substituting the print filename for s THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 9 EDITOR filename vi where filename is the name of the editor program that will be in voked by the Edit command from the Local menu The default is the program vi which must be located in your path EXAMPLE EDI
235. ibutions must break the IGLS cycle to perform the tasks for which they were written There are two ways to handle this situation First it may be possible to dedicate some serial ports for outbound connections and reserve others for the IGLS cycle This is the best solution but it requires at least two serial ports two modems and possibly two phone lines to implement correctly Alternatively it is possible to share a given serial port for dial in and dial out processes The IGLS cycle can be disabled on a serial port by making a simple change to inittab tty0 23 off etc getty dev ttyO where off replaces respawn This change tells init not to use dev tty0 As soon as init examines the inittab file it will shut down a getty process that is running on that port The port is now available for uses other than terminal login When the alternate process is fin ished it can reenable the serial port for logins by restoring the orig inal inittab entry As straightforward as this solution sounds it poses a problem for the system because etc inittab is a system level configuration file If a user is permitted to start or stop the IGLS cycle on any serial port at any time the integrity of the multi user environment can be easily compromised A number of mechanisms have been created to deal with this dilemma For example uugetty tries to distinguish auto matically between inbound and outbound connections setting up the serial port acco
236. icates how these characters are entered ESC CTRL TAB CTRL ENTER CTRL M A AA For example to include the escape character in a key sequence press CTRL instead of pressing ESC Some characters may appear in octal form for example CTRL may appear as 036 Soft Keys Many terminals offer a way of storing a set of often used character strings that can be sent to the remote system with a single keystroke BLAST provides this capability with Soft Keys If you highlight Soft Keys in the main window and press ENTER the Soft Key win dow Figure 17 2 will appear Keyboard Mapping Utility for the BLA ot tkeys Boftkey Sequence gt 00 ee CHANGE lt Enter gt UP E PG UP R RIGHT D HOME W SAVE s DELETE T DOWN X PG DOWN CLEFT S END Z QUIT lt Esc gt To create a Soft Key highlight the sequence for the Soft Key you have selected 0 9 and enter the text string to be sent to the remote DATA STREAM CONTROL 317 FIGURE 17 3 system when that Soft Key is pressed Each string can be up to 69 characters long BLAST allows ten Soft Keys A Soft Key is activated from within Terminal mode with the following combination ATIN Soft_Key_number where Soft_Key_number is the number key corresponding to the number of the text string For example 0 corresponds to 00 text string 1 to the 01 text string and 2 to the 02 text string BLAST Keys You can also use blastkbd to modify the BLAS
237. ices must be correctly configured on your system for BLAST to make a network connection successfully including having the host name in the etc hosts file or using Domain Name Services Connecting to a specific port number requires that the port number be found in the etc services file For more information on these configuration files consult the hosts and services man pages Suppose that you have a modem connected to port 3001 on a termi nal server called tsO1 The terminal server s name is resolved via the hosts file or Domain Name Services while the port number is in the services file You can connect to that port and access the modem by entering ts01 3001 in the Connection setup field page 69 The port number should be separated from the host name by a single space NOTE Port number 23 is reserved for telnet To use telnet sim ply enter the host name and BLAST will default to port number 23 CHAPTER TWO To use telnet with a port other than port 23 enter the host name the port number and telnet as in the example below blaster blast com 12 telnet X 25 Communications and PADs X 25 is a communications standard for transmitting data over packet switching public data networks Public data networks provide long distance networking capabilities to users whose needs are not exten sive enough to justify dedicated equipment and phone circuits The interface to the public data networks is a PAD which stands for Pa
238. ics IRIX dev ttydl Sun Solaris 2 3 or dev ttya not dev cua a dev term a Serial port device drivers must have read and write permission in or der for BLAST to access the port You can check the permissions of a device driver by using the Is command For example to check the permission on dev tty01 type the following Is dev ttyO1 You should see output similar to the following uucp uucp 77 128 Aug 24 10 47 dev tty0l1 The output crw rw rw indicates this file is a character special de vice that has universal read and write permissions If the port does not have these permissions you can change them us ing the chmod command To change permissions log in as root and type the following chmod 666 dev tty01 For more information on permissions and using chmod consult the chmod man page and Permissions on page 150 NOTE These device names are often merely links to the actual character special files Other equivalent links may exist in a given system Using Links BLAST supports links to serial port device drivers A link can insu late inexperienced users from complex device names For example to create a link named dev blast to the device driver dev term a type the following 24 CHAPTER TWO In s dev term a dev blast After creating the link you can check its existence by typing Is dev blast You should see output similar to the following lrw rw rw 2 uucp uucp 77 128 Aug 25 08 2
239. iffers from the LET state ment in that mathematical operations cannot be performed in a SET EXAMPLE SET command blast h SET BAUDRATE 9600 set baud rate in setup SET PARITY NONE set parity in setup SETTRAP capture commport data to a script variable FORMAT SETTRAP variable numeric_constant1 numeric_constant2 SETTRAP prepares a TTRAP command to capture incoming data into a user defined variable Note that SETTRAP will not perform the capture itself one or more TTRAPs must follow Once a SETTRAP is issued it remains in effect until another SETTRAP is issued therefore one SETTRAP can be used for multiple TTRAPs Variable specifies the destination for the TTRAP data It may be ei ther a new or previously used variable 252 CHAPTER FIFTEEN Numeric_constantl defines the maximum number of characters to save into the variable It must be greater than 0 and may be up to 10 7x 139 characters 10 8x 1 024 characters Only the last incoming characters specified by numeric_constantl will be saved When set to 0 SETTRAP is disabled completely and the TTRAP s following will operate normally Numeric_constant2 contains the maximum amount of characters the TTRAP s will check for a match If this value is reached the TTRAP s will return to the calling script with STATUS set to 5 and the TTRAP internal counter will be reset Note that this is not on a per T TRAP basis the val
240. ify a script filename If you do not name a directory BLAST will first search the current directory and then the SETUPDIR directory To abort a script completely press ATTN ATTN To abort a script af ter the currently executing statement completes execution press ATTN once Writing a Script The best way to learn how to write a script is by doing it First start a word processing program or a text editor on your computer If you prefer to use a word processor for creating script files be aware that your scripts must always be saved as text files not word processor documents Your scripts should be saved in the directory from which you will execute BLAST or in the SETUPDIR directory These are the only two locations in which BLAST searches for script files if you have not specified a search path After starting the editor type in the following short script hello scr Just wanted to say hi begin display Hello world return End of script Save this file under the name hello scr and go to BLAST s Online menu Choose the Script option and enter the filename hello ENTER When hello scr executes it displays the message Hello world CHAPTER TWELVE on your screen and then returns control to you About hello scr As simple as hello scr is it illustrates several important scripting concepts All the lines starting with are comments explaining the functions of the script command
241. ilar to the one shown in Figure 11 5 below BLPASSHD Version 2 00 Modify Record Password newuser Permissions GSTLERPCOA Serial Number 9876543210 0 00000 Home Directory usr jon Include mask Exclude mask exe Comment user with full permissions Password Permissions Comment gt newuser GSTLERPCOA user with full permissions olduser G LRP user with limited access Type the appropriate information into the field highlighted To move from field to field press ENTER After typing data into the Comment field and pressing ENTER you will be asked if the data you have typed is correct If it is press Y if not either press C to return to the main screen without saving changes or press N to move through the 160 CHAPTER ELEVEN IMPORTANT SECURE BLAST fields again for editing If you make no changes in any of the edit fields pressing ENTER from the Comment field will return you to the main screen Following is a detailed description of each field Password user defined Specifies the user password for an individual record This field is blank only for new records A password cannot be altered once it has been saved in the database but it can be deleted and made available for reuse with a new record by applying the reclaim command to a zapped file see R command on preceding page Permissions GSTLERPCOA or M Specifies the permissions allowed by the user during a BLAST ses sion on the host sy
242. ile which you can open and read as you would any other file For example the following script automates a BLAST session and checks for errors BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 205 set ftlog session log if exist ftlog ldelete ftlog set LOGFILE ftlog filetransfer send orange fruit esc set xferok NO initialize user flag set LOGFILE close session log fopenr 1 ftlog now open it for reading check fread 1 logline if STATUS 0 successful read strinx logline send complete crucial if STATUS 0 goto check no match set xferok YES matched set user flag end fclose 1 if xferok YES display Transfer successful else display Could not transfer the file return or whatever else Another log file the error free log is available for similar error checking The error free log or eflog contains just the status mes sages generated during a file transfer and is overwritten each time a FILETRANSFER ESC block is executed unlike the session log which is always appended Consequently an eflog can be scanned more quickly than a session log because there are fewer lines to read and discard see EF LOG on page 270 The following script fragment demonstrates how EFLOG may be used to check for errors set EFLOG xmodem log filetransfer get portland dat esc fopenr 1 EFLOG check the log fread 1 input only
243. iles A powerful feature of the BLAST Session protocol is the ability to take its commands from a transfer command file see Transfer Command File on page 115 To use a transfer command file in a script the following syntax is used filetransfer file transfer tcf esc where transfer tcf is the command filename The extension tcf is of ten used to identify a transfer command file but this convention is not required Sending Messages BLAST protocol can send messages between systems during a BLAST session see the description of the Message menu option on page 108 String variables may be substituted for all elements ex cept ESC issue the transfer command sending a message the message exit Filetransfer mode les Reports Se HE HE HR BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 195 196 Special Considerations To take full advantage of the BLAST Session protocol keep the fol lowing points in mind BLAST attempts to queue as many remote commands as possi ble like GETs before issuing local commands like SENDs This behavior permits BLAST to transmit files in both direc tions simultaneously but it also means that files may not be transmitted in the order specified in the script Many filetransfer and file management commands can be com bined into one FILETRANSFER ESC block as in the follow ing example filetransfer begin Filetransfer mode sen
244. ill be queued for transmission to the remote display Remote Performs remote system commands allowing limited ac cess to the remote computer The BLAST protocol Re mote menu commands which are similar to the Local commands are described on page 60 see also FTP Re mote Menu on page 128 and Kermit Remote Menu on page 134 Local Performs local system commands This command takes you to the Local menu described in the next section Note that all filetransfer activity is suspended while you are using the local system This inactivity may exceed the interval speci fied by the BLAST protocol Inactivity Timeout setup field page 85 and terminate Filetransfer mode File Executes a transfer command file that can control an entire BLAST protocol transfer unattended see Transfer Com mand File on page 115 Transfer Command File on page 361 and Transfer Command Files on page 364 The Local Menu 58 The Local menu Figure 4 4 next page allows you to perform op erations on your local computer including escaping to a command shell Local commands affect only files in the current directory un less you specify a pathname CHAPTER FOUR BLAST Local default usr customer IES Delete Edit Rename Type View Print Chdir System list filenames help ESC exit total 698 rw r r 1 reliable group O Jan 01 1970 drwxr xr x 5 reliable group 112 Jan 18 05 33 EPTEST rw r r 1 reliable g
245. ill be required by BLAST possibly adversely affecting throughput during file transfers BLASTscript variable WYEXPNDMEM Write Protect DIM REVERSE NORMAL Specifies the attributes used to display protected fields BLASTscript variable WYWRITEPROT Answerback up to 20 characters Contains a message to be sent to the remote computer upon receiv ing an inquiry E The message can be up to 20 characters long BLASTscript variable WYANSBACK Columns 80 132 Specifies 80 or 132 columns per row BLASTscript variable WYDISP80 Horiz Scroll Inc 1 53 10 Specifies the number of columns to scroll when the cursor reaches a column that is not currently displayed This value is used when 132 columns per row has been selected and compressed display is not available Note that a value of 1 implies smooth scrolling Any other value implies jump scrolling BLASTscript variable WYSCROLLINC CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Display Cursor YES Specifies that the cursor is visible The default of YES cannot be changed BLASTscript variable WYDSPCURSOR Return CR CRLF TAB Selects the character to send when the RETURN key is pressed The default value is CR which signifies a carriage return BLASTscript variable WYRETURN Enter CR CRLF TAB Selects the character to send when the keypad ENTER key is pressed BLASTscript variable WYENTER Comm Mode CHARACTER BLOCK Controls whether data is sent after each keys
246. ime in seconds allowed be tween the transmission of valid BLAST protocol transfer packets The default is 120 seconds If BLAST times out it will return to the Online menu A setting of 0 disables the timeout NOTE Using the Local menu during a file transfer suspends trans fer activity causing Filetransfer mode to terminate if the Inactivity Timeout interval is exceeded Ending a BLAST Session 106 The BLAST Session can be terminated in one of four ways Normal Menu Escape Press CANCEL at the Filetransfer menu or include an ESC statement in a BLAST script to end a filetransfer session The files queued for transmission and the files currently being processed complete transmission normally The computers complete an exit handshake and display normal end messages Control passes to the Online menu or to the BLASTscript state ment following the ESC NOTE For completion of the exit handshake the remote operator must have pressed CANCEL unless the remote system is in host mode or is running a script with an ESC statement in which case the re mote system will automatically recognize your command Single Attention Abort Press the ATTN key once to quit an interactive transfer or to abort a BLAST script performing a file transfer CHAPTER SIX The files queued for transmission will not be sent and the file currently being transmitted will be marked on the receiving side as interrupted The comp
247. in Chapter 12 BLAST s script commands are En glish like statements that automate communications functions This chapter defines and illustrates the use of BLAST s script commands To use the script commands correctly you must understand the data types supported by BLASTscript and the syntax rules defining a le gal script statement Data Types All data is stored as strings The number of characters in a string is limited to the following BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 219 220 10 7x 139 characters 10 8x 1 024 characters Variables Variables start with followed by up to eight characters For ex ample X Fred 123 Names are not case sensitive Thus F red f red and FRED all refer to the same variable Numeric Constants Numeric constants are sequences of digits enclosed in double quota tion marks They may not be preceded by a minus sign For example wat 4789 56 Numeric Strings Numeric strings are sequences of digits enclosed in double quotation marks Numeric strings may be preceded by a minus sign For exam ple 4 4789 56 Numeric Values Numeric values may be variables numeric constants or numeric strings as defined above String Constants String constants are alpha numeric sequences enclosed in double quotation marks For example CHAPTER FIFTEEN THIS IS A STRING CONSTANT 12345 123ABC String constants may co
248. in a particular group and for all other users on the system When you list the files in a directory the permissions assigned to each file appear as a series of letters Read write and execute are denoted by the mnemonics r w and x The permissions indicator can contain up to 10 characters but not every space will necessarily contain a letter You should think of the permissions in dicator as a single initial character plus three groups of three charac ters For example rwxr r should be interpreted as Owner Group Others E rwx r r 150 CHAPTER ELEVEN The owner of the file has all three permissions users in a particular group have only read permission and all other users have only read permission If the file is a directory the initial character will be a d Other specifiers for the initial character and other file permis sions exist as well but are beyond the scope of this discussion As a general rule set default permissions for newly created files as restrictively as possible The tool for setting default permissions is umask discussed later in this section If the owner of a file wants to allow expanded access to his files later he can manually reset the permissions using the chmod command For more information on changing file permissions please refer to the chmod man page Another parameter that affects permissions is the set uid bit which allows a p
249. ing Options Does not apply if Parameter 15 0 editing disabled Parameter 19 Editing PAD Service Signals Does not apply if Parameter 6 0 service signals disabled Parameter 20 Echo Mask Does not apply if Parameter 2 0 no echo PAD PARAMETERS 381 Parameter 21 Parity 0 No parity checking or generation default Check parity only 12 Parity generation only 13 Both parity checking and generation Should be set to 0 Parameter 22 Page Wait 0 1 255 Page wait disabled default Wait after the specified number of lines are displayed Must be set to 0 382 APPENDIX F Index Symbols APP BLAST Protocol 111 FTP 126 Kermit Protocol 132 Xmodem Protocol 140 Zmodem Protocol 143 COMP n_ 111 112 FOLLOW nn 112 FWD BLAST Protocol 112 Enabling Disabling 88 121 271 FTP 126 Xmodem Protocol 140 GROUP nn BLAST protocol 112 Kermit Protocol 132 133 Xmodem Protocol 140 OVW BLAST Protocol 112 113 Enabling Disabling 88 272 Xmodem Protocol 140 Zmodem Protocol 143 OWNER nn BLAST Protocol 113 Xmodem Protocol 140 PERMS nnnn BLAST Protocol 113 Kermit Protocol 133 Permissions Rules 152 153 Xmodem Protocol 140 141 STR BLAST Protocol 113 Enabling Disabling 88 121 271 FTP 126 Xmodem Protocol 141 TXT BLAST Protocol 114 FTP 126 Xmodem Protocol 141 Ymodem Protocol 142 Zmodem Protocol 143 STATUS 288 Commands Set by 223 Saving Value of 183 184 A Access
250. is called for logging onto the remote system If System Type is empty BLAST assumes that you do not want system han dling and the Connect process ends returning you to the Online menu or the calling script with STATUS set to 0 If an error is detected by modems scr or systems scr the scripts re turn to BLAST with STATUS set to reflect one of the errors listed below 0 Noerror 1 Unable to initialize the modem modems scr 2 No answer modems scr CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING 213 214 Can t log in wrong userid password systems scr No Carrier modems scr and systems scr Busy modems scr No Dialtone modems scr Error modems scr OK unexpected modems scr OANA BW Your script can check STATUS to determine whether a connection is successful The Disconnection Process in Detail There are four ways to disconnect from another system You can select Terminal from the Online menu and manually type the appropriate commands to the modem and the remote computer You can select Disconnect from the Online menu and allow BLAST to automate the process through the systems scr and modems scr libraries You can write a BLAST script that uses the DISCONNECT statement which operates similarly to the Disconnect com mand You can physically hang up the modem by powering off This is of course not recommended The Disconnect process attempts to log off the remote computer us ing the LOGOFF sectio
251. is ready press ATTN ATTN to exit Terminal mode and then select Upload from the Online menu Specify the desired local filename but not a remote file name After the upload is completed you will be returned to Terminal mode Save the file containing the newly captured text specify ing a name if you have not already done so on the command line and then quit the capture program Interactive Automatic Method Select the Upload command from the Online menu You must spec ify both the local and remote filenames Your computer will auto matically send the file to the remote system if text capture is supported by that system NOTE The remote computer type must be entered in the System Type setup field for this method to work because BLAST uses the system scr library to automate the process BLAST will start the re mote text capture program for you BLASTscript Automatic Method See Text Transfers on page 207 for details on scripting uploads CHAPTER TEN Downloading Text from a Remote Computer Downloading is the process of capturing text sent from another sys tem to your computer When you capture text from a remote com puter the text being downloaded will display on your screen The sending computer does not need to be running BLAST but it must have a program capable of sending text and responding to flow con trol If flow control is specified in the setup BLAST will pause transmission for a few moments when t
252. is type of flow control is of ten referred to as XON XOFF flow control software flow control or in band flow control When the setup field is set to YES BLAST attempts to set the serial port device driver to use XON XOFF flow control NO disables XON XOFF flow control XON XOFF flow control paces the flow of data by transmitting start and stop characters in the data stream For example when a modem receives an ASCII DC3 character it stops transmitting data to the computer When the modem receives an ASCII DC1 character it restarts data transmission This is analogous to starting and stopping terminal scrolling by pressing the CTRL s XOFF and CTRL Q XON keys XON XOFF flow control is the most widely used form of flow con trol and is generally quite reliable however there are some potential problems The protocol must not use the ASCII DC1 and DC3 characters to transmit data Because Xmodem and Ymodem protocols use these characters XON XOFF flow control should not be used THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 31 32 with these protocols BLAST Kermit and Zmodem protocols are compatible with XON XOFF flow control The starting and stopping of data does not happen in real time Because the XON XOFF characters are transmitted in the stream of data there may be a substantial delay from the time when the XOFF is issued and when it is received by the trans mitting device This can cause data loss if buffers are o
253. iscussion of DCD above BLAST Protocol subwindow DCD Loss Response EFERROR read write For BLAST protocol returns the error code of the last error in a file transfer see Appendix A If no error occurs during the BLAST ses sion EFERROR will remain set at 0 EFERROR should be reset to 0 for continued testing during a session Because BLAST queues filetransfer requests and then continues execution until ESC is en countered testing EFERROR within a FILETRANSFER ESC block may not produce expected results Following completion of a BLAST protocol file transfer EFERROR will be set to a transfer file management error error 31 49 see BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 269 Transfer File Management on page 340 or one of the following values reflecting the way in which Filetransfer mode was exited 0 Noerrors 1 Initialization error 2 Local operator ended activity with ATTN 3 Remote disconnect 4 Never got starting message Logon Timeout 5 Lost communications with remote system In activity Timeout 6 Private network error private network version of BLAST required 7 DCD loss during Filetransfer logon 8 DCD loss during Filetransfer session Example connect set protocol BLAST BLAST protocol only set EFERROR 0 filetransfer send testl fil recvl fil to esc if EFERROR not 0 display Error number EFERROR occ
254. iwke eens pos keene 186 Managing the Screen Display 04 191 Communicating with Other Programs 193 File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol 194 File Transfers with FTP Using 10 8x 197 File Transfers with Kermit 0 0 02 cece eees 197 File Transfers with Xmodem and Xmodeml1K 200 File Transfers with Ymodem and YmodemG 201 File Transfers with Zmodem 0 008 203 BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x 204 Using Log Files for Error Checking 205 Text Transfers 0 ce ce eee ce LERTE EE 207 14 Connecting and Disconnecting 211 Introduction bv cree yd via ee bea ee be 211 BLAST senpt Libraries 24 tne cg 4c aeesageaeee ee 3 211 The Index VOY 1 e x Gens Bet ees de tees 216 15 BLASTscript Command Reference 219 TALEO OUCHIONE shure Cu eto e BR doh T EA aR 219 Data Types oas beads aed eid a ey peed ee is takes 219 SyntaX Rules coy So teant atika eto aes ata Ea aiia 222 Commands That Set STATUS 223 10 8x Manipulation of Binary Data 224 BLASTscript Commands 200 020 eee 224 16 BLASTscript Reserved Variables 263 17 Data Stream Control 305 IMMOdUCHON 244 ooh t news See tae ee es ee Sa 305 Data Stream Filtering and Alteration 305 Standard BLAST Terminals 0 000 309 Terminal Emulation with 10 7x
255. keypad gt Keypad 3 lt keypad gt 3 Keypad 4 lt keypad gt 4 Keypad 5 lt keypad gt 5S Keypad 6 lt keypad gt 6 Keypad 7 lt keypad gt Keypad 8 lt keypad gt 8 Keypad 9 lt keypad gt 9 CHANGE lt Enter gt UP E PG UP R RIGHT D HOME W SAVE s DELETE T DOWN X PG DOWN C LEFT S END Z QUIT lt Esc gt To remap a function highlight one of the three key sequences to the right of the function and press ENTER The message Press any key to remap function is displayed Type the key or combination of keys that will serve as this function Repeat this process until you have remapped all the functions that you want then press S to save your remappings and return to the blastkbd main window Up to three key sequences maybe specified for the same function User Defined Maps A powerful feature of blastkbd is the option to create your own key board maps for different applications keyboards or users For ex ample you can customize a map for a remote database application and save it under the name data ready for use with BLAST Once you have finished working with the database you can load another map for another application To create a map press A at the blastkbd main window You will be prompted for the name of the new map Pressing ENTER will add the new map name to the list of maps in the blastkbd main window the map name will also appear as a selection in the Keyboard File setup field Pressing ENTER ag
256. king should be added to the Learn script Another area for improvement is in the use of variables At present the user ID is hard coded into the script meaning that it has a fixed value If the userid is placed in the appropriate field of the set up the script can access it with the USERID reserved variable Thus a more polished version of the Learn script might look like bank scr A script to log into the bank begin CONNECT if STATUS not 0 return ttrap 6 MIDAS gt tsend USERID CR etrap 3 2 return End of script As you can see Learn mode and your own knowledge of BLAST s scripting language simplify the process of automating your commu nications tasks CHAPTER TWELVE Writing Your Own Scripts You have now seen enough of the scripting language to begin writ ing your own scripts You may wish to read Chapter 13 which de scribes techniques for working with disk files manipulating strings and interacting with programs in your system Chapter 14 discusses the BLAST method of connecting and disconnecting which relies heavily on scripts Chapters 15 and 16 serve as reference guides for all scripting commands and reserved variables Many examples are included in these chapters to help you get started In addition sample scripts are available for download from Blaster see Connecting to Blaster on page 47 INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING 179 180 CHAPTER TWELVE Chapt
257. kxkkkkkkkkkkkkkx KARRA OK ROK OK OK OK RK RK RK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KEK Cycle 2 Site 1 Name Sam s Discount Phone 542 0307 x TCF C1S001 tcf Log C2S001 log SESSION INFORMATION No errors encountered Log file has been deleted KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK TK ROK OK OK ROK OK OK ROK RK RK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK Polling complete all sites polled successfully KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KEK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKKK KKK KKK KK KK Autopoll under cron cron is a UNIX scheduler To run Autopoll under cron you will need to create a crontab that launches BLAST The crontab usually specifies a shell procedure that starts BLAST after setting some en vironment variables like BLASTDIR and SETUPDIR A typical crontab could consist of a single entry 10 2 usr doug gopoll This line instructs cron to start the program usr doug gopoll at 2 10 every day The gopoll program may be a shell procedure such as PATH PATH usr blast BLASTDIR usr blast SETUPDIR usr doug BPRINTER lp d laser s export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR BPRINTER cd usr blast poll blast autopoll 6 nightly b This shell procedure sets environment variables needed by BLAST and ensures that the correct directory has been entered before start ing BLAST Of course on your system these environment varia
258. l device name that the user is allowed to open one entry per line Text following a is treated as a comment and will not be used by setgetty Blank lines are not permitted in the file In the following file for example Table of Ports For Use With BLAST dev ttyOO High speed 28 8 modem dev tty01 Low speed 2400 modem for use with old systems dev ttyA16 this port not available end of blasttab Updated 03 21 96 by dcb CHAPTER TWO Crw rw rw Crw rw rw the comment character before dev ttyA16 makes the port unavail able Because of the special nature of this file users other than root should not have write access to it Lock File Conventions When BLAST gains access to a communications port it creates lock files in appropriate system directories to make the port unavailable to other processes Locations and naming conventions for lock files vary among UNIX systems The following table illustrates the vari ety of implementations use the table as a guide for locating where locks are kept in your system Naming Platform Directory Convention Example SCO usr spool locks LCR ttyn LCK tty2a usr spool uucp AIX etc locks LK 1kmajmin LK 000 029 000 Solaris var spool locks LK 1kmajmin LK 000 029 000 BLAST normally removes its lock when it terminates If BLAST re ceives certain UNIX signals however it may not be able to delete the lock file before exiting In that case you or your
259. l mode begin the Xmodem or XmodemIK receive program on the remote computer specifying a filename if need ed Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Send command You will be prompted for the local filename 10 8x Optionally you may add the TXT file transfer switch see File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Xmodem on page 140 Receiving Files with Xmodem To receive a file using Xmodem In Terminal mode begin the Xmodem or Xmodem1K send pro gram on the remote computer Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Get command You will be prompted for the filename If the file already exists on the local machine you will get an error message XMODEM YMODEM AND ZMODEM PROTOCOLS 139 10 8x Optionally you may add any supported file transfer switches see File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Xmodem on page 140 For example you may overwrite an existing file and avoid an er ror message by adding the OVW switch to the local filename when prompted for the name File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Xmodem With Professional UNIX 10 8x Xmodem supports several file trans fer switches it ignores all switches that it does not support File Transfer Switches for 10 8x Using Xmodem APP Receive Append to a file with same name if it exists
260. le transfers The BLAST protocol generally runs faster and offers more features than other protocols BLASTscript variable PROTOCOL BLAST Protocol Subwindow FIGURE 5 6 84 Selecting BLAST and pressing ENTER displays the subwindow shown below in Figure 5 6 m BLAST Protocol Logon 1 0 ACK Request Frequency Inactivity 1 0 Number of Disconnect Blocks 7 Bit Channel Launch String Window Size 16 Transfer Password DCD Loss Response Enable FWD and STR Use A Protocol NO Enable OVW and Remote Cmds Filtering Send Compression Level Retransmit timer 4 Receive Compression Level Logon T O 0 999 120 Specifies the number of seconds that BLAST will attempt to estab lish a filetransfer session with the remote computer Logon Timeout affects BLAST protocol transfers and remote control sessions Timeouts can happen if There is excessive noise on the line There are parity or data stop bit mismatches BLAST is terminated unexpectedly on the remote computer The connection is lost If zero is entered no timeout will occur and BLAST will attempt to establish a filetransfer session with the remote computer indefinite ly BLASTscript variable LOGTIMO CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Inactivity T O 0 999 120 Defines the time interval in seconds that BLAST will stay connect ed after the last valid data packet has been received from the remote computer Timeouts happen if Th
261. lications keyboards or users Unlike the emulator maps user defined maps can specify functions as well as keys Running blastkbd You can start blastkbd by typing blastkbd on the command line or during a terminal session by pressing ATTN Mor ATTN E ATTN M will display the main selection window Figure 17 1 while ATTN E will take you directly to the specific map subwindow for the current em ulator From the emulator map pressing ESC will return you to Ter minal mode if that is where you started If you started blastkod from the command line pressing Esc from the main blastkbd window will return you to the command line Keyboard Mapping Utility BLAST keys SOF TKEYS BLAST HOTKEYS Emulator maps V T320 VT220 ANSI VT100 VT52 WYSE6O WYSES8 TV920 D80 ADM3A User defined maps PAT UP u ADD a SELECT lt enter gt s DOWN d DEL Ae QUIT lt ESC gt q CHAPTER SEVENTEEN FIGURE 17 2 After you have edited a keyboard map or one of the BLAST special key sets press S to save your changes Press ESC if you wish to exit without saving the changes To select a BLAST special assigned key subset or a map from the blastkbd main window use the commands described at the bottom of the window to highlight the desired selection and press ENTER NOTE In the subwindows discussed below some characters can not be entered merely by pressing the corresponding key on the key board The following table ind
262. lt gt r Terminal Select Setup lt alt gt s Terminal Modify Setup lt alt gt m Terminal New Setup lt alt gt n Terminal Write Setup lt altw Terminal Access lt alt gt a Terminal Local Edit lt alte Terminal FT Local Print Terminal FT Local Type Terminal FT Local List lt alt gt 1 Terminal FT Local View Terminal FT Access Local System Terminal FT Access Filetransfer lt altf Terminal Access Remote Reboot Access CHANGE lt Enter gt UP E PG UP R RIGHT D HOME W SAVE s DELETE T DOWN X PG DOWN C LEFT S END Z QUIT lt Esc gt Emulator Maps Emulator maps act as links between your keyboard and the terminal you are emulating For example if you are using an AT extended DATA STREAM CONTROL 319 keyboard through the VT320 emulator to a VAX minicomputer the keymap will link the Fi key to the VT320 PF1 function To select an emulator highlight the emulator in the blastkod main window and press ENTER the emulator subwindow will then appear For example if you select VT320 VT220 the subwindow in Figure 17 5 will ap pear Keyboard Mapping Utility for the 1I320 V T220 Keys Function K shif t gt lt tab gt Backspace lt ctrl gt lt back gt Del lt back gt Cursor lt up gt lt ext gt lt up gt Cursor lt down gt lt ext gt lt down gt Cursor lt lef t gt lt ext gt lt left gt Cursor Ri lt right gt lt ext gt lt right gt ioral dosent FIGURE 17 5 Keypad 2 lt
263. lus 542 5694 neil saturnS Because the logins are different different BLAST setup files are needed for each site The setups called sam and metro are cre 363 ated by running BLAST at the central site see Creating a New Set up on page 64 The Site File Using the setups you could write a site file named retail dat 1 10 20 30 40 50 Fesas aale sal verse a l aerate oor Reece al eee a Retail Site List for My Polling Network sam Sam s Discount 542 0307 sams tcf metro Metro Army Surplus 542 5694 metro tcf The first line of the file is treated as a comment because it begins with a space The last two lines are the actual site records In this case the site records may be duplicating information already speci fied in the Phone Number and Description fields of the setups If so the site records could be simplified 1 10 20 30 40 50 Prasa og Post gli d so aa a e ase aala seers till eter tes aR Retail Site List for My Polling Network Phone number and Description loaded from setups sam sams tcf metro metro tcf The site file now has an additional comment line five lines altogeth er otherwise it is equivalent to the previous site list Transfer Command Files According to the site list a transfer command file called sams tcf will be executed when Autopoll connects to Sam s Discount Mart and the transfer command file metro tcf will be executed when Autopoll connects to Metro Army Su
264. m Filtering and Alteration BLAST allows for the translation substitution or filtering remov al of individual characters in the data stream during terminal ses sions This character manipulation can be used to DATA STREAM CONTROL 305 Prevent the display of unwanted characters Display international character sets Prevent the transmission of certain key codes Remap keys to send characters other than their defaults Prevent characters from being saved in the capture file Prevent characters from being sent with a file upload For example Dow Jones News Service sends special start and end of record characters that print non ASCII characters on the screen The standard translate file supplied with BLAST filters out these characters so that they do not appear on your display If you wanted to automate your access to Dow Jones by writing a script you might need to TTRAP for these filtered characters For the TTRAP to see them you would have to change the filter in order to allow these characters to pass Translate File Format A copy of the standard translate file is on your distribution media as translat tbl This file is distributed with the defaults used when the Translate File setup field page 73 is empty The BLAST translate file contains two tables the receive table which operates on char acters received from the remote system and the transmit table which operates on characters sent to the remote system
265. m the systems scr library program BLASTscript Automatic Method Write a BLAST script that includes the FILETRANSFER state ment This script can be executed from the command line or the Online menu FILETRANSFER starts a BLAST Session on the remote sys tem and initiates the BLAST Session locally BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 103 104 NOTE The type of multi user remote operating system must be identified in the System Type setup field for this method to work BLAST will then know which automation information to retrieve from the systems scr library program Starting BLAST on a PC or Other Single User Computer If the remote computer is a single user system such as a PC you may start the BLAST Session in one of three ways Assisted Method Select Connect from the Online menu Select Filetransfer from the Online menu Have the operator on the remote machine select Filetransfer from the BLAST menu After the session has started you can control both BLAST sessions from your keyboard therefore the remote operator is no longer nec essary In order for you to be able to complete all transfers and end the session without remote assistance however the remote operator must press CANCEL before leaving so that the remote system will terminate the session on your command Unattended Method Runthe BLAST script slave scr found on your distribution me dia on the remote system This script places the
266. mand from the Local menu To change your remote working directory interac tively choose the Chdir command from the Remote menu Alternatively you may do a scripting workaround FILETRANSFER LCHDIR u Pat work Change local directory REMOTE Chdir Change working directory usr customer Name of new directory ESC SEND App Filename only no path retain file name on remote no transfer options ESC 114 CHAPTER SIX If on the receiving system you give the file a new name that is not that of a switch you can give a path For instance if in the script above App was given the new name Sales txt on the receiving ma chine you could change the script to the following FILETRANSFER LCHDIR u Pat work Change local directory Send App Filename only no path usr customer Sales txt Give new name and full path Esc Restarting an Interrupted File Transfer Disconnections and interruptions in sending long files can be costly and time consuming BLAST can restart transfer of files from the point of interruption without having to restart transmission from the beginning of the file If a filetransfer session is interrupted and you wish to restart from the point of interruption both local and remote systems must time out or be interrupted by ATTN ATTN After the session has been interrupt ed or aborted you may restart the session by following these steps Reconnect if necessary and restart th
267. mands in the script will use to refer to the file STATUS is set to the value 0 if the file is opened successfully The commands for reading writing and closing files are FREAD handle variable Read a line of text FWRITE handle string string Write a line of text FCLOSE handle Close the file To be read properly a line of text cannot be longer than the maxi mum length of a variable which is 10 7x 139 characters 10 8x 1 024 characters BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 189 When read and write operations are successful STATUS is set to 0 If they are unsuccessful for example a script attempts to read past the end of a file STATUS is set to a nonzero value Following is an example of a script that uses the file handling com mands File read write demo Open modems scr and count the number of lines Write the result in a new file called line cnt begin clear set file modems scr fopenr 1 file if STATUS not 0 werror Can t open modems scr return end fopenw 2 line cnt set count 0 display One moment please cursor 10 6 put Reading line loop fread 1 input If STATUS is 0 count line and return for another if STATUS 0 let count count 1 cursor 10 21 put count goto loop end continue end of file fwrite 2 count lines in modems scr fclose 1 fclose 2 display Done Check line cnt for lin
268. mber of retries for files being sent during the file transfer session You must have Ex tended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SSIZE read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the size of the file being sent You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SSTART read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the interrupt start point for an interrupted sent file You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SSTATUS read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the completion status of the file being sent Possible values are BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 287 SCOMP Send completed LERROR Send not completed due to local error RERROR Send not completed due to remote error SINTR Send not completed due to operator interruption You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more information SSUCESS read only For BLAST protocol stores the number of files successfully sent during a file transfer session STATUS read write command specific Returns a condition code set by the last statement that reported a completion status Most statements that succeed set STATUS to 0 and return a nonzero value for an error
269. monitor Set to YES to read incoming text correctly from this com puter type The setting for AutoLF In has no effect on text received in Capture mode BLASTscript variable AUTOLFIN AutoLF Out YES NO Controls Terminal mode actions when sending carriage returns A setting of YES causes BLAST to append a line feed to each carriage return sent out from the communications port Line feeds are often stripped from the data stream to increase throughput Set this to YES if the remote system requires a line feed after the carriage return BLASTscript variable AUTOLFOUT Wait for Echo YES NO During text uploads forces BLAST to wait for the echo of the pre viously sent character before sending another character the setting has no effect on file transfers Wait for Echo paces text uploads to slow BLAST down when the remote computer operates more slowly than the local system It is also useful when sending one line commands to modems that cannot take bursts of high speed data while in Command mode BLASTscript variable WT4ECHO CHAPTER FIVE Prompt Char NONE any ASCII character Defines the character that BLAST will use to determine when to re sume sending text After sending a line of text and a carriage return BLAST pauses until the remote system sends the prompt character Prompting is an effective form of flow control while uploading text Any single character including a control character is a valid en
270. mote system using the local filename and path if included with the local filename Typing a different filename and path if necessary will rename the file when it is created on the remote system See File Trans fer Templates Using the Character on page 110 for an ex planation of Some remote computers will interpret optional file transfer switches sent with the remote filename as file handling and file attribute controls After specifying a remote filename if any press ENTER At the prompt BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 109 IMPORTANT 110 specify transfer options t text o overwrite a append Type any combination of the letters t o and a or press ENTER only to specify no options For a fuller description of transfer options see the preceding section Transfer Options If you do not specify any options the file will be transferred to the remote system byte for byte as a binary file If the file exists on the remote system the transfer will abort After specifying options press ENTER you will be returned to the Filetransfer menu and the transfer will begin The number of bytes sent will appear as well as a percentage estimate of the amount of data transferred When the file transfer completes a message will be sent to your system Getting a File Receiving a file differs only slightly from sending a file Press G from the Filetransfer menu You will be prompted for the remote filen
271. mote working directory interac tively choose the Cwd command from the Remote menu Alternatively you may do a scripting workaround FILETRANSFER LCHDIR u Pat work Change local directory REMOTE Cwd Change working dir usr customer Name of new directory ESC SEND App Filename only no path ESC If on the receiving system you give the file a new name that is not that of a switch you can give a path For instance if in the script above App was given the new name Sales txt on the receiving ma chine you could change the script to the following FILETRANSFER LCHDIR u Pat work Change local directory Send App Filename only no path usr customer Sales txt Give new name and full path Esc FTP WITH 10 8X 127 Ending an FTP Session FTP sessions end automatically when all specified files are trans ferred and you press ESC FTP Remote Menu The Remote menu allows a user with no knowledge of the remote operating system to do limited file management on the remote sys tem Following is a brief description of the three command options of the FTP Remote menu List Operates like the Local List command except that it displays the contents of the remote current directory You will be prompted to choose either a detailed long or non detailed short list and then to specify a filename a filename using wildcard characters see Wildcards on page 110 or all
272. mple send myfile txt ENTER instructs you to type send myfile txt and then press the ENTER key In early introductory chapters ENTER is included to indicate the keystroke needed to execute input of typed data In later chapters it is assumed and omitted Italics in code indicate that the item for example a command line argument or a string value is generic and that a more spe cific item is needed For example in the following lines of code Connect Filetransfer Send local_filename remote_filename to esc specific filenames should be given for local_filenameand remote_filename An exception to this convention is the all italic format used for command descriptions in Chapter 15 Differences between BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x and BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x and features unique to one or the other are indicated in headings and tables throughout the manual The term local computer refers to the machine closest to you whereas remote computer refers to the system to which your local machine is connected The term interactive describes BLAST operation from the keyboard When operating interactively a user presses keys to control the program Alternatively a user may write a BLAST script to control the program Finally Terminal mode describes BLAST operation as a ter minal to a remote computer For example if you are going to CHAPTER ONE use BLAST to connect to a remote U
273. n Counting down Counting down Counting down Counting down Counting down BLAST off Manipulating Text A number of script commands are available for manipulating text files and text strings The commands that work with text strings in clude STRCAT stringl string2 Combine two or more strings to make a single longer string The longer string re places stringl 186 CHAPTER THIRTEEN Sh oe HR HR E E HR Hh STRINX stringl string2 Find the first occurrence of string2in stringl STATUS holds the position of the first character in st ring1 where a match was found STRLEN stringi Find the length of a string STATUS is set to the value of the length STRRINX stringl string2 Find the last occurrence of string2 in stringl STATUS holds the starting character po sition of the last occurrence in st ring1 where a match was found STRTRIM stringl positionl position2 Extract a substring of st ring1 beginning at position and ending at position2 After the substring has been extracted the value of string is set to substring There are other commands for string manipulation such as the com mands to find the ASCII value of a character to convert all charac ters in a string to upper or lower case and to request interactive string input from the user These and other commands for string ma nipulation are discussed in Chapter 15 The following example illustrates the use
274. n addition blastkbd includes Emulator Maps and User Defined Maps Below is a brief description of each followed by sections giving instructions on mapping and or remapping each key set Soft Keys Soft Keys allow you to send often used character strings to a remote system with a single keystroke The use of Soft Keys is described later in this chapter BLAST Keys BLAST uses special key sequences to differentiate between local commands and characters meant for the remote sys DATA STREAM CONTROL 315 FIGURE 17 1 316 tem The BLAST Keys perform local functions such as exiting Ter minal mode The BLAST Keys are listed in Appendix B Hot Keys Hot Keys access often used functions from Terminal Filetransfer and Access modes Hot Keys are essentially macros that activate BLAST menu commands and return you to your start ing point with just a few keystrokes Typing ALT F from a console in Terminal mode for example starts Filetransfer mode and automat ically returns you to Terminal mode when file transfer is completed The Hot Keys are listed in Appendix B Emulator Maps These are the keyboard maps for the existing em ulators within the BLAST program With blastkbd you can reroute existing functions to different keys on your keyboard For a list of keys for the existing emulators see Terminal Emulation Keys for 10 7x on page 348 User Defined Maps You can create your own keyboard maps for different app
275. n in systems scr Control is then transferred to the HANGUP section in modems scr to hang up the modem If an error is detected by modems scr or systems scr the scripts re turn to BLAST with STATUS set to reflect one of the errors listed below 0 Noerror 1 Unable to initialize the modem modems scr 3 Can t log out correctly systems scr Sample Modem Script The following script illustrates the parts of a modem script You can incorporate this script into modems scr or keep it as a separate file quick scr If you incorporate the script into modems scr you must index the script see The Index Utility on page 216 If you incor CHAPTER FOURTEEN porate and index the script it will appear automatically as a new mo dem type in the Modem Type setup field Otherwise you must enter it manually into the Modem Type setup field gt QUICK A sample modem control script illustrating the required sections DIAL ANSWER HANGUP and END DIAL if NULL PHONENO ask enter phone number PHONENO if NULL PHONENO or STATUS 1 return 1 end tsend ATDT PHONENO CR ttrap 45 CONNECT NO CARRIER BUSY NO DIAL if STATUS 1 ttrap 015 return 0 end let STATUS STATUS 2 set up return code return STATUS ANSWER tsend ATSO 1 CR ttrap CONNECT return 0 HANGUP drop dtr wait 2 raise dtr return 0 END He oR End of quick sc
276. nd systems that you are not likely to need BLAST will al ways look for individual files in the directory specified by the BLASTDIR environment variable before using the standard librar ies For example if you specify tblazer in the Modem Type setup field or set G MODEM to tblazer CONNECT will use a stand alone script named tblazer scr if it exists to control modem handling in stead of the tblazer entry in modems scr The Connection Process in Detail The modems scr library can be used to automate the connect pro cess If the Modem Type setup field is empty or set to hardwire BLAST assumes that your system is hardwired to the remote com puter and modems scr is not opened When a Modem Type has been selected and the Originate Answer setup field is set to ANSWER control is passed to the ANSWER sec tion in modems scr which initializes the modem and waits for the call When the Originate Answer field is set to ORIGINATE and the Connect command or CONNECT statement is used control is passed to the DIAL section If a phone number is specified in the phone number field DIAL sends the phone number characters field to the modem as a dial command If the Phone Number field is empty DIAL prompts the user to enter a number After dialing it waits for a message from the modem indicating a successful connection has been made Ifa System Type is specified the corresponding LOGON section in systems scr
277. nformation about the serial port the user s UID and other parameters setgetty and ttymgr Setgetty first checks for a file called blasttab in the BLAST direc tory If blasttab exists and is readable setgetty will only allow ac cess to ports listed in the file The device named in the Connection field of the setup must match one of the entries in blasttab After other checks are completed setgetty calls ttymgr the program that actually does the work of enabling and disabling the port Owned by root ttymgr runs with its set uid bit enabled It either modifies etc inittab SVR3 or calls pmadm SVR4 If an error occurs BLAST will display the message can t open the communications port In the event of an error you can examine the contents of usr tmp ttymgr log to determine the cause of the prob lem A complete description of the log format is beyond the scope of this manual If you need to call BLAST Technical Support to help solve the problem the support staff may need information contained in the log If the port is successfully opened BLAST resumes exe cution at the Online menu and the user can select Connect Termi nal or other Online functions Format of blasttab The presence of blasttab allows BLAST to prevent users from opening unauthorized ports on the system blasttab must exist in the BLAST directory and have read permission enabled The format of the file consists of the full path of the character specia
278. ng these parameters set correctly significantly affects filetransfer and CHAPTER TWO terminal scrolling speeds In Answer or Originate mode BLAST reads your setup file and attempts to set the device driver parameters accordingly when you go online When you log into a UNIX system the system sets serial port pa rameters according to values in the etc gettydefs file When BLAST is run in host mode on that system using the h switch it does not attempt to reset serial port parameters This generally works well but in rare circumstances it may be necessary to change the settings before BLAST is invoked UNIX provides the command stty for this purpose Viewing Serial Port Parameters with stty To view the serial port parameters for the port into which you are currently logged type stty a You should see output similar to the following speed 38 4 bps eucw 1 0 0 0 scrw 1 0 0 0 intr c quit erase kill u eof d eol lt undef gt eol2 lt undef gt swtch lt undef gt start q stop s susp z dsusp y rprnt r flush o werase w Inext v parenb parodd cs8 cstopb hupcl cread clocal loblk crtscts parext ignbrk brkint ignpar parmrk inpck istrip inlcr igncer icrnl iuclc ixon ixany ixoff imaxbel isig icanon xcase echo echoe echok echonl noflsh tostop echoctl echoprt echoke defecho flusho pendin iexten opost olcuc onlcr ocrnl onocr onlret ofill
279. nge current directory com mand for that operating system Alternatively you may do a scripting workaround To change the lo cal working directory use the LCHDIR command To change the re mote working directory using the Kermit server issue a F TLETRANSFER REMOTE Cwd multi line command statement To change the remote working directory using simple Kermit or Kermit server TSEND a change working directory command to the remote For example the following script fragment changes the current remote directory on a UNIX machine to u sales TSEND cd u sales CR See File Transfers with Kermit on page 197 for more on scripting for Kermit Kermit Remote Menu Notice that the Kermit Remote menu Figure 8 2 next page offers a selection of commands different than those of the BLAST proto col These functions operate on the remote system in Kermit server mode Unreliable results can occur however if you use a command that is not directly supported by the server The Remote menu com mands are Directory Displays the server s current working directory or a directory you specify wildcards can be used 134 CHAPTER EIGHT FIGURE 8 2 BLAST KermitRemote default usr Erase Type Cwd Space Who Message hOst Kermit Help list remote filenames loca xfer file size byte cnt retries lt idle gt lt idle gt help ESC exit Erase Deletes a file in the se
280. no override Zmodem Protocol subwindow Conversion Override BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 301 302 ZMCRC read write 16 BITS 32 BITS For Zmodem transfers specifies which CRC error detection is to be used Zmodem Protocol subwindow CRC ZMCTLESCR read write YES NO For Zmodem transfers specifies whether all control characters re ceived will be link escape encoded for transparency Zmodem Protocol subwindow Esc All Control Chars ZMCTLESCS read write YES NO For Zmodem transfers specifies whether all control characters sent will be link escape encoded for transparency Zmodem Protocol subwindow Esc All Control Chars ZMEXIST read write YES NO For Zmodem transfers specifies whether transfers will occur only if the file already exists on the destination system Zmodem Protocol subwindow File Must Already Exist ZMFRMLEN read write 0 24 1024 For Zmodem transfers limits frame length and forces the sender to wait for a response from the receiver before sending the next frame The default 0 specifies no limit to frame length Zmodem Protocol subwindow Limit Frame Length CHAPTER SIXTEEN ZMMANAGR read write NONE PROTECT CLOBBER APPEND For Zmodem transfers specifies a file management option for files received See the File Management setup field on page 97 for a de scription of each option Zmodem Protocol subwindow File Management ZMMANAGS read write NONE PROTECT
281. not be able to receive files without the remote user sending the password 122 CHAPTER SIX Chapter 7 FTP with 10 8x Introduction BLAST includes FTP for transferring files with systems via TCP networks To choose FTP select FTP from the Protocol setup field page 84 or set the reserved variable PROTOCOL page 281 to FTP ina script Starting an FTP Session If you have selected FTP as your protocol choose Filetransfer from the Online menu BLAST will automatically log into the remote system using the values from the Userid and Password setup fields FTP WITH 10 8X 123 FTP Filetransfer Menu FIGURE 7 1 You will notice from the screen shown in Figure 7 1 below that the FTP Filetransfer menu is slightly different from the menu displayed during a BLAST protocol session Following is a brief description of the command options of this menu Send Sends a file to the remote system Get Retrieves a file from the remote system Local Performs local system commands This command takes you to the Local menu Note that all filetransfer activity is suspended while you are using the local system Remote Performs remote system commands This option allows a user with no specific knowledge of the remote operating system to manage remote files For example a user can delete a file without actually typing the delete command of the remote operating system see FTP Remote Menu on page 128
282. ns with 0123456789 has any number as the eleventh digit and has any combination of numbers for the last five digits If the serial number of the remote executable and the serial number in the record do not match access will not be allowed Home Directory user defined Specifies the directory to which the host computer changes upon validating the password Files will be transferred into and out of this directory unless the user has permission to change to another direc tory The user must have normal UNIX permission for the directory named as the home directory or he will see the error message In valid Home directory when sending his password Zf this field is left blank access will not be allowed Include mask user defined Specifies the files that can be accessed by the remote user If a direc tory is specified in the include mask the user must have both BLAST chdir permission and UNIX permission for that directory The wildcards and may be included anywhere in the include mask For example file dat would allow a user to transfer file1 dat and file2 dat while db would allow access to all dbf files in any directory If this field is left blank no files can be access ed The include mask will never override your operating system s per mission or access system The user will not be able to access a file or directory using BLAST unless UNIX read write and execute permissions are correctly set
283. nt transfer Note that this value can be different than the ac tual file size You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See XLOG for more information RCLASS read only For BLAST protocol stores the BLAST class number of the remote system This is valid during and after file transfer RCOMP_LEV read write 0 6 4 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the maximum receiving level of compression that can be used during a session Level 0 spec ifies no compression level 6 specifies the highest compression lev el BLAST Protocol subwindow Receive Compression Level RETRAN read write 0 9999 4 For BLAST protocol transfers sets the maximum number of sec onds BLAST will pause before resending a packet For example if BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 281 282 WDWSTZ is set to 5 and RETRAN is set to 30 BLAST will at tempt to resend the fifth packet every 30 seconds if no acknowledge ment is received BLAST Protocol subwindow Retransmit Timer RFAILURE read only For BLAST protocol stores the number of files unsuccessfully re ceived during a file transfer session RLINEQ read only For BLAST protocol transfers stores the current receiving line qual ity Possible values are GOOD FAIR POOR or DEAD RLQ read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the line quality for the file being received You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return
284. ntain special control characters Xe carriage return l linefeed f formfeed b backspace t tab backslash character xxx where xxx is the three digit octal value of the character ex cept for the octal value of null 000 which is not permit ted because null characters are treated as end of string characters When encountered nulls stop string processing Specifically keep the backslash character in mind in writing scripts when your remote computer is a PC running DOS If you quote a pathname you will need to use double backslashes as in the follow ing example set mydir DOS cih filetransfer send cih mydir esc If you want to include quotation marks in a DISPLAY or WRITE statement a backslash must precede the quotation marks otherwise BLAST interprets the second quotation mark as the end of the string For example to display the following Processing Weekly Reports please wait your script statement would be display Processing Weekly Reports please wait Control characters may be coded in a string by preceding the char acter with For example M is equivalent to r and 015 set msg 3 carriage returns M r 015 To code a single in a string two characters are coded together BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 221 String Values String values may be string constants or variables as defined above Reserved Variables Reserved variable values
285. nterfere with your system s designat ed control codes In particular do not use M which is the control code for a carriage return Check your system manual for more in formation about special control codes before you reassign the atten tion key 73 10 8x You can turn off the attention key in a script by setting ATTKEY to a null value When the script terminates its value is reset to its previous setting We recommend that you do not change this setting BLASTscript variable ATTKEY Emulation 10 7x PASSTHRU VT320 any valid terminal emulator The terminal values are PASSTHRU in which the characters received by the serial port are displayed without change TTY and the following terminal emulators VT320 VT220 VI100 VT52 PC ANSI TV920 D80 ADM3A WYSE50 and WYSE60 10 8x TTY PASSTHRU The terminal values are PASSTHRU in which the characters re ceived by the serial port are displayed without change and TTY BLASTscript variable EMULATE DEC VT Emulation Subwindow for 10 7x FIGURE 5 3 74 Selecting any of the VT emulators and pressing ENTER will display a subwindow of extended configuration options The VT320 subwin dow is pictured in Figure 5 3 the VT220 VT100 and VT52 sub windows are variations of the VT320 subwindow Not all of the following setup fields will appear in every subwindow m 1T320 Emulation 7 8 Bit Control
286. numeric keypad keys will send numbers NUMERIC or programming functions APPLICATION defined by the application BLASTscript variable VTKEYPAD Cursor Keys Mode NORMAL APPLICATION Specifies whether the cursor keys will control cursor movement NORMAL or send application control functions APPLICATION BLASTscript variable VTCURSOR 75 Reset Terminal YES NO Specifies resetting many of the VT320 operating features such as scrolling regions and character attributes to their factory default val ues upon entering Terminal mode YES resets these values the value of this variable is then automatically reset to NO BLASTscript variable VTRESET Clear Screen YES NO Specifies clearing of the terminal s video display the next time you enter Terminal mode YES clears the terminal s video display the value of this variable is then automatically reset to NO BLASTscript variable VTCLRSCRN Answerback Msg up to 30 characters Contains a message to be sent to the remote computer upon receiv ing an inquiry E The message can be up to 30 characters in length BLASTscript variable VTANSBACK User Def Keys UNLOCKED LOCKED Specifies whether the host system can change user defined key UDK definitions BLASTscript variable VTUSERKEYS Text Cursor YES NO Specifies whether to display the text cursor BLASTscript variable VTTEXTCURS Cursor Type BLOCK LINE Specifies whether the cur
287. nvoking Autopoll from the command line is blast autopoll max_cycles site_file start_time If autopoll scr has not been entered in the Script File field of the setup the command line must explicitly include the script blast autopoll sautopoll scr max_cycles site_file start_time AUTOPOLL Other command line switches may be required under certain condi tions For example if you intend to run Autopoll from cron you must disable terminal output by including the b or n switch on the command line see Autopoll under cron on page 368 The command line parameters have the following meaning autopoll the autopoll setup sautopoll scr the autopoll script max_cycles the maximum number of attempts to complete all specified transfers site_file the filename stub the part of the filename before the extension of the site description file start_time optional the time in 24 hour format that Au topoll will begin polling The WAIT UNTIL command in BLASTscript requires the 24 hour format If this parameter is omitted Auto poll begins polling immediately TRACE optional the command to enable a capture file of the entire polling session The capture file contains the text of login dialogs modem ini tialization commands and so forth This fea ture is used primarily for troubleshooting Here are some example command lines blast autopoll 3 retail 10 45 blast autopoll 1 northwest n amp blast au
288. o Receive 97 143 Auto Scroll 79 Auto Wrap 77 78 79 AutoLF In 82 AutoLF Out 82 Baud Rate 71 Block End 81 Block Check Type 91 Character Delay 83 Clear Screen 76 Columns 80 Comm Mode 81 Connection 69 Connection T O 69 70 Conversion Override 94 CRC 97 Cursor Keys Mode 75 Cursor Type 76 Data Stop Bits 72 DCD Loss Response 86 Delay 91 Description 67 Display Cursor 81 Emulation 74 312 Enable FWD and STR 88 Enable OVW and Remote Cmds 88 End of Packet Char 89 Enter 81 EOT Timeout 92 INDEX 393 Error Detection 94 Esc All Control Chars 96 Expanded Memory 80 File Conversion 93 97 File Management 97 File Must Already Exist 94 Filename Conversion 91 Filtering 86 Full Screen 81 Horiz Scroll Inc 80 Horizontal Scroll 75 Inactivity Timeout 85 Incomplete File 92 Intl Char Set 77 Jump Scroll Inc 75 Keyboard File 72 320 321 Launch String 87 Limit Block Length 96 Limit Frame Length 96 Line Delay 83 Local Echo 82 Log File 73 Logon T O 84 Management Option 95 Modem Type 70 71 New Line 77 Number of Disconnect Blocks 87 Originate Answer 70 Packet Size 17 18 90 98 Pad Character 90 93 Padding 90 91 Page Length 79 Parity 71 Password 69 Phone Number 67 Print Mode 77 Print Screen 77 Prompt Char 83 Protocol 84 Receive Compression Level 88 Reset Terminal 76 Resume Interrupted File 94 Retransmit Timer 86 Return 81 RTS CTS Pacing 30 72 Script File 72 73 Send Compression Level
289. o the END are executed When execution speed is important use this statement instead of GOTO Also programs using this programming structure are gener ally easier to understand and maintain than programs using GOTO Ok to Log on answer TYRES display Now Logging on tsend QUSERID CR END ELSE display Will not attempt to Log on tsend E CR END LCHDIR change working directory FORMAT LCHDIR string _value LCHDIR changes the current working directory on the local comput er to the directory specified in the string_value If LCHDIR is suc cessful STATUS is set to 0 244 CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE LCHDIR work change directory to work if STATUS 0 if the return status is 0 display CHDIR ok success end LDELETE delete a file on the local system FORMAT LDELETE string_value LDELETE deletes from the local computer the file specified in string_value If LDELETE is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE LDELETE sales jun if STATUS 0 display sales jun deleted LET perform simple arithmetic FORMAT LET variable numeric value numeric value LET does simple integer arithmetic The expression is evaluated from left to right with no grouping or precedence The result is placed into a variable The maximum and minimum integer values are 32 767 and negative 32 768 When an integer becomes too l
290. ocal_filename remote_filenam ESC Transferring More Than One File Unless you exit simple Kermit or Kermit server on the remote com puter you do not have to issue the command to start Kermit for ev ery transfer block only the first one For example you could run the following script nnect END kermit x CR ET alesReport txt torelSales txt END torelInventory txt nventory txt ESC TSEND quit CR nO HnNnNnNNNAH A For simple Kermit however you do have to issue the simple Kermit send or get command each time you transfer a file as in the follow ing example Connect TSEND kermit CR TSEND send SalesReport txt CR Filetransfer BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 199 Receive StorelSales txt ESC TSEND receive StorelInventory txt CR Filetransfer Send Inventory txt ESC TSEND quit CR File transfer scripts can be improved by adding error checking fea tures For a discussion of error checking in file transfer scripts see Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 File Transfers with Xmodem and Xmodem1K Before writing scripts for Xmodem and Xmodem1K you may want to review the general information in Chapter 9 on the use of these protocols Learn mode page 176 is also a good tool for obtaining a rough draft of the script you will need in a particular case Sending Files Before issuing a SEND command you must issue the Xmodem re ceive
291. ode The Help Key When the cursor rests on a command in the menu pressing HELP will display Help about that particular topic After displaying text re lated to the command BLAST displays a general Help section on other topics Other Special Keys with 10 7x Other special types of keys are available with BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x See Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 and Appendix B for details 53 The Offline Menu FIGURE 4 1 54 The Offline menu Figure 4 1 is the first one displayed when you execute the BLAST program The display includes three sections the Command Area the Scrolling Area and the Status Line See The BLAST Screen on page 40 for a description of these sections We will be concerned here primarily with the Command Area spe cifically the Command Line BLAST Offline default usr New Modify Write Remove Local lEarn Online load a setup file help ESC exit If this is the first time that BLAST has run the Help screen will ap pear press CANCEL to leave the Help screen For Online Help press the HELP key when the cursor rests on the appropriate command Setup Commands Five of the commands in the Command Line of the Offline menu af fect the setups listed in the Setup Directory and displayed in the Set up window see What is a Setup on page 63 more details Following is a brief description of each command Select Displays an input field for
292. odify session pa rameters The line following KERMIT is the message Kermit language command to be issued to the Kermit server forexample SET FILE TYPE BINARY HELP Display a short list of the available commands on the server EXAMPLE tsend kermit x CR start kermit server on remote FILETRANSFER nter Filetransfer mode get 236 CHAPTER FIFTEEN daily dat new dat REMOTE start REMOTE commands CWD usr customer TYPE contactlist txt ESC nd REMOTE commands send sendme fil toyou fil ESC nd Kermit protocol session FLUSH clear the input buffer FORMAT FLUSH FLUSH clears the communications port input buffer Only charac ters received after the FLUSH command has been executed will be available EXAMPLE FLUSH empty buffer ttrap 10 trap for FOPENA open a file for appending FORMAT FOPENA numeric_constant string_value FOPENA opens a file for appending If the file does not exist it will be created If it does exist it will be opened and subsequent writes will append data to the end of the file String_value is the filename of the file to be opened Numeric_constant is a number called a han dle that other file statements use to refer to the file The file handle can range from 1 to the number of file handles available through the operating system If FOPENA is successful STATUS is set
293. of zero If numeric_value is a variable the countdown occurs but the variable retains its initial value EXAMPLE REPS 3 loop three times Loop display hello IF REPS GOTO loop decrement if REPS greater display goodbye than 0 branch to loop RETURN return to a calling program FORMAT RETURN numeric_constant RETURN returns control to the menu system or the calling BLAST script STATUS of the calling script is set to numeric_constant or 0 if no numeric constant is specified EXAMPLE RETURN 1 return with STATUS set to 1 SAVE save a BLAST setup FORMAT SAVE SAVE saves the current setup EXAMPLE SAVE Save current setup BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 251 SELECT select a system setup FORMAT SELECT string_value SELECT loads a setup from the directory specified by the SETUPDIR environment variable String_value is the name of the setup If the setup is in a subdirectory of the directory specified by SETUPDIR the relative path must be included with the filename The setup name should not include the su extension This statement operates like the Offline menu Select command If the setup has been successfully loaded STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE SELECT Blaster If OK display Setup successfully loaded Else display Couldn t load setup SET set script variables to a string FORMAT SET variable string_value SET assigns a value to a variable SET d
294. of disk space is a common cause of this error size conflict filename is too long or invalid a file already exists with that name error reading file directory Check the permissions of the directory error writing to disk disk is full APPENDIX A 48 49 permission denied Your user profile on a multi user system or the file at tributes do not permit the current BLAST operation transfer not allowed Utility File Management Scripting ERROR MESSAGES error opening a data file error creating a data file error deleting a data file error closing a data file error positioning within a data file error reading from a data file error writing to a data file error in the size of a data file error renaming a data file directory specified in environment is invalid SETUPDIR is not a directory OPTDIR is not a directory script variable is READ only user defined script error command cannot find entry in modems scr or systems scr no matching label for GOTO error executing COMMAND COM all local commands complete invalid file transfer switch specified cannot overwrite or append unknown file type file already exists too many open scripts cannot load setup setup already exists or cannot be created not a valid directory no setups found no setup has been selected upload cancelled 8 bit protocol requires an 8 bit channel switching to 7 bit packet size is too large packet size too small for Ac cess
295. of string commands String demo extract first and last name from a string Set variables set name Johnson Alfred set first name set last name Find the comma in the name string strinx name Move to last char of last name and extract last name let STATUS STATUS 1 strtrim last 1 STATUS display Client s last name last Move forward to first char of first name and extract everything from there to the end of the string let STATUS STATUS 2 strtrim first STATUS BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 187 se oe HR se HE display Client s first name first Rebuild full name by concatenating first and last names strcat first last display Client s full name first return End of script Capturing Text Two commands TCAPTURE and SETTRAP are available for cap turing text as it enters the serial port The TCAPTURE command is used if the text is to be placed in a disk file The following script il lustrates a simple implementation of TCAPTURE Capture demo tcapture on sales rpt Pause script until 4 sec of quiet elapses wait 4 idle tcapture off End of script The TCAPTURE command itself does not initiate the text capture Text capture starts when a WAIT TSEND TTRAP or TUPLOAD command is executed The second method SETTRAP allows incoming text to be captured into a script variable The SETTRAP command itself do
296. ogram is printed on this card When placing a call to BLAST Technical Support please have this number available Also please read the card fill it out and send it immediately to BLAST Inc One Installation Guide and one User Manual If the package does not contain all of these items please call the BLAST Customer Support staff BLAST Professional Features BLAST Professional is designed to connect your computer with a variety of other computers You may use one of the following con nections 0 Communications devices such as modems X 25 PADs or ISDN Terminal Adaptors and other virtual asynchronous cir cuits attached to RS 232 ports Hardwired RS 232 connections Telnet sockets Raw TCP IP sockets CHAPTER ONE BLAST transfers files to and from remote computers with the fast 100 error free BLAST Session protocol Alternatively you may choose from one of the following protocols Xmodem Ymodem Zmodem or Kermit BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x users may also choose FTP The BLAST scripting language is a powerful but simple to use pro gramming language It allows the automation of communications tasks Creation of scripts is simplified by the Learn mode feature of BLAST Activate Learn mode and let BLAST write the script for you as you perform a communications task All UNIX products support TTY and PASSTHRU modes which en sure complete and accurate transmission of control characters to the terminal hardware
297. onds that BLAST will wait before checking for an end of file marker when trans ferring a file that is being continuously updated When FOLLOW is used and BLAST detects an end of file marker for the file being transferred the file s creation date and time are examined to see if they are set to the operating system s cre ation date and time If so BLAST will wait for the FOLLOW timeout value before attempting to read the file again If the date and time are set to any other valid date and time normal end of file processing will occur 10 8x BLAST will transfer additions to the file as they occur until nn seconds have elapsed from the last addition to the file FWD GROUP nn OVW Delete file from sending system if the transfer was successful The FWD switch is disabled by de fault To enable it toggle the Enable FWD and STR setup field page 88 in the BLAST Protocol subwindow to YES For the FWD switch to work it must be enabled on the sending system NOTE The FWD switch is a very powerful fea ture of BLAST Because it allows files to be auto matically deleted from the sending system always exercise caution when using it Preserve or set the group of the file where nn is an positive decimal integer that specifies the file group ID Overwrite a file with the same name if it exists The ability to use the OVW switch is enabled by CHAPTER SIX default To disable use of it toggle
298. ontrol over the Host PC Access mode If your Control mode is set to Access then press A from the Online menu to enter Access mode You will then have complete control over the Host PC All of your keystrokes are sent to the Host PC and all of the Host PC s screen displays are sent to your system Access mode offers a number of powerful features See Using Access Mode below for complete details File Transfer Only mode If your Control mode is set to File Transfer Only then press F from the Online menu to enter BLAST Filetransfer mode The BLAST Filetransfer menu will then appear and you will be able to Send and Get files and execute oper ating system commands from the Local and Remote menus Terminal mode If your Control mode is set to Terminal then press T from the Online menu to enter Terminal mode Terminal mode is limited to ASCII text display Programs using graphics or full screen text modes will execute but the screen display will be corrupted and no error detection will be performed Terminal mode requires special keyboard sequences to send control characters See Using Terminal Mode with 10 7x and 10 8x on page 330 Disconnecting from the Host PC From Access mode Press ATTN ESC to return to the Online menu From File Transfer Only mode Press Esc to return to the Online menu From Terminal mode Press ESC CTRL L to log off of the Host PC and then press ATTN ATTN to return to the Online m
299. onversion and overwrite SEND send a file with BLAST DOC might be lots of these files resolve multiple names with SEND send a file with no remote filenam samename fil this will also be the remote nam t send as text file ESC end BLAST protocol session BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 231 FILETRANSFER LOCAL perform local commands using BLAST protocol 10 8x perform local commands using FTP FORMAT FILETRANSFER LOCAL LIST DELETE RENAME TYPE PRINT CHDIR SYSTEM SHORT LONG filename oldname filename filename pathname command ESC S filename newname ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC 232 ESC This multi line statement performs Local menu commands within a F TLLETRANSFER ESC block using BLAST protocol or in BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x using FTP Note that Local menu com mands may also be performed with the LLIST LDELETE LPRINT LTYPE LRENAME and LCHDIR statements LOCAL is followed by one or more commands Most of the com mands are followed by a filename which may include wildcards or a string variable Please note that lengthy local functions may force either the remote system or your system to time out so keep local functions as short as possible or change the Inactivity T O setup field to allow more time LIST Display your local directory listing The line after LIST must specify either S
300. oose either a detailed long or non detailed short list and then to specify a filename you may use a spe cific filename a filename with wildcard characters for exam ple or press ENTER to display all files in the current remote directory Delete Deletes a single file or multiple files from the remote sys tem You may use a specific filename or a filename with wildcard characters for example Rename Renames a remote file Type Displays a remote file on the BLAST screen Print Prints a remote file to the remote printer Chdir Changes the current remote directory to one that you name BLAST will check this directory for any files that you spec ify with the Remote menu commands More Scrolls a page of data when either the List or Type com mands cause more than one full screen of data to be re ceived You will be prompted to execute the More command in order to see the remaining pages one page at a time Automating the BLAST Session Protocol The BLAST Session protocol can be fully automated through script ing For information on writing scripts using the BLAST protocol see File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol on page 194 Fine Tuning the BLAST Session Protocol Packet Size Most computers can process packets of 256 characters Set the Pack et Size setup field page 90 to 256 or higher unless the phone line quality is poor Small packet sizes reduce the number of b
301. option File management CLOBBER Esc all control chars Esc all control chars NO Limit block length Limit frame length Size of Tx window 0 _ CRC 32 BITS Resume Interrupted File YES NO Continues an aborted binary file transfer from the point of interrup tion The destination file must already exist and be smaller than the source file BLASTscript variable ZMRESUME File Must Already Exist YES NO Transfers the file only if it already exists on the destination system BLASTscript variable ZMEXIST Conversion Override NONE ASCII BINARY Allows the sender to specify to the receiver whether the data should be treated as BINARY or ASCII data overriding the File Conver sion setting of the receiving system If NONE is selected the data is handled according to the receiver s file conversion parameter BLASTscript variable ZMCONVS CHAPTER FIVE 10 8x ASCII Line Termination CR LF CR For sending ASCII files to nonstandard implementations of Zmo dem specifies line feed conversion for ASCII files When ZMCONVS ASCII the default CR LF specifies that line feeds be converted to CR LF CR specifies no conversion BLASTscript variable ZMALT THE SETUP Management Option NONE PROTECT CLOBBER NEWER NEWER LONGER DIFFERENT APPEND Specifies a file management option for files sent Possible values are NONE The file is transferred if it does not already exist on the
302. or a specified time of day FORMAT WAIT UNTIL HH MM string_value WAIT UNTIL pauses the script until the time is hh hours 24 hour clock and mm minutes EXAMPLE WAIT UNTIL 2 02 wait till 2 02 am WAIT UNTIL 1 00 wait till 1 00 am WAIT UNTIL 13 30 wait until 1 30 pm WERROR write an error message to the second menu line FORMAT WERROR string_constant WERROR writes an error message to the operator and the log file If ONERROR is set to the default setting STOP WERROR pauses for a key to be pressed before continuing Do not use this statement when writing a BLAST script that will be unattended unless ONERROR is set to CONTINUE EXAMPLE WERROR no response display error message return 1 return with STATUS set to 1 WRITE write a message to the second menu line FORMAT WRITE string_constant WRITE displays a message to the operator and the log file without pausing as in WERROR EXAMPLE WRITE dialing CHICAGO BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 261 262 CHAPTER FIFTEEN Chapter 16 BLASTscript Reserved Variables BLASTscript reserved variables are an important part of any pro gram that tests the condition of the communication session or the re sults of other statements There are two types of BLASTscript reserved variables read only and read write BLAST scripts can test a physical signal or logical condition using read only variables With read write variables scripts m
303. orksheets Appendix F PAD Parameters INDEX 351 355 357 357 358 358 360 361 362 363 366 368 369 370 373 377 383 Chapter 1 Introduction BLAST Software Registration Thank you for buying our communications software and welcome to the world of BLAST Before doing anything else it is very important that you complete the Warranty Registration Card Without it we cannot provide you with the complete support and continued service that comes with every copy of BLAST The services available to registered owners of BLAST include A ninety day warranty stating that the software will operate according to specifications in effect at the time of purchase Professional help from our experienced Technical Support staff for a nominal fee O New product announcements Discounts on product upgrades h INTRODUCTION Extended warranties custom support special training and corporate licensing are also available Please call BLAST Inc at 919 542 3007 or refer to the enclosed literature for more information The BLAST Package The BLAST package contains the following items 0 0 One media package containing the BLAST program and sup port files One BLAST Professional License Agreement and Warranty It is important to read and understand the terms and conditions in this document before opening the media package One Warranty Registration Card The serial number of your BLAST pr
304. orm local functions such as exiting Terminal mode or dis playing Online Help BLAST Keys are most important in Terminal mode when BLAST ordinarily sends all keystrokes directly to the remote computer All of the BLAST keys are listed in Appendix B In BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x some keys can be reassigned using the BLAST keyboard utility blastkbd see Keyboard Map ping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 for details Three Keys to Remember You will use three of the BLAST Keys most often ATIN CTRL K is the default Attention ATTN Key Press CTRL K to abort script operations or initiate other special key combinations Press CTRL K CTRL K to return to the Online menu from Terminal mode The ATTN key can be rede fined see Attention Key on page 73 CANCEL To cancel the current action return to the previous menu or exit BLAST 10 7x Press ESC 10 8x Press ESC or CTRLA HELP While in Terminal mode press ATTN H For context sensitive Online Help when not in Termi nal mode press F1 from the main console or from at tached terminals While running BLAST you can set HELP to any key using the keyboard mapping utility blastkbd see Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x on page 315 for details 10 7x 10 8x When not in Terminal mode press The Attention Key The Attention Key alerts BLAST to prepare for a particular opera tion The Attention Key is actuall
305. ormation in an existing file press H from the main screen You will see a screen similar to the one in Figure 11 4 below BLPASSWD Version 2 00 lodify Header Password Serial Number 0123456789 0 00000 BLAST filename usr local blast Comment This is a header comment Password Permissions Comment Type the appropriate information into the field highlighted To move from field to field press ENTER After typing data into the Comment field and pressing ENTER you will be asked if the data you have typed is correct If it is press Y if not either press c to return to the main screen without saving changes or press N to move through the fields again for editing If you do not enter data into any of the fields pressing ENTER from the Comment field will return you to the main screen In order to use a newly created file you must first fill in the header information fields Following is a detailed description of each field Password user defined Specifies the master password which controls editing access to the database file You must enter this password in order to edit any part of the database file either header or record information The Pass word field will contain the master password that you entered when creating the file although it will not be displayed Press ENTER to re tain this password and move to the Serial Number field If you want to change the master password type in the new password and press 15
306. orts which have many embedded blanks and executable files with blocks of nulls In some cases compression level 1 improves perfor mance over high speed modems with hardware data compression enabled Compression Level 2 Starting with level 2 compression requires more work by both computers With a standard modem and two fast machines however levels 2 4 will save transmission time Compression Level 3 and 4 Levels 3 and 4 of compression are most effective when a limited character set is used or there are rep etitious patterns Because spreadsheets and databases have many repetitious patterns and a limited character set they are highly com pressible CHAPTER SIX Compression Level 5 and 6 Levels 5 and 6 compression are most effective for very large files above 500 K On large files above 500K the receiving computer may notice a significant delay before the first block is received while the sending computer calculates maximum compression Filetransfer Security with BLAST Protocol Disabling File Overwrites and Remote Commands The Enable OVW and Remote Cmds setup field page 88 and the script variable G ENABLERCMD page 272 control whether or not remote commands and file overwrites are allowed during Filetrans fer mode Note that disabling OVW affects only local files For ex ample you will still be able to send a file with the OVW switch because the file will be overwritten on the remote system
307. ou can leave out this argument or specify a new comment If a comment does exist in the header you can replace it with this argument or if you leave the argument blank blsecure will delete the currently existing comment When specifying the h parameter alone as in blsecure passwordfile masterpassword h the header information for that password file will be displayed as shown in Figure 11 6 below TEST3 master password 10 7 6 password file version 0123456789 0 00000 host BLAST serial number newfile password filename usr local blast host BLAST filename This is anew comment comment CHAPTER ELEVEN SECURE BLAST a pwd perm sn home inc exc comment adds a new record You must have an entry for each argument see description of the h parameter This must be a new entry with a new password See blpasswd on page 156 for complete descriptions of the data fields associated with the following arguments pwd perm sn home inc exc Password of the existing record Permission specifier as described below Serial number of the remote BLAST executable Directory to which the host computer changes upon linking in Filetransfer mode Include mask for specifying files that may be obtained by the remote user Exclude mask for screening files that pass the in clude mask If you do not want an exclude mask substitute double quotation marks on the com mand line comment Optional comment The follo
308. ou may enter a single filename from the current directory or a path specification with a single filename you may use wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 10 8x Optionally you may add supported file transfer switches see File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Zmodem below Receiving Files with Zmodem To receive a file using Zmodem In Terminal mode begin the Zmodem send program on the re mote computer Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Get command The transfer will begin immediately without prompting for a local filename NOTE If the Auto Receive setup field Z2MAUTODOWN is set to YES you do not have to select the Get command Zmodem transfers the file automatically when you enter Filetransfer mode File Transfer Switches Using 10 8x with Zmodem With Professional UNIX 10 8x Zmodem supports several file trans fer switches for sending filenames see table below Zmodem can not set switches on receiving filenames and ignores all unsupported switches File Transfer Switches for 10 8x Using Zmodem APP OVW Send Specify APPEND as File Management option Specify CLOBBER as File Management op Send tion TXT Send file as ASCII with value stored in pene ZMALT XMODEM YMODEM AND ZMODEM PROTOCOLS 143 Filenames Restrictions 144 With Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem yo
309. ovides detailed information about BLAST protocol file transfers Extended Log values may be read from the variables listed below When Extended Logging is en abled all the values below are listed in the log file except for RBTOT and SBTOT which may be written to the log file by issuing a dis play statement e g display RBTOT is RBTOT SNAME RNAME STIME RTIME SOPTIONS ROPTIONS SPACK RPACK SSTATUS RSTATUS SRET RRET SSIZE RSIZE SPTOT RPTOT SSTART RSTART SRTOT RRTOT SBYTES RBYTES SBTOT RBTOT SLO RLO TTIME Extended Logging may also be enabled with the x command line switch see Command Line Switches on page 10 CHAPTER SIXTEEN XLTFILE read write filename Stores the name of the Translate File used in Terminal mode to filter translate or substitute characters see Translate File Format on page 306 Setup field Translate File XONXOFF read write YES NO Specifies whether software flow control is enabled Not all comput ers support XON XOFF flow control Setup field XON XOFF Pacing 10 8x XPADC read write any character in decimal 00 For Xmodem transfers specifies the pad character This parameter may also be set from the command line with p command line switch Command Line Switches on page 10 XYmodem Protocol subwindow Pad character XYCONVR read write ASCII BINARY For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies wh
310. owed to exert flow control it will occasionally drop incoming characters see XON XOFF Pacing on page 31 Because BLAST encoding does not use control characters including the CTRL S and CTRL Q flow control characters it is compatible with XON XOFF flow control by the PAD Unfortunately some PADs are not intelligent in their use of flow control generating XON XOFF sequences as often as every five characters This frequent generation of XON XOFF sequences significantly reduces BLAST throughput and in creases the possibility that an XON or XOFF will be lost BLAST can be set to unilaterally resume transmission after a fixed delay period typically 30 seconds in the event that an XON from the PAD is lost however it is not desirable to rely on this mechanism Because BLAST is an error free protocol it compensates for lost characters through retransmission of data blocks If this is an occasional occurrence it may be preferable to disable PAD to DTE flow control On the other hand if the PAD is very heavily loaded and or the PAD uses XON XOFF intelli gently it is better to enable flow control The XON XOFF setting of the computer running BLAST should always match that of the PAD Parameter 6 Suppression of Service Signals 0 1 Messages not sent Messages sent default Must be set to 0 PAD PARAMETERS 379 Parameter 7 Break Options Do nothing default Send interrupt packet to host Send reset packet to host E
311. password file masterpassword is the master password that grants editing access to the password file c h g f p a Z and r are parameters that allow the user to create search for and modify password files and options are arguments of the single letter parameter The single letter parameters and their accompanying arguments are described in detail below Note that only one single letter parameter and its arguments can be used on a command line 163 FIGURE 11 6 164 c sn blastexe comment creates a new password file with the filename and master password specified on the command line sn Serial number of the host BLAST executable blastexe Full path and name of the host BLAST executable comment Optional comment h newmast sn blastexe comment allows you to modify header information You can change one or more of the data fields with one of the arguments listed below how ever all of the arguments except the comment must be included on the command line Any argument that you want to remain un changed must be typed on the command line exactly as it is in the existing header newmast New master password for the password file sn New serial number of the host BLAST executable blastexe New path and name of the host BLAST executable comment New comments If you do not specify information for each argument except comment blsecure will return an error If no comment currently exists in the password file header y
312. play the same message pause for one second and then automatically continue script execution ORGANS read write ORIGINATE ANSWER Specifies how the Connect command will operate If ORGANS is set to ANSWER Connect will wait for a remote computer to establish the communications link If it is set to ORIGINATE Connect will try to dial a number Setup field Originate Answer PAKTSZ read write 1 4085 256 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the size of the packet Setup field Packet Size PARITY read write NONE ODD EVEN Sets the device driver parity of the serial port This setting should match that of the remote system Setup field Parity BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 279 PASSWORD write only user defined Stores the user s password for the remote computer The systems scr library program uses PASSWORD to answer prompts from a multi user computer The CONNECT command will prompt the user to enter a password if none is specified in the Setup Thereafter the variable PASSWORD contains the value entered by the user For se curity the value of PASSWORD cannot be displayed to the screen This feature applies to all string values that match PASSWORD Thus script commands such as set trick PASSWORD display trick will not display the value of the password BLAST makes an effort to keep stored passwords secure Unfortu nately it is a very simple task to echo a stored password off
313. ppearance dur ing your session except Chat mode displays You will be prompted for a filename Type the filename and press ENTER BLAST will then begin recording from the Host PC similar to VCR recording from a television Escaping from the remote session screen for any reason will termi nate the movie 328 CHAPTER EIGHTEEN Movies can be replayed with the View command from the Local menu By default a movie is replayed at the same speed at which it was recorded Press the up or down cur sor keys during replay to speed up or slow down the mov ie Note that movies can take up large amounts of disk space Local Press L to display the Local menu for local system com mands This command is identical to the Local command available from the Offline and Online menus see The Lo cal Menu on page 58 for details Access Mode Hot Keys The following subset of the regular BLAST Hot Keys are active dur ing Access mode Function Default Key Sequence Chat mode x Local View Local System Remote Reboot Snapshot Parameters Record a movie Filetransfer mode ALTF Wo E To avoid potential conflicts with the programs running on the Host PC these keys do not have default values When you assign keys through the blastkbd utility remember that the values you pick will not be available to the Host PC programs For example if you assign the ALT v key combination to the Local View function then ALT v will never b
314. pport the following features All cursor positioning sequences and tab settings CHAPTER SEVENTEEN All of the software selectable operating states or modes avail able for the VT series of terminals including standard ANSI and DEC private modes The USASCII UK FRENCH GERMAN ITALIAN SPANISH and DANISH character sets The default value is USASCI which allows 8 bit data the other character sets al low only 7 bit data The DEC Supplemental Graphics and ISO Latin 1 character sets Scrolling regions line and character editing and character at tribute commands All print operations including Autoprint Print Screen and Printer controller printer pass through Horizontal Scrolling control to accommodate 132 column dis play on a standard 80 column screen The Scroll Left Scroll Right and Scroll mode keys may be used within Terminal mode and may be redefined with the blastkbd utility To set the de fault mode for the number of columns to scroll specify the col umn width in the VT Emulation setup subwindow Special Considerations The following features are not supported by these emulators O Smooth scrolling Downloadable character sets These will be ignored by the ap plication The following features are supported in the specified limited man ner Double width characters are handled by displaying a single width character and a space in a double width position Double heigh
315. r The sample script below assumes that the remote computer is run ning UNIX using the text editor vi The script TTRAPs for the file name in quotation marks used in vi s exit status line the WAIT command gives the buffers on the local and remote computers time to clear connect TSEND vi cih4 CR Send cmd to start editor on remote wait 3 TSEND G CR Moves cursor to end of file BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 207 TSEND o CR Starts new line for appending TUPLOAD cih4 wait 3 idle TSEND 033 CR Send escape cmd to remote system wait 1 TSEND ete CR Send cmd to exit editor on remote TTRAP 30 042cih4 042 set hold status wait 3 idle if hold 0 display Tupload not completed return end else display Tupload successful wait 10 For more specific error checking you can check STATUS for TUPLOAD nect ND vi cih4 CR 3 ND G CR TSEND o CR TUPLOAD cih4 set holdl status wait 3 idle if holdl 0 display Tupload cmd execution complete else display Tupload cmd failure error holdl TSEND 033 CR co TS wa TS VRAAre FS ct TSEND q CR Quit editor without saving file return end TSEND 033 CR wait 1 TSEND 2x CR TTRAP 30 042cih4 042 set hold2 status wait 3 idle if hold2 0 display Tupload not completed return end else display Tupload completed wait 5 208 CHAPTER THIRTEE
316. r The required sections for a modem script are DIAL ANSWER HANGUP and END The appropriate section is activated when the Connect or Disconnect commands are given The END section ter minates the script or separates the script from the next one in mo dems scr and requires a final colon With this sample you should be able to write your own modem scripts or modify the scripts in modems scr Likewise you can modify or enhance the system scripts in systems scr CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING 215 The Index Utility 216 Three files used by BLAST contain an index at the beginning of the file blast hlp modems scr and systems scr Each index contains references to specific sections in the file For instance modems scr contains a BLASTscript section to control the US Robotics Courier modem The index at the beginning of modems scr contains a refer ence to this section Indexing a file allows BLAST to jump to a particular section of a file quickly Each section of the file should begin with a label in the form LABEL The index itself is in the form of lines of text each beginning with the greater than sign gt The Index utility adds the numeric refer ences that send control to the referenced section of the file If you modify any of these three files the index must be recalculated so that BLAST can read the file properly For example if you add a new system type to systems scr or add your o
317. r The line following ERASE is the filename with or without wildcards of the file to be erased If you do not specify a full path for the file the file if it exists will be removed from the current working di rectory of the remote server TYPE Display a remote server file on your screen The line fol lowing TYPE is the filename of the file to be displayed Kermit does not support a page pause so you must use CTRL S to pause and CTRL Q to resume the flow of data CWD Change the server s working directory The line following CWD is the pathname of the new working directory SPACE Display unused drive space of a directory on the remote server The line following SPACE is the pathname with or without wildcards of the directory for which unused drive space is to be reported WHO Display information on user s currently logged onto the server The line following WHO is the user for whom you want information If you leave this line blank information on all users logged onto the server will be displayed MESSAGE Send a one line message to be displayed to the remote operator The line following MESSAGE is the one line message to be displayed to the remote operator HOST Send an operating system command to the server The line following HOST is the operating system command sent to the remote server The command is executed immediately KERMIT Send a Kermit language command to m
318. rating system com mands from the Local and Remote menus From the Online menu Press F to start Filetransfer mode Use this method if your BHOST account is set to File Transfer Only From Access mode Press the ALT F Hot Key or press ATTN ESC to return to the Online menu and then press F to start Filetransfer mode From Terminal mode Press ESC CTRL X to start Filetransfer mode on the Host PC then use one of the above methods to start Filetrans fer locally REMOTE CONTROL 331 Transferring Files You may transfer files interactively see Performing Filetransfer Commands on page 107 or via BLAST scripts see File Transfers with BLAST Session Protocol on page 194 Ending Filetransfer Mode When you have finished transferring files press ESC to end File transfer mode If you started Filetransfer mode with a Hot Key you will be returned to Access or Terminal mode Otherwise you will be returned to the Online menu Modifying BHOST Settings FIGURE 18 3 332 Modifying BHOST Settings with 10 7x If you are running 10 7x in Access mode you may alter BHOST pa rameter settings by starting SETBHOST from the console To start SETBHOST type SETBHOST at the command line For details on configuring BHOST via SETBHOST see the BHOST User Manual Note that the new settings will not take effect until BHOST has been restarted If you are in Access mode and have a Superuser account you may alter B
319. rdingly For a number of reasons however it is dif ficult to make this configuration work reliably Another approach is to create lock files in a special directory and require programs wanting to use a serial port to check for the pres ence of a lock on the port before proceeding Unfortunately there is no way to enforce this procedure Some programs do not check for locks at all others do not interpret the lock information correctly and there is no universally accepted location for the lock file direc tory This issue is discussed in more detail in the section on Port Locking see next page System V Release 4 System V Release 4 SVR4 also attempts to control competition for serial ports The IGLS cycle is essentially the same as in SVR3 but the functions of init and getty are now controlled by the port monitor CHAPTER TWO daemon ttymon Ttymon can monitor several ports simplifying port administration The port monitor uses configuration informa tion stored in an internal database managed by the Port Monitor Ad ministration obMadm program Serial ports are enabled or disabled through commands to pmadm while the port monitor itself is ma nipulated through commands to sacadm the Service Access Con trol Administration program These commands pmadm and sacadm are members of a set of commands for handling both net work and terminal connections collectively called the Service Ac cess Facility SAF Under S
320. re ceiving system PROTECT The file is transferred only if it does not already exist on the receiving system even if the receiving system has specified CLOBBER CLOBBER The file is transferred whether or not it already exists on the receiving system unless the receiving system has specified PROTECT NEWER The file is transferred if it does not already exist on the re ceiving system or if the source file is newer by date NEWER LONGER The file is transferred if it does not already exist on the receiving system or if the source file is newer by date or longer in bytes DIFFERENT The file is transferred if it does not already exist on the receiving system or if the files have different lengths or dates APPEND The file is appended to a file of the same name on the re ceiving system based on the value of the receiving system s File conversion setting BLASTscript variable ZMMANAGS 95 96 Esc All Control Chars YES NO For sending files with Zmodem specifies that all control characters sent will be link escape encoded for transparency By default only the characters represented by hexadecimal 10 11 13 90 91 and 93 and the sequence CR are link escape encoded BLASTscript variable ZMCTLESCS For receiving files with Zmodem specifies that all control charac ters received will be link escape encoded for transparency By de fault only th
321. read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the elapsed time for the file be ing received You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more in formation RTSCTS read write YES NO Specifies whether hardware flow control is enabled Not all comput ers support RTS CTS flow control The value of this variable is valid only if the serial port device driver returns the correct code Setup field RTS CTS Pacing SBTOT read only If Extended Logging is enabled holds the total number of bytes sent during the file transfer session You must write a display statement e g Display SBTOT is SBTOT for this variable to be displayed in the Extended Log file See the description of XLOG for more information CHAPTER SIXTEEN SBYTES read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the number of bytes sent in the current transfer Note that this value can be different than the actual file size You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See XLOG for more information SCOMP_LEV read write 0 6 4 For BLAST protocol transfers specifies the maximum sending compression level that can be used during a session Level 0 speci fies no compression level 6 specifies the highest compression level BLAST Protocol subwindow Send Compression Level SCRFILE read write filename Specifies the name of a BLAST script that will start immediately
322. ream Each parameter is identified by a number and has several op tional values For example Parameter 2 specifies whether or not the PAD is to echo input characters A value of 0 specifies no echo and a value of 1 specifies echo This parameter can be set manually from the terminal in the form Parameter 2 0 or in some cases the pa rameters can be downloaded automatically from the X 25 host sys tem to the PAD In the following discussion of the parameters relevant to BLAST op eration the word must refers to critical settings while should re fers to non critical ones DTE Data Terminal Equipment refers to the BLAST terminal or computer that is generating the data stream being processed by the PAD Parameter 1 Escape to Command Level Escape not possible Escape possible default 0 1 This parameter allows an escape to command level If escape is enabled the occurrence in the terminal data stream of two carriage returns CR in the sequence CR CR will cause PAD PARAMETERS 377 378 the PAD to go into command mode this sequence is similar to the AT sequence Because BLAST encoding does not use the character the setting of this parameter is ir relevant Parameter 2 Echo No echo Echo default This parameter specifies whether or not the PAD echoes input characters This parameter must be set to 0 no echo for BLAST operation Parameter 3 Data Forwarding Character
323. receiving messages To send the Transfer Password the remote user should select the Send menu command from the Filetransfer menu then at the local filename prompt type the following password your_password where your_passwordis the transfer password The remote file name field and transfer options should be left blank Ina BLAST script the SEND statement should be followed by a line with the password and then two blank lines See Using the Transfer Pass word on page 121 87 88 The transfer password is superseded by the Secure BLAST password described in Chapter 11 See that chapter for further details NOTE The Transfer Password is intended to validate remote us ers logging onto your system If a local operator uses a setup with a Transfer Password entered he or she will not be able to receive files without the remote computer sending the password BLASTscript variable TRPASSWD Enable FWD and STR YES NO Enables the FWD and STR file transfer switches Note that dis abling these switches affects only local files For example you will still be able to get a file with the FWD switch because the success fully transferred file will be deleted from the remote system BLASTscript variable ENABLEFS Enable OVW and Remote Cmds YES NO Enables the OVW file transfer switch and system commands re ceived during BLAST Protocol Filetransfer mode Disabling OVW affects only local files For example
324. remote in slave mode waiting for incoming calls Select the Online menu Connect command When connected you have ten seconds to select Filetransfer from the Online menu If Filetransfer is not selected within this time the slave assumes the call is not for BLAST hangs up the modem and resets for the next call When the remote receives your Filetransfer command it automatically initiates the BLAST Session BHOST Run BHOST on the remote system if the remote system is a PC running DOS BHOST occupies less than 100K of RAM and performs file transfers in background mode After establishing a connection with the BHOST machine see Connecting to the Host PC on page 324 select Filetransfer CHAPTER SIX from the Online menu BHOST will automatically complete the protocol link Automatic Filetransfer Handshaking While entering Filetransfer mode the two computers will communi cate for a few seconds on their own they will shake hands by ex changing information During handshaking your system will Send its BLAST version and type to be displayed and logged at the other end Exchange filetransfer and communication parameters with the remote computer and adjust itself to the other machine s lowest setup values For instance if your setup specifies a Packet Size of 256 bytes and the remote computer is set to 2048 then the lower value of 256 will be used Display the Filetransfer menu and an
325. ress ENTER BLAST will record in the capture file all subsequent text displayed in the Terminal window until you disable Capture mode by selecting the Capture command again If you specify an existing filename for the capture file BLAST will ask whether you want to append to or overwrite the original file See Downloading Text from a Remote Computer on page 147 for further information Upload Sends text from a local file to the remote computer and displays the text on your screen See Uploading Text to a Remote Computer on page 145 for further information Online default usr Connect caPture Upload Filetransfer Script Local Access Disc become a terminal to the remote system help ESC exit FIGURE 4 2 56 CHAPTER FOUR Filetransfer Takes you to the Filetransfer menu described in the next section See also chapters on individual proto cols Script Executes a BLAST script after prompting you to enter the script name See Chapters 12 14 for information on scripts Local Allows you to perform local system commands This com mand takes you to the Local menu described on page 58 Access Begins a remote control session After entering Access mode ATTN takes you to an Access menu see The Ac cess Menu on page 327 10 7x Disc Logs off of the remote system cleanly and hangs up the modem using information from the System Type and Mo dem Type setup fields Disconnect
326. rline character VT Emulation subwindows Cursor Type VTDISP132 read write 80 132 For VT emulation specifies column display for text VT Emulation subwindows 80 132 Columns VTHSCROLL JUMP SMOOTH NONE For VT emulation specifies how to scroll data on an 80 column display when the emulator is in 132 column mode SMOOTH scroll will change the view of the display only as necessary to display the cursor position JUMP scroll will adjust the view by showing either the first 80 columns or the last 80 columns When NONE is select ed the display will not scroll and the cursor may disappear from view This value is ignored if VTCOMPRESSED is set to YES VT Emulation subwindows Horizontal Scroll CHAPTER SIXTEEN 10 7x VTHSCROLLN 1 53 10 For VT emulation specifies the number of columns to move when the Scroll Left or Scroll Right keys are pressed The value is used when Jump Scroll has been selected as the scroll mode VT Emulation subwindows Jump Scroll Inc VTINTL USASCII UK FRENCH GERMAN ITALIAN SPANISH DANISH For VT220 and VT320 emulation specifies whether 7 or 8 bit data is used for international support The default value US ASCII allows 8 bit data with the high order data used for inter national characters VT Emulation subwindows Intl Char Set VTKEYPAD NUMERIC APPLICATION For VT emulation specifies whether the numeric keypad keys will send numbers or pro
327. rmat globally For example dt h m CHAPTER TWO 10 8x enumber specifies the end of transmission EOT timeout for Xmodem and Ymodem where timeout equals number 100 seconds The mini mum timeout is 1 second 10 and the maximum is 60 seconds 6000 For example e1111 sets the timeout to 11 11 seconds See Chapter 9 for more information on Xmodem and Ymodem EOT timeout for Xmodem and Ymodem may also be specified with the BLASTscript reserved variable XYEOT f enables XON XOFF flow control for the port the user logs into h executes BLAST in host mode In host mode BLAST runs in File transfer and Answer mode connected through the port that is already open This command is usually issued from Terminal mode to start BLAST on a remote system The remote system does not actually start BLAST protocol until the local computer begins file transfer If the local system does not enter Filetransfer mode within the time specified in the Logon Time Out field of the remote setup the re mote computer will time out before logging on If used with an appropriately modified setup the h switch allows a local operator to change certain BLAST protocol parameters on the remote system temporarily For example if you had a remote setup called special that specified a packet size of 1024 you could start BLAST with this parameter setting by specifying the setup special on the command line blas
328. rogram file to execute with the permissions of its owner rather than the permissions of the user running the program For more information on the set uid bit see your system documentation Directories To the UNIX operating system a directory is just a file The same read write and execute permissions apply to directories however interpretation of execute permission is different If a directory has execute permission it is possible to search the directory As a gen eral rule a user s home directory should have read write and exe cute permission for the owner only This will allow the owner of the directory complete access to his or her files but disallow access to all others umask The umask user mask tool is used to establish default permissions when a file is created If umask has never been set the operating system will create a set of default permissions but you should exam ine them carefully It is important that you use umask to set default permissions as restrictively as possible while still allowing neces sary access to your files You can use umask to set permissions per manently or to change them for a particular shell session Permissions can be denoted both mnemonically and numerically see table on the next page where the mnemonic indicates what is permissible and the numeric indicates what is not permissible Permission Mnemonic Numeric Read r 4 Write wW 2 Execute x 1 SECURE BLAST 151 152 P
329. rough draft of a script The Zmodem protocol is configured through the Zmodem setup sub window An important parameter for scripting purposes is Auto Re ceive With Auto Receive set to YES in the setup file or the reserved variable ZMAUTODOWN set to YES in a script Zmodem will only receive files Note that a setting for ZMAUTODOWN in a script over rides the setting of Auto Receive in the setup file Because the filename is passed to the receiving computer a filename is not needed when receiving a file Sending Files Before issuing a SEND command you must issue the Zmodem re ceive command on the remote computer for the remote system s im plementation of Zmodem In the basic syntax for sending a file using Zmodem below the reserved variable for Auto Receive ZMAUTODOWN is set to NO in case the Setup file has Auto Receive set to YES or ZMAUTODOWN has been set to YES earlier in the ses sion set ZMAUTODOWN No Connect TSEND receive_command CR Filetransfer SEND local_filename ESC Receiving Files The syntax for receiving files depends on the how you set ZMAUTODOWN If ZMAUTODOWN is set to NO you need a GI statement eal H set ZMAUTODOWN No Connect TSEND send_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer GET ESC BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 203 If ZMAUTODOWN is set to YES you do not need a GET statement set ZMAUTODOWN Yes Connect TSEND
330. roup 1808 Apr 14 09 32 Initial dt rw r r 1 reliable group 23 Mar 07 17 17 kDesktop3 rw r r 1 reliable group 2000 May 30 10 44 agyaudit 3aid drwxr xr x 2 reliable other 176 May 30 16 55 atlas FIGURE 4 4 drwxr xr x 2 root other 48 Mar 31 17 32 bin rw r r 1 reliable group 187609 May 31 15 12 blast log rw r r 1 reliable group 22067 Mar 07 17 18 blaster fill rw r r 1 reliable group 22067 Mar 07 17 18 blaster msg rw r r 1 reliable group 29184 Jan 01 1970 blaststp exe drwxr xr x 2 reliable group 96 May 29 03 20 cho drwxr xr x 2 reliable group 32 Apr 25 08 36 clipdir drwxr xr x 2 reliable group 160 May 26 09 42 cosyda rw r r 1 reliable group 1200 May 30 10 41 from 053095 drwxr xr x 2 reliable group 64 Dec 27 12 42 johnbret rw r r 1 reliable group 9728 Jan 01 1970 junk msg drwxr xr x 2 reliable group 128 Mar 10 09 08 lines Following is a brief description of the commands of the Local menu List Displays the contents of a directory You will be prompted to choose either a detailed long or non detailed short list and then to enter a filename you may use a specific filename a filename with wildcard characters for example or press ENTER to display all files in the current local directory Delete Erases a single file or multiple files You may use a spe cific filename or a filename with wildcard characters for example Edit Invokes the editor specified in the EDITOR environment variable se
331. rplus Suppose you need to get two files from Sam and send one to him The file sams tcf might look like this iL 10 20 30 40 50 sper begeg lesas e ll Ss eae lee Ss Utes Siete laale ace haa usr buz acql2 txt usr client saml usr buz wk_82 usr client sam2 usr tmp message usr tmp read_me OVW 364 APPENDIX E 1 10 ENEE EE A E usr neil acql2 txt usr client metrol As explained in Transfer Command File on page 115 the sign in column 1 of a line signifies that BLAST will perform a GET Thus in the file sams tcf above BLAST will get usr buz acq12 txt and give it the local filename usr client sam1 BLAST will also get usr buz wk_82 and give it the local filename usr client sam2 The absence of a in the last line of the TCF signifies that BLAST will perform a SEND Thus BLAST will send usr tmp message and give it the filename usr tmp read_me on the remote system The added OVW switch signifies that BLAST will overwrite an existing file of the same name on the remote system see File Transfer Switches on page 111 for more information about filetransfer switches Metro tcf is similar to sams tcf 20 30 40 50 usr neil wk_82 usr client metro2 usr tmp message usr tmp read_me OVW IMPORTANT AUTOPOLL Where to Save Autopoll Files The site file retail dat and transfer command files sams tcf and metro tcf are created using a standard text editor and saved as text files only in
332. rs to the screen while in Terminal mode If LOCECHO is set to YES BLAST will display typed characters before sending them out the communica tion port if LOCECHO is set to NO the characters will be displayed only if the remote computer sends them back If LOCECHO is set to YES and double characters are displayed on the screen change the setting to NO Setup field Local Echo LOGDATEFORMAT read write template Sets the format of the date written in the date stamp of the log file Setting LOGDATEFORMAT overrides the format in which BLAST was started The format of dates written in the log file will be deter mined by the template set by the user The value of the replacement sequences are the same as those described above in the DATEFOR MAT reserved variable BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 277 278 LOGFILE read write filename Stores the name of the log file that will record all communications session activity Setting LOGFILE LOGFILE flushes the log file buffers to disk Setting LOGFILE closes the current log file Setup field Log File LOGTIMEFORMAT read write template Sets the format of the time written in the time stamp of the log file Setting LOGTIMEFORMAT overrides the format in which BLAST was started The format of times written in the log file will be deter mined by LOGTIMEFORMAT template set by the user The value of the replacement sequences are the same as
333. rsions of BLAST running on the local computer and the remote computer will compare values and use the smaller of the two values While transferring files watch the line quality and retry count in the upper right part of the screen If the quality of the line varies or there are a significant number of retries more than one retry in 20 50 blocks a smaller packet size will usually improve throughput The default for this field is 256 which is the optimum setting for most users When transferring files with BHOST always set the Packet Size to at least 200 which is BHOST s minimum packet size BLASTscript variable PAKTSZ CHAPTER FIVE Chapter 6 BLAST Session Protocol Whatis a Protocol In the serial communications world a protocol is a set of rules that determines how two computers will communicate with each other These rules define for example how to package data for transfer how to detect damaged data and how to optimize throughput Both computers must use the same protocol for a communications session to succeed Simple Protocols During the early days of telecommunications people who needed to transfer a file across a phone line or a hardwired asynchronous con nection were limited to using text transfer This is the simplest trans fer method involving only the capturing and transmission of the data stream with no error detection To receive a file a buffer is opened to save the information to
334. rt any form of RTS CTS flow control at all A device driver that supports bi directional RTS CTS flow control turns on RTS when the serial port buffer is ready to receive data and turns it off when the serial port buffer is full Likewise the modem CHAPTER TWO turns on CTS when it is ready to receive data from the device driver and turns it off when the modem buffers are full If the device driver supports uni directional RTS CTS flow control it will turn on RTS when it is ready to transmit data to the modem In response the modem will turn on CTS to indicate that it is ready to accept data Unfortunately as uni directional implies this scheme only controls the flow of data from the computer to the mo dem There is no way for the device driver to halt the flow of data from the modem If you experience problems using RTS CTS flow control you should consult your system documentation for example man pages for stty and termio to learn how RTS CTS flow control is imple mented in the device driver BLAST operates with greatest efficiency using bi directional RTS CTS flow control If it is not available on your system XON XOFF flow control is the next best alternative We do not recommend at tempting to use uni directional RTS CTS flow control XON XOFF Pacing The XON XOFF Pacing setup field page 72 and reserved variable XONXOFF page 299 enable flow control based on the ASCII DC1 XON and DC3 XOFF characters Th
335. rver s current working directory or in a directory you specify by giving the full path of the file wildcards can be used Type Displays a remote file on your screen Kermit does not sup port a page pause so you must use CTRL S to pause and CTRL Q to resume the flow of text Cwd Changes the server s working directory You will be prompted for the new directory name Space Displays the server s free drive space Who Displays users currently logged onto the remote If you specify a user name information on that name only will ap pear Message Sends a one line message to be displayed to the remote operator Host Sends an operating system command to the remote The command is executed immediately Kermit Sends a Kermit language command to modify session pa rameters for example SET FILE TYPE BINARY Help Displays a short list of the commands currently available on the Kermit server Because servers can support different commands the Help command can be a valuable reminder of what is available through the Kermit server KERMIT PROTOCOL 135 The Kermit DISABLE command can lock most of these menu com mands For example the command DISABLE ERASE will prevent files from being deleted on the remote system 136 CHAPTER EIGHT Chapter 9 Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem Protocols BLAST includes the public domain protocols Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem for transferring files as
336. ry terminal session except that once connected the user of the Controller selects Access from the Online menu Access mode al lows complete control File Transfer Only and Terminal modes discussed later offer more limited control In Access mode the Controller can access a number of security fea tures including the ability to disable the Host keyboard mouse and screen during a session to prevent unauthorized operation Connecting to the Host PC 324 Connecting to the Host PC is the same as connecting to any other re mote system BLAST can automatically dial the phone and send your login ID and password to the Host PC You may also perform this process manually Be sure that BHOST has been installed and configured on the Host PC before attempting to connect See the BHOST User Manual for more information on installing and configuring BHOST CHAPTER EIGHTEEN Creating a BLAST Setup for BHOST To automate your connection to a Host PC create and save a new BLAST setup for your sessions with the Host PC see Chapter 5 for a detailed description of setups In the new setup If you are using a modem set the Phone Number to the phone number of the Host PC O Set the System Type field to BHOST if your BHOST account re quires a login ID and password set System Type to PC or NONE if your BHOST account does not require a login ID or pass word If your BHOST account requires a login ID and password enter these in
337. s User Def Keys UNLOCKED 80 132 Columns 80 Text Cursor YES Horizontal Scroll JUMP Auto Wrap NO Jump Scroll Inc 10 New Line NO Keypad Mode NUMERIC Print Mode NORMAL Cursor Keys Mode NORMAL Print Screen SCROLL REGION Intl Char Set USASCIT Reset Terminal NO User Pref Char Set DEC SUPPLEMENTAL Clear Screen NO Answerback Msg CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP 7 8 Bit Controls 7 8 Specifies whether CI control characters are represented in the 8 bit environment or as 7 bit escape sequences BLASTscript variable VT8BIT 80 132 Columns 80 132 Toggles between 80 column and 132 column display for text BLASTscript variable VTDISP132 Horizontal Scroll JUMP NONE SMOOTH Specifies how to scroll data on an 80 column display when the em ulator is in 132 column mode SMOOTH scroll will move the view of the display only as necessary to display the cursor position JUMP scroll will adjust the view by showing either the first 80 columns or the last 80 columns When NONE is selected the display will not scroll and the cursor may disappear from view BLASTscript variable VTHSCROLL Jump Scroll Inc 1 53 10 Specifies the number of columns to scroll when the Scroll Left or Scroll Right keys are pressed and Jump has been selected as the set ting for Horizontal Scroll Acceptable values are 1 53 BLASTscript variable VTHSCROLLN Keypad Mode NUMERIC APPLICATION Specifies whether the
338. s command using the BLAST Session protocol you will receive a directory listing whether the remote machine is a Macintosh a VAX or a computer run ning the UNIX operating system You do not need to know the machine specific instruction 3 Messages can be exchanged between the local and remote com puter Between file transfers if someone is present at the remote site you can send messages to and receive messages from the remote operator The BLAST Session protocol is much more sophisticated than pub lic domain file transfer protocols No public domain protocol has all the characteristics of BLAST session protocol BLAST is generally faster than public domain file transfer protocols because it offers all of the following features Bi directional transfers Six levels of compression Sliding window design CHAPTER SIX Automatic translation of text files between the local file format and the format of the remote system Resumption of interrupted file transfer from the point of inter ruption Security for validating remote users BLAST Protocol Design Bi Directional and Sliding Window Capability The BLAST protocol is capable of transmitting and receiving data packets simultaneously This simultaneous bi directional transfer saves time and online charges when files need to be both sent and received BLAST operates efficiently over circuits with high propagation de lays the length of time from
339. s In this case BHOST will not restart without manual intervention but the modem will continue to answer calls To restart BHOST manually from the Control PC first connect to the Host PC s mo dem then enter Terminal mode and type DISGO Note that you will not be able to see your keystrokes This sequence will interrupt the BLAST protocol and allow BHOST to restart it may also cause the Host PC s modem to hang up After BHOST has restarted you may log on as usual Timeout Response RESTART REBOOT Specifies the action that the Host PC will take if an Inactivity Time out occurs RESTART prepares the Host PC for the next caller dis connecting the current user REBOOT forces the Host PC to perform a warm boot just as if it had been physically rebooted with the CTRL ALT DEL sequence NOTE If this field is set to REBOOT the Host PC will not neces sarily reload BHOST you must specify BHOST in the Host PC s AUTOEXEC BAT file to insure that the Host PC will be ready to answer incoming calls DCD Loss Response RESTART REBOOT IGNORE Specifies the Host PC s actions if the modem s Data Carrier Detect DCD signal is lost during a session RESTART restarts BHOST after DCD loss and prepares for the next caller This is the recommended setting if you are using a mo dem and have an appropriate connection between the system and modem REBOOT reboots the Host PC after DCD loss Note that with this
340. s and are not displayed You may be surprised how quickly you can forget why you wrote a particular script or how an especially difficult section of code actually works Comments can clarify what you are trying to accomplish with your script In hello scr the line beginning with a period begin is calleda label A label serves not only as a supplemental comment but also as a destination for the script to go to in a GOTO command discussed later Labels can be eight characters in length not counting the initial period The DISPLAY command causes text to be displayed on your local computer screen it does not cause text to be transmitted through the serial port Another script command introduced later performs this task Finally the RETURN command returns control of BLAST to you A Sample Script To learn more about scripting it is helpful to imagine a problem that can be solved through scripting For instance suppose a medical of fice needs to call an insurance company each evening to file insur ance claims on behalf of patients who have visited the doctor that day Pam the system administrator for the medical office collects the claims into a single file called pt_claims Since the insurance company also uses BLAST software for data communications Pam will use the BLAST Session protocol to transfer pt_claims to the in surance company The company has determined that Pam s daily claims file should be given the name logan56
341. s and label lines Refer to Appendix B for the Key Definition Chart Transparent Print Auxiliary Print BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x supports Transparent Print mode data redirected to an attached printer as well as displayed on the screen under the VT series PC ANSI WYSE 60 50 TV D80 and CHAPTER SEVENTEEN ADM3A emulations In addition the WYSE 60 50 TV D80 ADM3A series supports Auxiliary Print mode data redirected to an attached printer only BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x recognizes the following codes for these functions WYSE 60 50 TV D80 ADM3A Transparent Print mode on ESC d Auxiliary Print mode on CTRL R Transparent and Auxiliary Print mode off CTRL T PC ANSI VT Transparent Print mode on ESC 5i Transparent Print mode off ESC 4i Keyboard Mapping Utility for 10 7x Computer users sometimes encounter difficulties when emulating a terminal For example amp A key sequence meant to be passed to the remote computer is instead intercepted by an application or the operating system An emulator keymap is awkward for a particular application Repetitive keystrokes are required for a particular application A required key does not exist on the user s keyboard For BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7x the keyboard mapping utili ty blastkbd helps address these problems In blastkbd there are three types of specially assigned key subsets in the BLAST key set Soft Keys BLAST Keys and Hot Keys I
342. s and ss seconds String_value must be in the format mm ss The maximum value is 60 minutes 60 00 EXAMPLE WAIT 2 02 wait two minutes two seconds WAIT 2 wait two seconds WAIT 60 00 wait one hour WAIT CARRIER wait for a phone call FORMAT WAIT MM SS string_value CARRIER WAIT CARRIER pauses the BLAST script mm minutes and ss sec onds or until the modem raises carrier detect If the modem raises carrier detect STATUS is set to O If the statement times out STATUS is set to a nonzero value The maximum value is 60 min utes 60 00 Carrier detection may not be available on some com munications ports if the device driver does not provide the signal Make sure that the modem and cable are configured to indicate when the carrier signal is present EXAMPLE WAIT 2 02 CARRIER WAIT 12 00 CARRIER WAIT 12 CARRIER WAIT IDLE FORMAT wait two minutes and two seconds for a call wait 12 minutes for a call wait 12 seconds for a call Se He HR HR wait for communications port activity to finish WAIT MM SS string_value IDLE WAIT IDLE pauses the script until no characters are received on the communications port for mm minutes and ss seconds The maximum value is 60 minutes 60 00 260 CHAPTER FIFTEEN EXAMPLE WAIT 2 02 IDLE wait for two minutes and two seconds of idle WAIT 1 00 IDLE wait for one minute of idle WAIT 1 IDLE wait for one second of idle WAIT UNTIL wait f
343. s set to 0 BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 247 when the command specified by BPRINTER has been successfully executed EXAMPLE LPRINT salesdata if STATUS 0 display print worked ok LRENAME rename a file on the local system FORMAT LRENAME string_value1 string_value2 LRENAME renames the local file specified in string_value to the name specified in string_value2 on the local computer If the rename is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE LRENAME fl dat 2 dat if STATUS 0 display Rename worked LTYPE type a file on the local screen FORMAT LTYPE string_value LTYPE types the local file specified in string_value on the screen If the LTYPE is successful STATUS is set to 0 EXAMPLE LTYPE salesdata display salesdata if STATUS 0 display LTYPE worked MENU enable disable menu display during script execution FORMAT MENU ON OFF MENU ON leaves the menu displayed for debugging purposes while a BLAST script is executing Normally menu display is suppressed during script execution EXAMPLE MENU ON set the menu display on 248 CHAPTER FIFTEEN NEW create a new BLAST setup FORMAT NEW string_value NEW creates a new setup in the directory specified by the SETUPDIR environment variable see page 10 based on the current values in memory String_value is the name of the setup If you want to put the setup in a subdirectory of the directory specified by SETUP
344. scape to PAD command state 0 1 2 8 1 Flush 2 Should be set to 0 Parameter 8 Discard Output Normal data delivery default Discard all output to DTE Must be set to 0 Parameter 9 Carriage Return Padding 0 No padding default 1 31 Character delay times Should be set to 0 Parameter 10 Line Folding 0 No line folding default N Characters per line before folding This parameter specifies if and how often the PAD is to insert a carriage return and line feed automatically to break long text lines into shorter ones It must be set to 0 Parameter 11 Binary Speed 0 110 bps L 18 64000 bps This parameter is transparent to BLAST 380 APPENDIX F Parameter 12 XON XOFF Flow Control of PAD by the DTE DTE may not exert flow control default DTE may exert flow control 0 1 See discussion under Parameter 5 Parameter 13 Linefeed LF Insertion 0 No linefeed insertion default 1 Insert LF after CR on output to DTE 2 Insert LF after CR on input from DTE 4 Insert LF after CR on echo to DTE Should be set to 0 Parameter 14 Linefeed Padding No padding default Number of null characters 1 15 Should be set to 0 Parameter 15 Editing Editing disabled default Editing enabled This parameter enables local editing of text within the PAD before transmission through the network If editing is en abled transmission of the timer is disabled Must be set to 0 Parameters 16 18 Edit
345. send a file the characters from the chosen file are sent directly out of the communications port to the re mote computer Of course no telecommunications connection is perfect and users soon found that line noise could easily corrupt a file Thus file trans BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 99 fer protocols were developed to provide error control Kermit Xmo dem Ymodem Zmodem and FTP are examples of public domain protocols widely used by computer owners to transfer files The public domain file transfer protocols are fully described the three chapters following this chapter The BLAST Session Protocol 100 The BLAST Session protocol defines a set of rules for performing file transfer and file management with a remote computer Under the BLAST Session protocol three kinds of tasks can be performed 1 Files can be transferred between local and remote machines The BLAST Session protocol permits files to be transferred bi directionally that is data is sent and received at the same time with automatic error detection and data compression 2 Files on the remote machine can be manipulated For example files can be deleted renamed or printed on the remote comput er Because these tasks are mediated by the BLAST Session protocol the commands cannot be garbled by line noise In ad dition the commands are automatically translated into the ap propriate instructions on the remote computer For example when you give the List File
346. send_command remote_filename CR Filetransfer ESC Transferring More Than One File As with Xmodem and Ymodem protocols with Zmodem protocol each F ILETRANSFER ESC block can specify only one file as in the following example set ZMAUTODOWN No Connect TSEND rz CR Filetransfer SEND Sales txt ESC TSEND sz Inventory txt CR Filetransfer GET ESC File transfer scripts can be improved by adding error checking fea tures For a discussion of error checking in file transfer scripts see Using Log Files for Error Checking on page 205 BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x 204 If a remote user logs onto your UNIX system and wants to perform a file transfer the immediate question is What file transfer proto col will the remote operator use If he is running BLAST on his system the best choice would be the BLAST Session protocol In this case the user starts BLAST with the command blast h and then enters Filetransfer mode on his local system see Com mand Line Switches on page 10 However if the remote operator is not running BLAST but a session package that uses a public do main protocol a pseudohost mode must be used This mode is available for Xmodem Ymodem and Zmodem CHAPTER THIRTEEN Pseudohost operation requires a special command line to start BLAST on the host system and to execute file transfers The format of the command lin
347. setting BHOST will not necessarily be reloaded If BHOST is not loaded from the Host PC s AUTOEXEC BAT file the Host PC will remain at the DOS prompt when rebooted REMOTE CONTROL 335 IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT 336 IGNORE ignores DCD loss In order for BHOST to detect DCD Loss through an external modem the modem cable must support the DCD signal All standard modem cables support this signal If DCD Loss Response is set to IGNORE and carrier is lost during a session the Host PC modem may reset itself immediately even though BHOST is not ready to process incoming calls In this case BHOST will not restart and the Host PC will not be able to process incoming calls until the Logon T O or Inactivity T O takes effect Host Keyboard ON OFF Enables disables the Host PC s keyboard When this field is set to OFF the Host Keyboard is completely disabled from the time BHOST is run to regain control of the keyboard you must reboot the Host PC or change this setting remotely The Control PC may still initiate Chat Mode with the Host PC in this case the Host key board is enabled for the duration of the Chat If Host Keyboard is set to OFF and BHOST is started from the Host PC s AUTOEXEC BAT the Host PC s keyboard will remain dis abled even after rebooting If this situation occurs dial into the Host PC and change the Host Keyboard setting through SETBHOST This feature prevents unauthorized interf
348. sions If the account on the receiving system does not have all of the necessary permissions to create the file as specified by this switch BLAST will create the file with as many permissions as the account allows Delete file from receiving system if transfer STR Receive was unsuccessful Send Send file as ASCII using the value stored in XYRLTS TXT E Receive file as ASCII using the value stored in Receive Ymodem Protocol XYRLTR BLAST supports the standard Ymodem and Ymodem G protocols Do not use Ymodem G protocol unless there are properly configured error correcting modems on both ends of the connection The following two sections describe interactive file transfers For a discussion of scripting Ymodem file transfers see File Transfers with Ymodem and Ymodem G on page 201 Sending Files with Ynodem To send a file using Ymodem In Terminal mode begin the Ymodem or Ymodem G receive program on the remote computer Exit Terminal mode select the Filetransfer command from the Online menu and then select the Send command You will be prompted for the filename You may enter a single filename XMODEM YMODEM AND ZMODEM PROTOCOLS 141 from the current directory or a path specification with a single filename you may use wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 10 8x Optionally you may add the TXT file transfer switch You will not be able to add any other file
349. sites home directory on host 23 dat include file mask mast exclude file mask Password for site 23 comment z pwd marks a record for deletion but does not physically remove it A zapped record can be un zapped and reactivated if it is the target of a subsequent Z command A zapped password cannot be reused until it is reclaimed and the zapped file deleted see r pwd Password of the record to be deleted CHAPTER ELEVEN secure r reclaims a zapped password for possible reuse and deletes the zapped record Record numbers used by the g command may be re ordered by using r blsecure Error Codes Errors that occur while running blsecure are due to physical causes such as the file not being found or read and data errors such as g failing to locate a specified record To help prevent unauthorized ac cess to the password database returned error codes do not indicate anything other than a general failure SECURE BLAST After you create a password file use Secure to establish a link be tween the BLAST executable and the password file In order to use this utility the BLAST executable must exist with write privileges for the administrator secure should be made accessible only to the BLAST administrator by means of operating system permissions or privileges Running secure The BLAST installation program normally copies secure to the same directory as the BLAST executable For increase
350. sor is displayed as a reverse video block or as an underline character BLASTscript variable VTCURSTYPE CHAPTER FIVE Auto Wrap YES NO Specifies whether text typed at the right margin will automatically wrap to the next line BLASTscript variable VTAUTOWRAP New Line YES NO Selects whether the ENTER key will move the cursor to a new line Possible choices are NO the ENTER key sends only a carriage return and YES both a carriage return and line feed are sent BLASTscript variable VTNEWLINE Print Mode NORMAL AUTO CONTROLLER Specifies when information is sent to the printer In AUTO print mode each line of received text is displayed and printed in CONTROLLER mode all received data is sent directly to the printer without displaying it on the screen and in NORMAL mode the user initiates printing from the keyboard BLASTscript variable VTPRINT Print Screen SCROLL REGION FULL PAGE Specifies how much of the screen to print when you press the PRINT SCREEN key Choices are FULL PAGE entire page and SCROLL REGION only the currently defined VT scrolling region BLASTscript variable VTPRINTPAGE Intl Char Set USASCII UK FRENCH GERMAN ITALIAN SPANISH DANISH Specifies whether 7 or 8 bit data is used for international support The default value is USASCITI which allows 8 bit data The high order values are used to represent international characters If any other character set is selecte
351. ssage Read error or read error on port and BLAST is terminated What happened The most common reason for this error is that another process in your system has tried to access the serial port while BLAST was us ing it Check to be sure that programs like cu uucp getty or ttymon are not attempting to run simultaneously on the same port as BLAST Make sure that these programs are set up to recognize lock files and share system resources smoothly For more information on ttymon refer to Chapter 2 of this manual Occasionally this error can occur if BLAST is unable to communicate with the tty from which BLAST is being run Can someone log onto my system and exchange files with my system without my help The user must have a legitimate ID and password on your system and the environment variables must be properly set to allow the user to execute BLAST For more information on login see Chapter 2 After logging in the remote user should invoke BLAST in host mode with the h switch blast h When the message starting BLAST protocol appears the user should initiate BLAST Filetransfer mode on the re mote system see Chapter 6 This feature is available in BLAST protocol only Several of the other supported protocols can operate in a much more limited pseudohost mode see BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x on page 204 I can connect and log in normally but when I enter BLAST Filetransfer mode my
352. ssed the se rial port buffer fills up When the buffer is full the device driver must halt the flow of data If the serial port is connected to a modem for example some form of signaling is required so that the port can halt the flow of data from the modem as the serial buffer approaches capacity Likewise the modem must be able to signal the port to stop sending data if its own buffers fill up RTS CTS Pacing The RTS CTS Pacing setup field page 72 and the reserved variable RTSCTS page 284 enable a form of flow control that uses the RS 232 signals Request To Send RTS and Clear To Send CTS This type of flow control is sometimes referred to as hardware or out of band flow control When the setup field is set to YES BLAST at tempts to set the serial port device driver to use RTS CTS flow con trol NO disables RTS CTS flow control Unfortunately UNIX serial port device drivers do not implement RTS CTS flow control uniformly The RS 232 standard originally defined these control signals for uni directional flow control only which is not appropriate for controlling full duplex or bi directional data flow Consequently some UNIX systems implement uni direc tional RTS CTS flow control in conformance with strict RS 232 specifications whereas other UNIX systems offer a bi directional form of RTS CTS flow control that is compatible with modern high speed modems To make matters more confusing some systems do not suppo
353. ssion of these setup fields in Chapter 5 After you are satisfied that all of the setup information is correct press the CANCEL key to exit to the Offline menu If you made any changes to the setup press w for Write to save the changes Blaster assumes that a dial in user will be using a VT 100 terminal If you are using a VT terminal or your console operates as a VT or ANSI terminal you should not have problems Problems such as the screen not clearing improper positioning of characters and strange character sequences indicate that you are not using a VT terminal If your terminal is incompatible with a VT100 the best solution is to reset the TERM environment variable on Blaster to match the type of terminal you are using For example if you are using a WYSE 60 terminal type the following after logging into Blaster TERM wy60 This will cause Blaster to send WYSE 60 controls to your terminal instead of VT 100 controls It may also be possible to reset your console or terminal to emulate a VT100 For example if you are running BLAST from an xterm session and experience the problems described above your xterm may be defaulting to an emulation other than VT100 On many sys tems you can start xterm in VT100 mode by typing xterm t For more information on resetting your console or terminal consult your system or hardware documentation For more information on xterm consult the xterm man page CHAPTER THREE FIGURE 3 5
354. stem Type in the letter or letters that specify the permission s allowed see list below BLAST does not override standard UNIX permissions For exam ple even though a user may have BLAST permission to rename a file he cannot do so if he does not have UNIX write permission for that file Likewise he cannot change directories if he does not have UNIX permission to do so The following permissions are available A Append User can append to a file c Change directory User can change directories E Delete User can delete a file G Get User can get a file L List User can list directory contents M Master User can perform all available operations o Overwrite User can overwrite a file P Print User can print a file R Rename User can rename a file s Send User can send a file T Type User can type a file 161 IMPORTANT 162 Serial Number XXXXXXXXXX X XXXXX Specifies the serial number of the BLAST program that the user is executing on the remote system Type in the 16 digit serial number with dashes after the 10th and 11th characters exactly as it appears on the remote BLAST executable such as 0123456789 0 00000 The serial number and version of BLAST are visible when you press the HELP key while running BLAST This field may contain the wildcards and to match single or multiple numbers respectively For example 0123456789 will accept any serial number that begi
355. successful The STR switch is disabled by de fault To enable it toggle the Enable FWD and STR setup field page 88 in the BLAST Protocol subwindow to YES on the receiving system BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 113 TXT Perform text translation BLAST will convert car riage returns line feeds and end of file markers to the receiving system s text format You might for example specify text translation and overwriting of an existing file with the following filename testl1 doc TXT OVW Or you might specify that the file will be automatically deleted from your system after it has been successfully sent and that it will be sent with a compression level of 6 test1 doc FWD COMP 6 Filenames Restrictions with BLAST Protocol With BLAST protocol you should not give a file the same name as a switch since BLAST protocol will assume that the file is a switch and look for a file with the name of the folder containing the file Thus the transfer of the file will not occur and you will get an error message Filenames uppercase or lowercase to avoid are app comp n follow nn fwd group ovw owner nn perms nnnn str and txt where n is a number from 0 to 9 You can work around this restriction by changing your local and re mote working directories to the ones containing the file you want to transfer and giving the filename without a path To change your lo cal working directory interactively choose Chdir com
356. sues when the GET command is given and myfile rpt line 4 is the response to the Local Filename prompt The transfer options t and a line 5 specify text and append in this example the same symbols you would use if you were per forming the file transfer interactively In the SEND example two blank lines lines 8 and 9 are entered to indicate that BLAST should use default values for these responses Thus the remote filename will be the same as the local filename and no transfer options are specified the file transfer will be binary Blank lines representing default filenames and file attributes t o a cannot contain com ments Other than the preceding exceptions you should not have blank lines in a script unless they do contain the comment character The ESC statement represents pressing the CANCEL key which is the action that you normally take to exit Filetransfer mode 194 CHAPTER THIRTEEN filetransfer message Sending Sa esc Performing Remote Commands The BLAST session protocol allows you to perform remote system commands without special knowledge of the command syntax on the remote machine Remote commands are coded in a script like this filetransfer remote chdir usr customer esc esc The first ESC represents the escape keystroke that will move you from the Remote menu to the Filetransfer menu The second ESC terminates the session in the usual manner Using Transfer Command F
357. system admin istrator should manually delete the lock file before restarting BLAST Problems with Port Locks BLAST s port locking scheme is comprehensive but some circum stances can defeat it For instance multiple device drivers may refer to the same physical device such as 1 root 1 root 5 1 Dec 12 16 29 97 Aug 12 1994 SyS sys 5 ttydl ttyfl If inittab or ttymon refers to the port as ttyd but the BLAST setup refers to the port as ttyf1 port locking has no effect and BLAST will probably fail One way to handle this problem is to have an entry in blasttab for dev ttyd1 and none for dev ttyf1 which would force users to specify dev ttyd1 within BLAST Choosing a Serial Port for BLAST There is no standard naming convention for serial port device driv ers UNIX vendors and add on board manufacturers have devised their own schemes To add to the confusion some vendors provide THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 23 Crw rw rw separate device drivers for modem connections and terminal con nections For complete information you must consult the documen tation for your system On the following page are some examples of serial port device drivers on an assortment of UNIX systems Operating System Device Driver ATT System 5 4 dev term a Data General DG UX dev tty0 DEC Digital UNIX dev tty00 Hewlett Packard HP UX dev tty00 IBM AIX also SCO 3 2 4 x SCO Xenix dev tty0 SCO Open Server 5 0 dev tty1lA Silicon Graph
358. t BLASTscript variable KFILETYP Delay 1 99 5 Specifies the number of seconds of delay between the recognition of a Send command and the actual beginning of the transmission BLASTscript variable KDELAYOS Block Check Type 1 3 2 Specifies level of error detection Kermit offers three levels of error detection with 3 being the most secure To decrease the chance of a bad packet being accepted by the receiving computer set the level to 2 or 3 Higher levels of error detection will appreciably slow a file transfer Use a lower block check type when using error correcting modems or when transferring files at 9600 baud and above BLASTscript variable KBCHECK Timeout 0 99 10 Specifies the number of seconds that the computer will wait to re ceive a packet before requesting that it be resent BLASTscript variable KRTIMEOUT Filename Conversion YES NO Specifies whether to convert a filename from local format to com mon Kermit format For example lower case is changed to all up percase and and all periods after the initial one are ecg converted to x s BLASTscript variable KFNAMCONV 91 Incomplete File DISCARD KEEP Specifies whether to KEEP or DISCARD files incompletely re ceived such as a file being transferred when you abort a Get com mand This insures that any file received is complete BLASTscript variable KSAVEINC Warning ON OFF For Kermi
359. t set SCRLREG OFF connect set SCRLREG ON if STATUS not 0 set USERIF ON clear write Can t connect or log in return end terminal enter Terminal mode set USERIF ON don t forget this return End of script CHAPTER THIRTEEN Communicating with Other Programs In some BLAST applications the end user is not even aware that BLAST is operating in the system BLAST provides a simple inter face that lets other programs control BLAST hiding the existence of BLAST completely from the user if necessary Passing Information to BLAST The command line can contain up to ten arguments or parameters that pass information to a BLAST script Command line arguments follow the setup name on the command line see Command Line Switches on page 10 For example consider the following BLAST command line blast chicago ssales 12 05 midwest This command line will start BLAST with the chicago su setup ex ecute the script called sales scr using the S switch and store the ar guments 12 05 and midwest in the reserved variables ARGO and ARG1 respectively A program can also pass information to a script by writing a text file that the script opens and interprets Alternatively because a script it self is just a text file your controlling software can write a script that can be executed by BLAST on the fly Controlling Other Programs from BL
360. t The top four lines of the display would then become part of the scrolling region You must remember to turn the menu re gion back ON in the script or the user will NOT be able to see the BLAST menus after the script is finished Displaying Text in the Menu Region Two script commands permit you to display text in the menu region WRITE string string Prints a message BLASTSCRIPT TOPICS 191 WERROR string string Prints a message in the menu region and then waits for the user to press a key The script will not pause if ONERROR is set to CONTINUE These commands are normally used for displaying errors or progress messages Displaying Text in the Scrolling Region The most common way to display text in the scrolling region is with the DISPLAY statement described on page 228 The DISPLAY command prints a string or a list of strings at the current cursor po sition depending on the emulation you have chosen the cursor may or may not advance to the next display line Another method of displaying text uses a pair of commands CURSOR and PUT CURSOR row column Position cursor PUT string string Print string The following script demonstrates an application of these com mands Screen Display Demo Hide modem control strings from the user begin set ONERROR CONTINUE set USERIF OFF clear Erase the screen cursor 12 30 put Now connecting please wai
361. t called modems scr Logging into a remote system such as a VMS or a UNIX based computer is like wise handled by a special script called systems scr These scripts are called by BLAST when the Connect command is issued from a menu or the CONNECT statement is executed in a script Disconnect ing is managed in a similar way by modems scr and systems scr It s important to understand the structure and operation of these two scripts and how you can modify them BLASTscript Libraries Modems scr and systems scr are called script libraries and provide the information that BLAST needs to control your modem and to log CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING 211 212 onto remote computers These libraries are collections of scripts combined into large files and indexed for rapid access BLAST au tomatically chooses the proper scripts from these libraries based on the values of the System Type and Modem Type setup fields If you should choose to modify either modems scr or systems scr be sure to make a backup copy of the file first under another name As with any other script file modems scr and systems scr should always be saved as text only or ASCII files Do not save them as word proces sor files These script libraries are activated through menu commands or script commands as follows Connect Uses commands in modems scr and systems scr to dial out and log onto the remote system Upload Uses commands in systems s
362. t characters are displayed in the top half of a dou ble height position 132 column mode is supported by scrolling to the left or right on the screen as required to permit viewing of the entire 132 characters Refer to Appendix B for the Key Definition Chart DATA STREAM CONTROL 313 314 WYSE 60 50 TV920 D80 and ADM3A Emulation The WYSE 60 50 TV920 D80 and ADM3A emulators are the functional equivalent of the WYSE 60 WYSE 50 Televideo fam ily Ampex D80 and the Lear Siegler ADM 3A terminals Supported Features These emulators support the following terminal features 80 or 132 column modes Horizontal scrolling control using the cursor movement keys to accommodate a 132 column display on a standard 80 column screen To set the default mode for the number of columns to scroll specify the column width in the WYSE Emulation setup subwindow Multiple pages up to 4 pages the default is 1 Split screens Normal dim blink blank underline and reverse attributes These attributes are embedded in the WYSE50 emulation They do not occupy a video position in the WYSE60 emula tion Protected fields and display attributes of write protected fields Graphics characters Print functions including auxiliary and transparent modes Editing functions Block and character modes Special Considerations These emulators do not support programming and displaying func tion key label
363. t is possible to create a password file and link it to a par ticular BLAST executable file without specifying a full pathname for either file it is not advisable You should specify a full pathname for the BLAST executable and password file when using the Secure BLAST utilities A higher level of security is maintained if neither the password file nor the BLAST file are located in the same direc tory as blpasswd blsecure and secure The first step in securing BLAST is to create the password file The application blpasswd provides a full screen user interface for setup and maintenance of the password database The BLAST installation program normally copies blpasswd to the same directory as the BLAST executable For increased security blpasswd should be moved to a directory that is accessible only to the BLAST adminis trator Creating and Modifying a Password File To create a new password database file execute blpasswd from the command line by typing blpasswd and pressing ENTER You will be prompted for a filename Figure 11 1 Type the filename and press ENTER BLPASSWD Version 2 00 File Name E CHAPTER ELEVEN Next you will be prompted to create a master password which will control future access to the file type the password and press ENTER You will then be asked if you want to create the new file Figure 11 2 Press Y to create the file or N or c to cancel and exit blpasswd BLPASSWD Version 2 00 Create new newfile
364. t scr initializes variables and files autoierr scr reports initialization errors autodisp scr draws screen displays autoline scr reads site information autopsnd scr checks log for status of SENDs autoprev scr checks log for status of GETs autoparx scr updates status files autosw scr strips file transfer switches off filename 10 8x only The scripts may be moved to any convenient directory in your sys tem For instance you could segregate Autopoll from other BLAST files by creating a poll directory cd usr blast mkdir poll mv auto scr poll In addition to these script files you must have a BLAST setup called autopoll located in the BLAST Setup Directory It must include a valid communications port or hunt file and other connection infor mation such as modem type and baud rate You may also specify the script autopoll scr in the Script File field of the setup simplifying the command line to start Autopoll Starting Autopoll 358 Autopoll must be started from the directory in which the Autopoll scripts and support files site and transfer command files are found If blast exe is not in this directory you need to add the full path for blast exe to your PATH see Setting PATH BLASTDIR and SET UPDIR on page 8 or give the full path in the command line If APPENDIX E autopoll scr has been entered in the Script File field of the au topoll setup the format for i
365. t send before a file transfer is allowed If this variable is set to other than null then the remote computer must send the password before a file can be transferred to or from your computer NOTE TRPASSWD is intended to validate remote users logging onto your system If the BLAST running on the local system exe cutes a script that sets TRPASSWORD to something other than a null the local computer will not be able to receive files without the remote computer sending the password BLAST Protocol subwindow Transfer Password TTIME read only In the BLAST Extended Log holds the total elapsed time of the file transfer session You must have Extended Logging enabled for this variable to return a value See the description of XLOG for more in formation USERID read write user defined Stores the user s identification for the remote computer The systems scr library uses this variable in answering the logon prompts from a multi user computer Setup field Userid CHAPTER SIXTEEN USERIF read write ON OFF Controls data display in the menu region lines 1 4 If USERIF is set to ON the menu region is displayed if it is set to OFF lines 1 4 become part of the scrolling region When BLAST is started in the video suppress mode N on the operating system command line this variable is turned OFF see Command Line Switches on page 10 NOTE If USERIF is set to ON it returns the value 1 if it is set to
366. t special h BLAST will look in BLASTDIR for this setup unless a SETUPDIR has been specified NOTE In host mode BLAST uses the login port parameters ig noring the Script File setting and port parameters of the setup except THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 13 14 for XON XOFF Pacing See Using BLAST in Host Mode on page 26 Using the h switch BLAST can perform X Y or Zmodem file 10 8x transfers See BLAST Operation as a Pseudohost With 10 8x on page 204 kcountry kbd 10 7x loads an international keyboard driver where country kbd is the name of the driver See International Keyboard for 10 7x on page 29 10 8x n forces BLAST to execute in no display mode Displays may be se lectively reenabled through BLASTscript commands This switch allows you to integrate BLAST into your applications without losing the information previously written to the screen px specifies the pad character X expressed as a decimal value to be be used with Xmodem transmissions See Chapter 9 more informa tion on Xmodem q forces BLAST into quiet mode Audible signals that normally call attention to prompts and errors are suppressed V Or displays the BLAST version serial number and command line switch usage X enables Extended Logging which writes detailed information about BLAST protocol sessions to your session log Extended Logging may also be enabled with the BLA
367. t transfers specifies whether Kermit will automatically rename a received file if another file with the same name already ex ists in the current directory If the field is set to ON Kermit will re name the file adding a number 0001 0002 etc if the field set to OFF Kermit overwrites the file BLASTscript variable KWARNING Xmodem and Ymodem Protocol Subwindow for 10 8x FIGURE 5 8 92 In BLAST Professional UNIX 10 8x selecting XMODEM XMODEM1K YMODEM or YMODEM G and pressing ENTER displays the subwindow shown in Figure 5 8 Some fields apply to Xmodem only BLAST Offline default fufmatt1 work MENU E up X down R first C last P prompt T clear AR exit enter a new number XMODEM and YMODEN Protocol Send Parameters Receive Parameters EOT Timeout fpo Pad Character 0 File Conversion BINARY File Conversion BINARY Remote Line Termination CR LF Remote Line Termination CR LF Error Detection CRC EOT Timeout 10 6000 100 For Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies EOT end of trans mission timeout in hundredths of a second BLASTscript variable XYEOT CHAPTER FIVE THE SETUP Pad Character any character in decimal 00 For Xmodem transfers specifies the pad character BLASTscript variable XPADC File Conversion ASCII BINARY For sending Xmodem and Ymodem transfers specifies conversion to ASCII BLASTscript variable XYCONVS For receiving Xmodem
368. te machine No other devices should be configured to assert flow control For best results the mo dems should have an error detecting connection established BLAST does not recommend using local XON XOFF flow control without an error detecting connection By default when XON XOFF pacing is enabled BLAST establishes error detecting flow control In more complex environments or if error detecting modems are not available end to end XON XOFF flow control should be used In CHAPTER TWO an end to end environment the device driver will issue an XOFF when the serial port buffers are full The XOFF character will pass through all devices to the remote computer which will stop data transmission When the buffers empty an XON will be issued that causes the remote computer to restart the transmission In similar fashion if the remote machine s serial port buffers fill up the device driver will issue an XOFF that causes the local machine to halt data transmission until an XON is received In this environment all flow control should be disabled in the mo dems and all other equipment You must manually configure the modems to do this or write your own entry in Modems scr see Sample Modem Script on page 214 Integration Options This section discusses integrating BLAST with other applications You need not read this section until you are familiar with the basic operation of BLAST described in the remainder of this manual Af t
369. ted with a carriage return and the sliding window design of the BLAST protocol en sures that data is constantly being transmitted Optimum BLAST Packet Size To operate efficiently over an X 25 network BLAST protocol pack et size must be optimally configured The Packet Size setup field THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 17 page 90 or the reserved variable PAKTSZ page 279 specifies the number of bytes of data that BLAST will transmit in each BLAST packet This specification does not include any bytes asso ciated with BLAST s encoding of data packet headers launch char acters and CRC characters To make most efficient use of the X 25 connection a BLAST frame the data and the bytes associated with packetizing the data must fit within the X 25 frame size If the BLAST frame is too large to fit into a single X 25 frame you will be sending a full frame and a partial frame If the BLAST frame is too small you will be sending partial X 25 frames There is a simple formula to determine optimal BLAST packet size for a given X 25 frame size If you are using the 8 bit channel setting in the BLAST Protocol subwindow of the setup the formula is BLAST Packet X 25 Frame 4 x 7 9 4 If you are using the 7 bit channel setting the formula is BLAST Packet X 25 Frame 5 x 3 9 4 For example if you are using a X 25 frame size of 256 bytes and an 8 bit channel the optimal BLAST packet size is 219 219 4 256
370. that the sender knows that the transfer is complete and accurate When data is being transmitted in only one direction the BLAST protocol uses a minimal number of acknowl edgement packets flowing in the opposite direction When data is being transferred in both directions the data and acknowledgement packets are combined into a single packet This efficient use of pack ets is important when working with networks because network charges are often computed on a per packet rather than a per byte basis Adjustable Packet Size The BLAST packet size can be set from 1 to 4085 bytes according to the quality and type of connection A small size minimizes the amount of data that must be retransmitted if line noise is a problem With high quality connections or with error detecting modems packet size can be increased to reduce transmission overhead Pack et size can also be set to optimize network packet utilization BLAST Protocol Circuit Requirements BLAST is flexible in its circuit requirements Because BLAST does not use any of the ASCII control codes it is compatible with the use of these control codes for other purposes For example BLAST can be employed on circuits where software flow control CTRL Q CTRL S is in use The XON XOFF Pacing setup field allows the user to con trol whether or not BLAST uses this feature This is very important for load sharing on network virtual circuits and time shared mini computers BLAST can operate on
371. the BLAST setup A bank s computerized account service for example may have an un usual login Assume that after the modems connect the bank issues the prompt MIDAS gt waits for your user identification AlbertyArtCo and then issues the prompt To help you write your login script start Learn mode and then pro ceed to log in as usual being careful to avoid spelling errors and oth er trivial mistakes When you finish return to the Offline menu and select Learn again to turn off Learn mode 176 CHAPTER TWELVE The following is an example of what the Learn script might look like BLAST Learn mode script Original filename bank scr Date 09 1 95 Time 11 00 00 CONNECT entering TERMINAL mode ttrap 6 012 015MIDAS gt tsend Alber tsend tyArtCo CR ttrap 3 012 015 012 015 exiting TERMINAL mode RETURN commented out for appending Even though the script has a strange appearance you can decipher it TSEND is the script command for transmitting text through the se rial port This command is used for sending the user ID to the bank TTRAP is used for checking text coming into the serial port so it is used for detecting the prompts issued by the bank s system Without doing any more work this script will actually perform the login Editing the Learn Script Because BLAST cannot distinguish the meaning of any of the data entering or leaving the serial port Learn
372. the Enable OVW and Remote Cmds setup field page 88 in the BLAST Protocol subwindow to NO NOTE If use of the OVW switch is disabled on the receiving system BLAST protocol will not al low the file to be overwritten OWNER nn Preserve or set the owner of the file where nn is a positive decimal integer that specifies the file owner ID PERMS nnnn Preserve or set file permissions where nnnn is an octal number that contains the file permissions for the target file This switch is automatically ap pended to files sent from the local system and can also be specified by the remote system See Per missions on page 150 and your system documen tation for more information about permissions 4000 Set user ID on execution 20 0 Set user ID on execution if is 7 5 3 or 1 grant execute permission enable mandatory locking if is 6 4 2 or 0 1000 Set the sticky bit 0400 Read by owner 0200 Write by owner 0100 Execute search in directory by owner 0040 Read by group 0020 Write by group 0010 Execute search in directory by group 0004 Read by others 0002 Write by others 0001 Execute search in directory by others 0000 No permissions If the account on the receiving system does not have all of the necessary permissions to create the file as specified by this switch BLAST will create the file with as many permissions as the account allows STR Delete file from receiving system if transfer was un
373. the log file that keeps a record of all session activity When a file is transferred a menu selection made or a BLASTscript state ment executed the log file records the activity and the time that it occurred Extended logging offers detailed information about file transfers For more information on extended logging see the de scription of the XLOG reserved variable on page 298 If the filename that you enter already exists BLAST appends the new session activity information to the existing file otherwise the file is created Log files do not need any particular extension and can be any combination of the normally accepted filename characters You may specify a full path as part of the log filename BLASTscript variable LOGFILE Translate File filename Designates a control file to filter incoming or outgoing characters in Terminal mode and during text upload capture The Translate File is an ASCII text file that can be edited by a text processor or the BLAST editor See Translate File Format on page 306 for more information BLASTscript variable XLTFILE Attention Key any Control key K Defines the key combination that will be interpreted as the Attention Key This field accepts a single keystroke which will be used in combination with the cTRL key Throughout this manual the Atten tion Key is referred to as ATTN If it is necessary to change the attention key be sure to choose a re placement value that will not i
374. the same directory as the Autopoll scripts Autopoll script files transfer command files and site files must be stored in the same directory which must be your current working di rectory Starting Autopoll With the required files ready the BLAST command line to start Autopoll might be blast autopoll 3 retail which specifies a maximum of three attempts to complete the poll ing session with retail dat 365 Other Files Using the Filename Stub 366 Autopoll distinguishes several special files by appending different extensions to the site filename stub The extensions for retail dat are listed below Extension Created by Meaning Example dat user required Site file retail dat Stp user optional Stop file retail stp hdr user optional Banner file retail hdr log Autopoll Short summary file retail log prn Autopoll Long summary file __ retail prn Site File The site file retail dat is the master list of information about the sites to be polled Stop File The stop file retail stp is an optional file the user can create that al lows BLAST to exit prematurely but gracefully from a polling ses sion Autopoll checks for the existence of the stop file in the Autopoll directory before each connection to a site If the file is found the polling session is terminated For example suppose you want to halt Autopoll because you have found out that the files to be transferred to the last 10 sites of a poll ing
375. they can be restored if necessary A UNIX environment variable is useful here OLD_STTY stty g To restore the old parameters simply type stty OLD_STTY For example some UNIX systems are set on login for even parity 7 data bits and 1 stop bit BLAST file transfers however proceed more quickly if an 8 bit data path is available On such systems it may be possible to change the port parameters temporarily and re store them after file transfer is finished as in the following com mands OLD_STTY stty g stty cs8 parenb cstopb blast h stty OLD_STTY Using BLAST 10 7x under SCO UNIX OpenServer 5 Executing BLAST 10 7x under SCO UNIX OpenServerS5 requires null mapping of the character stream Enter mapchan n from the command line or add mapchan n to the user s profile to allow the character stream to be handled without translation Failing to set mapchan n can cause display and functionality problems in BLAST when run under OpenServer 5 For more information refer to the man page for mapchan CHAPTER TWO Running BLAST Remotely from the Console Using 10 7x In order to run BLAST in Access mode the Special KBD Mode of BHOST running on the remote computer must be set to ON Also the NUM LOCK key on the console keyboard should be turned off for cor rect cursor control BLAST will reenable NUM LOCK on the console if NUM LOCK is engaged on a remote PC during remote control sessions For information on configuring BHOS
376. ting Starting Out Scripts allow BLAST to automate communications tasks Scripts are often used for tasks such as logging into remote hosts and handling the details of communications sessions that are repetitive or that in experienced users would find overwhelming This chapter introduc es the BLASTscript language and describes an important feature of BLAST that aids scripting Learn mode With Learn BLAST writes your scripts so that learning scripting is made easier Executing BLAST Scripts BLAST scripts can be invoked using one of three different methods O From the Online menu select the Script command When prompted for the script name enter the name of the file This in teractive method of starting a script is preferable when you wish to automate only a portion of your communications session Ina setup enter the name of a BLAST script in the Script File field After the setup is loaded into memory and the Online command is selected from the Offline menu the script named INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING 171 172 in the setup will execute automatically This is useful if you al ways use a specific script with a particular setup From the operating system command line specify a BLAST script name with the S switch see Command Line Switches on page 10 The script specified on the command line takes precedence over a script listed in the setup Script File field You can include a directory path when you spec
377. tion 33 38 Batch Mode 12 Environment Variables 7 10 File Types 7 8 Host Mode 13 14 323 338 Quiet Mode 14 Run from cron 36 38 Run from Restricted Shell 153 154 Screen 40 42 Shell Programming 33 36 Starting 39 40 Unattended 36 38 357 375 BLAST Keys 315 319 Definition Charts 345 347 Frequently Used 52 Terminal Emulation 318 319 BLAST Protocol 99 122 Advantages 100 101 Automating 119 Circuit Requirements 102 Compression Level 120 121 CRC Error Detection 101 Design 101 102 Ending File Transfer 106 107 Extended Logging 14 298 File Transfer 107 122 194 197 File Transfer Switches 111 114 File Transfer Templates 110 111 Filetransfer Menu 57 58 Fine Tuning 119 121 Getting Files 110 194 Message 58 195 233 234 Packet Acknowledgement 264 Packet Size 17 18 102 119 120 279 Remote Commands 195 234 235 Remote Menu 108 118 119 Restarting Interrupted Transfer 115 Scripting Considerations 196 197 Security 121 122 149 169 Sending Files 109 110 194 Setup Subwindow 84 88 Starting File Transfer 103 106 Timeouts 105 106 See also main entry Timeouts Transfer Command Files 115 118 195 Transfer Options 108 109 Transfer Password 87 88 121 122 290 Wildcards 110 Window Size 85 295 XON XOFF Pacing 32 BLAST Session Protocol See BLAST Proto col BLASTDIR 8 9 9 35 153 154 309 Blaster Online Demonstration and Testing Service 44 50 Connecting to 47 48 File Transfer 48 50 Logging Off 50 Setup 45 blastkod 315 32
378. tion was successful and the script performs the GOTO command sending the script to the section labeled xfer which controls file transfer if STATUS 0 goto xfer conditional executes if conditional Statement clause is true If STATUS equals any value other than 0 script execution contin ues on line 12 displaying No Connection and an error code At this point RETURN aborts further execution of the script and control is returned to the user TRANSFERRING Section 2 The second section under the xfer label begins with the F ILETRANSFER statement The F ILETRANSFER statement works like the Filetransfer command of the Online menu When it is executed BLAST attempts to start the BLAST software on the re mote computer and the script pauses until Filetransfer mode is en tered or a time limit expires The exact events that occur when the F LLETRANSFER command is executed depend on the setting of the System Type setup field page 67 The next four lines 19 22 provide the information BLAST proto col needs to send the required file as a text file If another protocol INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING 175 were used this section would be scripted differently for more infor mation on scripting for alternative protocols see Chapter 13 Line 23 ESC ends the filetransfer session Lines 24 27 illustrate another form of the IF command IF END With IF END several lines of script can be executed
379. to the script until the user types ATTN ATTN TERMINAL will not function if BLAST is started with the b switch batch mode or n switch no display unless the N switch setting has been reset in the session for example in a script with the fol lowing command SET SCRLREG ON EXAMPLE display Script paused TERMINAL display Script continuing 256 CHAPTER FIFTEEN TRAPNULLS OFF 10 8x disable null traps FORMAT TRAPNULLS_OFF TRAPNULLS_OFF disables the trapping of nulls disabling null traps is the default mode EXAMPLE TRAPNULLS_OFF TRAPNULLS ON 10 8x enable null traps FORMAT TRAPNULLS_ON TRAPNULLS_ON enables trapping of nulls 0x00 s in order to trap binary CRC s or checksums EXAMPLE TRAPNULLS_ON TSEND send strings to the remote computer FORMAT TSEND BREAK CR LF string_value TSEND sends breaks carriage returns line feeds or strings to the re mote computer Any combination of strings line terminating char acters and or breaks can be sent NOTE Some operating systems including DOS expect a CR LF instead of a LF at the end of a line Take this into consideration and use CR LF instead of LF for these systems You might define an end of line variable at the beginning of a BLAST script to make these programs easily transportable to other systems EXAMPLE set endline CR TSEND BREAK send break signal TSEND ATDT PHONENO endline
380. to the Userid and Password setup fields respectively exactly as they appear in SETBHOST on the Host PC These fields are case sensitive Set Emulation to TTY or VT320 Set Protocol to BLAST Set Packet Size to at least 200 BHOST s minumum setting the maximum setting is 4085 Inthe BLAST protocol setup subwindow set Compression Level according to the type of data you will transfer Note that BHOST s compression level defaults to 1 Any additional com pression is determined by the amount of memory allocated by a COMPBUF assignment in BLAST OPT on the Host PC BHOST supports compression levels 0 4 Use the Write command from the Online menu to save the new setup Making the Connection and Logging On Choose the new Host PC setup in your Setup Directory and select Connect from the Online menu BLAST will make the connection log onto the Host PC and return to the Online menu NOTE If your BHOST Account is set to Dial Back BLAST will not return to the Online menu immediately Instead BHOST will disconnect after you log in and then dial your phone number from the Host PC Once the connection has been re established BLAST will return to the Online menu REMOTE CONTROL 325 Taking Control How you take control of the Host PC depends on the Control mode setting in your BHOST Account The possible settings are Access File Transfer Only and Terminal The default Control mode is Access which provides complete c
381. tocol session was terminated because of inactivity See the Inactivity Timeout setup field de scription on page 85 for details error in processing command file cannot start BLAST on remote system remote disconnect The remote system timed out during a BLAST proto col session or the remote operator pressed the ATTN key attempt to connect with an incompatible private net work There are special versions of BLAST that are limited to use within a particular network of systems Use of these special versions outside of the network or use of a standard BLAST version within the network will give this message connection control string timeout loss of carrier during protocol connection Transfer File Management 340 31 32 33 34 35 error free file not found or cannot be accessed Often occurs because the file or directory does not have read permission error free file cannot be created Often occurs because the file or directory does not have write permission error free file cannot be deleted Check permissions on the directory error occurred while closing the error free file This error occurs whenever BLAST cannot close an open file during Filetransfer mode cannot position within the error free file This error occurs when BLAST cannot close an open file during Filetransfer mode error occurred while reading the error free file error occurred while writing to the error free file Running out
382. topoll 2 daily 1 05 TRACE 359 In the first example a maximum of three attempts will be made to poll the sites listed in the site file retail dat starting at 10 45 am No tice that the command line specifies just the stub retail of the site filename retail dat Autopoll appends a variety of extensions to the filename stub to specify the names of special files In the second example one attempt will be made immediately to poll the sites in northwest dat BLAST will suppress its terminal output n and UNIX will place the BLAST job in the background amp In the third example a maximum of two attempts will be made to poll the sites listed in the site file daily dat starting at 1 05 am anda trace of the polling session will be made NOTE Versions of BLAST before 10 7 5 do not support the SETUPDIR reserved variable If you are running an earlier BLAST version you must include a reference to SETUPDIR on the command line blast autopoll sautopoll SETUPDIR max_cycles site_file start_time The Site File setup_nam 360 The site file is the master list of information about the sites to be polled Site files may use any valid filename but the extension must be dat Each line in the site file holds the parameters needed to con nect to and transfer files to and from one site Each line or site record consists of five fields separated by exclamation marks also called bangs in the form site
383. troke CHARACTER mode or grouped in blocks BLOCK mode BLASTscript variable WYCOMMODE Block End US CR CRLF ETX Specifies what characters mark the end of line and end of block when the terminal is in block mode and sends a block of data If US CR is selected a US character 037 is sent at the end of each line and a CR character 015 is sent to mark the end of the block BLASTscript variable WYBLOCKEND END OF EMULATION SUBWINDOW DESCRIPTIONS Full Screen YES NO Indicates whether the top four lines of the menu display will be sup pressed while in Terminal mode The default value is YES which suppresses the menu and allows the top 24 lines of the terminal screen to be used for data BLASTscript variable FULLSCR 81 82 Local Echo YES NO Specifies whether BLAST will echo typed characters to the screen while in Terminal mode If this field is set to YES BLAST will dis play typed characters before sending them out the communication port if the field is set to NO the characters will be displayed only if the remote computer sends them back If this field is set to YES and double characters are displayed on the screen change the setting to NO BLASTscript variable LOCECHO AutoLF In YES NO Controls the Terminal mode actions when receiving carriage re turns Some remote systems do not automatically supply line feeds causing multiple lines of text written on top of each other on your
384. try To enter a control character prefix the character with a caret NONE disables prompting BLASTscript variable PROMPTCH Char Delay 0 999 Specifies the time period in hundredths of a second that BLAST pauses between sending characters to the remote computer This pause slows down strings sent by BLAST scripts and text that is up loaded Character delay is a form of flow control Use this field when the re mote computer is unable to keep pace with BLAST and no other form of flow control is available or to slow down the interaction with a modem or other simple hardware device that does not support oth er forms of flow control The default value 0 specifies no delay Character delay applies only to text uploads it has no effect on file transfers BLASTscript variable CHARDLY Line Delay 0 999 Specifies the length of time in tenths of a second to pause after sending a line of data Line Delay provides a form of flow control while uploading text to the remote computer Some remote systems may be unable to keep pace with BLAST setting this field to a non zero value can prevent overloading the remote computer If 0 is en tered no delay will occur Note that the setting for Line Delay ap plies only to text uploads BLASTscript variable LINEDLY THE SETUP 83 Protocol BLAST KERMIT XMODEM XMODEM1K YMODEM YMODEM G ZMODEM 10 8x FTP Selects the protocol that will be used for fi
385. typical short summary file looks like this KKEKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKK KKK 02 09 96 11 15 29 KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKAKKKKKK Cycle 1 1 FAILED Sam s Discount lt Error transferring 3 file s gt 2 success Metro Army Surplus Cycle 2 1 success Sam s Discount KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Note check retail prn for complete session information A typical long summary file looks like this 02 09 96 KOK OK OK OK ROK ROK OK ROK RK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KEK LELEL M Cyeles 1 Site 1 Name Sam s Discount Phone 542 0307 k TCF sams tcf Log C1S001 log ___ _ SESSION INFORMATION Filetransfer error 8 DCD lost during transfer Error transferring 3 file s Log file follows xx x x BLAST Professional UNIX 10 7 3 on remote system uov LOSS OF CARRIER ending Filetransfer File transfer interrupted 12 of file acql2 txt received KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK K 02 09 96 KOK OK OK OK OK OK ROK ROK RK KK RK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KK 11 16 30 Cycle 1 Site 2 Name Metro Army Surplus Phone 542 5694 AUTOPOLL 367 02 09 96 11 18 49 02 09 96 11 20 41 TCF metro tcf ki Log C1S002 log a SESSION INFORMATION No errors encountered Log file has been deleted kkkkxkxkxkxkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkkkkxkkk
386. u should not give a file the same name as a switch since BLAST will assume that the file is a switch and either ignore it if the switch is unsupported by the cur rent protocol or look for a file with the name of the folder contain ing the file if the switch is supported by the current protocol In either case the transfer of the file will not occur and you will get an error message Filenames uppercase or lowercase to avoid are app comp n follow nn fwd group ovw owner nn perms nnnn str and txt where n is a number from 0 to 9 You may work around this restriction by changing your local current or remote current directory to the one containing the file you want to transfer and giving the filename without a path For interactive sends change your local working directory by accessing the Local menu and choosing the Chdir command For interactive gets change your remote working directory by accessing Terminal mode and giving the change current directory command for that operating system Alternatively you may do a scripting workaround For SENDs change the local working directory by using the LCHD IR command For GETs TSEND a change working directory command for that operating system For example the following script fragment will change the current remote directory on a UNIX machine to u sales TSEND cd u sales CR CHAPTER NINE Chapter 10 Text Transfers Introduction In BLAST
387. ue is accumulated over one or more TTRAPs This feature may be disabled by setting numeric_constant2 to 0 or omitting it EXAMPLE set TTRAP to capture data into CAP 10 chars maximum TTRAP exits if 85 chars are received before the TTRAP matches a string or times out SETTRAP CAP 10 85 TTRAP 6 015 trap next carriage return SETTRAP CAP 20 20 chars placed in CAP no char TTRAP 45 Logout count so TTRAP will time out or match a string STRCAT combine strings FORMAT STRCAT variable string_value1 string _value2 STRCAT appends string_value and any additional string values to variable EXAMPLE set stringl abc set string2 xyz STRCAT stringl string2 append string2 to stringl display alpha stringl display abcxyz BLASTSCRIPT COMMAND REFERENCE 253 STRINX find the first occurrence of one string in another FORMAT STRINX string_value1 string_value2 STRINX finds the first occurrence of string_value2 in string_valuel STATUS is set to the starting character position of string_value2 in string_value1 or set to 0 if there is no match EXAMPLE set stringl 0123456 STRINX stringl 3 look for pattern 3 display The number 3 occurs at position STATUS STRLEN determine the length of a string FORMAT STRLEN variable STRLEN sets STATUS to the length of variable EXAMPLE STRLEN string display The length of string is STATUS STRRIN
388. ue2 The condition is true when st ring_valuel is gt greater than gt greater than or equal to lt less than lt less than or equal to equal to string_value2 The comparison is based on the ASCII values and the length of the strings If the strings are not equal the comparison is performed on the first different character in the strings The second form of the conditional clause is valid for numeric val ues only E LT LE F NOT GT G numeric_value2 EQ The condition is true when numeric_valuel is GT greater than GE greater than or equal to LT less than E less than or equal to EQ equal to numeric _value2 Some special qualifiers provide an implied condition NOT NULL string_value True False when st ring_value is of zero length NOT numeric_constant True False when numeric_constant equals STATUS NOT REPS True False when the RI EPS counter is not zero see page 186 for more information on using RI EPS and loops 242 CHAPTER FIFTEEN NOT JEXIST string_value True False when a file named the value of st ring_value exists 10 8x NOT ISDIR string_value True False when st ring_value is a directory NOT OK True False when STATUS 0 EXAMPLE IF EXIST file one LDELETE file one IF NOT NULL VAR Display VAR is not empty IF USERID FRED GOTO sendfiles
389. unication devices Customize the user interface Perform error checking for session validation Access online information services to send and receive mail Poll large numbers of unattended remote sites after regular busi ness hours Refer to Chapters 12 14 and Appendix E of this manual for detailed information on the use of BLAST scripts THE MENUS 61 62 CHAPTER FOUR Chapter 5 The Setup What is a Setup THE SETUP Communication between computers requires a great deal of information the phone number of the remote computer the modem type and baud rate basic communications parameters and more BLAST keeps this information in individual files called setups one file for each different system connection BLAST is distributed with blaster su a setup that contains the correct settings for you to call the BLAST demonstration line see Selecting the Blaster Set up on page 45 A setup containing default values default su is cre ated when BLAST is executed for the first time You can customize the setup by selecting the Modify command in the Offline menu Although this chapter tells you how to create edit and save setups the Online Help for some setup fields has more specific information We recommend that you make any changes to the setup through the Modify menu however setups are text files and can thus be edited with any text editor Be sure to save the file as text only or A
390. upported switches see File Transfer Switches with FTP on page 126 When the FTP transfer completes a message will be sent to your system and you will be returned to the Filetransfer menu Getting Files with FTP Receiving files with FTP differs only slightly from sending files Q 0 Press G from the Filetransfer menu At the prompt enter the remote filename or filename with full path you may use wildcards see Wildcards on page 110 At the prompt enter the local filename filename with full path or file transfer template see File Transfer Templates Using the 125 Character on page 110 and any supported switches see File Transfer Switches with FTP on page 126 When the FTP transfer completes a message will be sent to your system and you will be NOTE FTP GI col the markers returned to the Filetransfer menu ETs should be used with caution In the FTP proto for end of file and for close connection are the same Thus incomplete file receives resulting from connection fail ures are reported as successful file transfers in both the File Transfer Status Area and the log file File Transfer Switches with FTP FTP supports th transfer switche APP FWD STR TXT e file transfer switches listed below all other file s are ignored by FTP Append to a file with the same name if it exists Without this switch a file is automatically over written Delete
391. ure Append usr blast secure to the 154 CHAPTER ELEVEN current PATH environment variable BLAST DIR usr blast Set BLASTDIR environment variable SETUPDIR usr blast Set SETUPDIR environment variable export PATH BLASTDIR SETUPDIR Export environment variables to blast default h exit End of script subshells necessary in bourne shell Run blast in host mode This script should have execute permission and be located in the search path The following line should be added to the end of the us er s profile or other login script exec go_blast The exec command substitutes the new process for the calling pro cess In essence the process running the profile or other login script that calls go_blast is transformed into the process running the go_blast shell script Nothing following the above exec command in the profile will be executed Once BLAST finishes running in host mode the user will be logged off the system Using Secure BLAST SECURE BLAST Secure BLAST was developed to provide an extra layer of security over existing UNIX restrictions Secure BLAST not only recognizes UNIX file permissions but can also further restrict access to partic ular files as well as insuring that a user executes only authorized ver sions of BLAST on both the local and remote systems Authorized users can be limited to a very narrow range of available options in transferring files and performing remote operations
392. urn that leaves the communications port Setup field AutoLF Out BLASTSCRIPT RESERVED VARIABLES 265 266 BAUDRATE read write 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19 2 38 4 57 6 115K Specifies the serial port device driver speed The default value of this variable is set during the BLAST installation process Some sys tems may not support higher baud rates Setup field Baud Rate BLASTDIR read only Specifies the directory path for the BLAST support files as defined in the BLASTDIR environment variable see Environment Vari ables on page 7 CHARDLY read write 0 999 Specifies the time delay in hundredths of a second between each character sent to the remote computer when uploading text or exe cuting TSEND commands Setup field Char Delay CLASS read only Stores the BLAST class number of the local system COMMPORT read write any valid device Stores the specification for the communications port host system for TCP IP connections or hunt file that BLAST will use for the current session Valid options are Device name Any valid asynchronous port e g dev tty1A Host name or address The name or network address of the TCP IP host system to which you want to connect for example blaster blast com To establish a raw socket set COMMPORT to the host name and any available port number except 23 Port number 23 is reserved for telnet To use telnet simply give the host name
393. urred display See Chapter 16 and Appendix A for details set EFERROR 0 end disconnect return 0 EFLOG read write filename Specifies a separate error free log file that will log all filetransfer session errors or completions or both depending on the setting of EF LOGGING The default of EF LOGGING is BOTH Setting EFLOG to a valid filename starts filetransfer session logging in BOTH mode Setting EFLOG null turns off filetransfer ses sion logging The information written to the file appears exactly as it does on the user s screen allowing easier parsing of a filetransfer session 270 CHAPTER SIXTEEN EFLOGGING read write BOTH ERRORS COMPLETIONS Specifies whether the log file named in EF LOG will log filetransfer ERRORS COMPLETIONS or BOTH Refer to EF LOG above for further information ELAPTIME read only Contains the current elapsed online time for a BLAST communica tions session The value is in hh mm ss format This variable can be reset within a BLAST script by any SET statement for example set ELAPTIME it doesn t matter The current value is not checked and is simply reset to 00 00 00 EMULATE read write VT320 any valid terminal emulator 10 7x Specifies the terminal type to emulate in Terminal mode Accept able values are VT320 VI220 VT100 VT52 PC ANSI TV920 D80 ADM3A
394. ust precede each switch included on the command line Do not insert a space between the switch and the parameter associ ated with it For example sscriptname is correct but s scriptname is not setupname specifies a setup file for BLAST to load Note that it is not necessary to type the filename extension su If a valid BLAST script is spec ified in the Script File field of the setup the script will automatically execute unless BLAST is started with the h switch in which case the script specified in the setup will be ignored If no script is spec ified BLAST will load the setup and display the Offline menu If a setup is not specified on the command line BLAST will automati cally load the default setup default su BLAST first checks for setups in the directory defined by SETUPDIR If there is no SET UPDIR BLAST checks the directory defined by BLASTDIR sscriptname specifies the BLAST script that will control the current session Control will be passed automatically to the script instead of the reg ular BLAST menus and will return to the menu system at completion unless the script specifies that BLAST exit If a script is named in the Script File field of the setup the script specified by the s option will override the one specified in the setup Please note that no spac es are allowed between the s and the script name If no setup is spec ified on the command line the default setup is loaded BLAST first checks
395. uters complete an exit handshake and display normal end messages Control passes to the Online menu or to the BLAST script Double Attention Abort Press the ATTN key twice to quit immediately The files queued for transmission will not be sent and the file currently being transmitted will be marked on the receiving side as interrupted The computers do not complete an exit handshake The remote is left to time out on its own You may force a dis connect by typing DISC as described earlier Control passes to the Online menu or to the BLAST script Timeout Abort If a communications failure causes a timeout the phone is discon nected or no activity takes place both computers send an exit hand shake when the timeout value is reached Performing Filetransfer Commands FIGURE 6 1 Filetransfer Menu After the handshaking is completed BLAST will display the Trans fer Status Area and the Filetransfer menu Figure 6 1 below BLAST Filetransfer default usr MENU Get Message Remote Local File send file s to the remote system ocal opt xfer file size byte cnt ln qual lt idle gt lt message gt good 00 help ESC exit BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 107 The basic functions of a filetransfer session are controlled by the fol lowing menu commands Send Sends a file or files to the remote system Get Receives a file or files from the remote system Message Sends
396. verrun while the XOFF is being transmitted Ifthe XON character is lost a protocol must implement a pro cedure to restart transmission or the file transfer will be irrevo cably halted The BLAST protocol for example will reset the device driver to begin data transmission if it does not receive an XON within 30 seconds of receiving an XOFF In complex communications environments it is possible to have many different pieces of equipment attempting to control data flow For example the device driver for the serial port mo dems terminal servers and X 25 PADs can all be configured to assert flow control XON XOFF flow control works most successfully in one of two ways depending on the environment In a simple environment a lo cal flow control loop works best In a more complex environment an end to end flow control loop is most likely to work A local flow control loop is established when each modem is con figured to act on the XON XOFF characters sent by the attached computer In this environment the device driver will issue an XOFF when the serial port buffers are full In response to the XOFF char acter the modem will halt the flow of data to the computer The mo dem will resume transmission when it receives an XON from the computer Likewise the modem will issue an XOFF to the serial port when its buffers are full The modems must be configured to act on flow control characters but not allow them to pass to the remo
397. vice See Blaster Disconnecting 211 212 214 215 DISPLAY Statement 192 228 Documentation 3 5 Downloading Text 147 209 Echo Local 82 277 353 PAD Parameter 378 Password Security and 280 Script Command 229 UNIX command 36 Wait for 82 295 Edit 59 INDEX 385 EDITOR 10 59 Emulation See Terminal Emulation Emulator Maps 316 319 320 Environment Variables 7 10 BANNERTIME 9 BLASTDIR 8 9 9 35 153 154 309 BPRINTER 9 EDITOR 10 OLD_STTY 28 PATH 8 9 35 153 154 RETURN CODE 34 SETUPDIR 8 9 10 35 153 154 TERM 10 46 TIME STAMP 36 TMP 10 Error Checking 205 206 Error Detection CRC 97 101 302 Modem 32 Setup Field 94 XON XOFF Pacing 32 Error Messages 339 344 BLAST Protocol Functions 339 340 blsecure 167 Command File Processing 342 Initialization 342 343 Memory 342 Network 344 Zmodem Protocol 142 143 203 204 File Transfer Status Area 41 42 File Transfer Switches BLAST Protocol 111 114 FTP 126 Kermit Protocol 132 133 Security with 121 Setup Fields for Enabling 88 Xmodem Protocol 140 141 Ymodem Protocol 142 Zmodem Protocol 143 144 See also Filename Restrictions and specif ic file transfer switches File Transfer Templates BLAST Protocol 110 111 FTP 125 Filename Restrictions BLAST Protocol 114 115 FTP 127 Kermit Protocol 133 134 X Y and Zmodem Protocols 144 Filetransfer Menu 57 58 BLAST Protocol 107 108 FTP 124 Kermit Protocol 129 130 Xmodem Protocol 58 Ymodem Protocol
398. w ing A number within the appropriate range for the field Two numbers separated by a hyphen to indicate a range A comma separated list of numbers An asterisk to indicate all legal values The sixth field indicates the actual command to execute The following is an example of an actual crontab file 17 5 0 etc cleanup gt dev null 0 2 0 4 usr lib cron logchecker gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 03 usr lib cleantmp gt dev null 3 33 1 5 usr lib uucp uudemon poll gt dev null The lines in this example perform the following actions execute etc cleanup on Sunday morning at 5 17 Any output from cleanup is redirected to the bit bucket dev null execute usr lib cron logchecker on Sunday and Wednesday mornings at 2 00 Output is redirected to dev null Error mes THE BLAST ENVIRONMENT 37 sages generated by logchecker are redirected to dev null as well execute usr lib cleantmp every morning at 3 00 Any output is redirected to dev null execute usr lib uucp uudemon poll at 3 minutes and 33 min utes past the hour every hour Monday through Friday Output is redirected to dev null BLAST under cron Running BLAST from cron requires modifying your crontab file To make a copy of your crontab file type the following crontab I gt my_cron This will make a copy of your current crontab file in my_cron where my_cronis a valid filename This copy of the crontab file
399. wing are the possible hexidecimal values for the perm ar gument they can be added together to form the total permission val ue 0001 0002 0004 0008 0010 0020 0040 0080 0100 0200 7FFF User can get a file User can send a file User can type a file User can list directory contents User can delete a file User can rename a file User can print a file User can change directories User can overwrite a file User can append to a file User can use all functions For example if you wanted to create a new record with the data il lustrated in Figures 11 6 preceding page and 11 7 next page you would type the following blsecure newfile TEST3 a site23 0001 1234567891 0 00000 usr sites 23 dat mast Password for site23 165 FIGURE 11 7 166 p pwd perm sn home inc exc comment puts information into an existing record The arguments are identical to the a command above g recnum searches a record by its number and displays the record as shown in Figure 11 7 below recnum Record number for a particular entry The record number of the first entry is zero NOTE After reclaiming a password for possible reuse see r records may have different numbers f pwd searches for a record by its password and displays the record as shown in Figure 11 7 below pwd Password for the individual record site23 password 0001 permission in hexadecimal 1234567891 0 00000 remote serial number usr
400. with a time stamp For example an environment variable called TIME_STAMP can be created by using cut to extract the time and date from the output of the date command by adding the following line to your shell script TIME_STAMP date cut d f 2 4 The variable TIME STAMP will contain information similar to the following Aug 21 11 16 56 For more information refer to the date and cut man pages For more information on piping output from one command to another refer to the man page of the shell you are using The time stamp and return code can be written out to the log file blast_error log by including the following line in your script echo TIME_STAMP BLAST return code is SRETURN_CODE gt blast_error log 36 Running BLAST From cron The need often arises to run BLAST on a regularly scheduled basis A UNIX supplied clock utility cron executes jobs at specified dates and times making it ideal for scheduling BLAST to run unattended The following information on cron is applicable to many UNIX sys tems however cron may be implemented differently on your sys tem Please refer to your system documentation and the cron and crontab man pages for more information cron Primer The cron utility is a daemon that runs when the system is booted To be sure that cron is running on your system type the following ps ef grep cron This should generate output similar to the following line if cron is running root 2
401. without sacrificing Autopoll s ability to re cover from filetransfer errors autousr2 scr Autopoll user supplied script This script assumes that Autopoll is logged into a UNIX based system The script creates a command file on the remote UNIX machine that contains all of files in the given directory The command file is then retrieved so that Autopoll can use it in the normal way To create the command file awk processes the output from ls Because we will be getting each file in the listing a is inserted at the front of each filename The FWD switch is appended to the filename so the file will be deleted from the remote system if the transfer is successful On the local Autopoll side OVW is appended to the filename so the file will overwrite an existing file Assuming the target directory is u out and the command file is x tcf the necessary command is ls u fout awk printf u out s FWD s OVW n 1 1 gt x tcf The script returns the following error codes SHH HEHEHE HE SHE SHEE SHE SHE SHEER SHE SHE HEHE HE HE HE HE HE EE SHE SHEE SE SHE HE 0 no error 1 unable to detect remote shell prompt or 2 target directory is empty 3 can t start BLAST on remote system set upath u out adjust path to suit set temp ls strcat temp upath strcat temp e g 1s u out strcat temp awk printf attach awk command strcat temp upath strcat temp
402. wn Online Help text to blast hlp you must run the index utility copied to your BLAST di rectory during installation to re index the file Indexing should only be performed on these three files Before modifying or re indexing any of these files however be sure to make a backup copy of the file under another name and save the file you are modifying as text only or ASCII If you create a separate modem script such as mymodem scr and en ter mymodem as the Modem Type in a setup indexing is not re quired If you modify any of the three standard files however you must re index them Follow this procedure to index a file 1 Make a backup copy of the original file under another name 2 Make the required changes to the original file 3 Delete the old index lines from the file 4 Save the file as text only 5 Rename the file 6 Type the following command CHAPTER FOURTEEN index oldfile newfile where ol dfile is the modified file and newfile is the name of the new indexed file For example if you modified systems scr and saved it under the name sys scr you would type the follow ing index sys scr systems scr Remember also that BLAST will not operate properly if the fi nal name of the file is not exactly as described above that is ei ther systems scr modems scr or blast hlp CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING 217 218 CHAPTER FOURTEEN Chapter 15 BLASTscript Command Reference Introduction As you learned
403. y Control 191 285 Displaying Text 192 secure 167 168 392 INDEX Secure BLAST 155 169 blpassword 156 163 blsecure 163 167 Password File 155 169 secure 167 168 See also Security Security 149 169 PASSWORD and 280 BLAST Protocol 121 122 Login 150 Permissions 150 153 Protocols and 154 155 Restricted Shell 153 154 umask 151 152 See also Secure BLAST Serial Ports Accessing 18 21 Automatic Searching 25 26 Choosing 23 26 Configuration 18 21 Flow Control 30 33 IGLS Cycle 19 20 Links to 24 25 Lock Files 23 351 352 Locking 21 23 PADs and 17 Parameters for Host Mode 26 28 System V Release 3 19 20 System V Release 4 20 21 Session Command Window 337 338 setgetty 21 22 Setup 63 98 Autopoll 358 359 360 361 363 364 BHOST 325 BLAST Protocol Subwindow 84 88 Blaster 45 Creating 64 65 DEC VT Emulation Subwindow 74 78 Default 64 Directory 64 Kermit Protocol Subwindow 89 92 Loading 64 Modifying 65 66 PC ANSI Emulation Subwindow 78 Protocol Subwindows 84 97 Removing 66 Subwindows 66 74 81 84 97 Terminal Emulation Subwindows 74 81 Window Described 65 66 Wyse Emulation Subwindow 78 81 Xmodem and Ymodem Protocol Subwin dow 92 94 Zmodem Protocol Subwindow 94 97 See also Setup Fields Setup Fields 66 98 7 8 Bit Controls 75 7 Bit Channel 85 80 132 Columns 75 ACK Request Frequency 86 87 ANSI Level 78 Answerback 80 Answerback Msg 76 ASCII Line Termination 95 Attention Key 73 74 Auto Page 79 Aut
404. y two keys CTRL plus another char 52 CHAPTER FOUR THE MENUS acter represented in this documentation by the symbol ATTN The default Attention Key is CTRLK Press CTRL K to abort script opera tions or initiate other special key combinations Press CTRL K CTRL K ATTN ATTN to return to the Online menu from Terminal mode To transmit the control characters as ATTN to a remote system press ATTN and then the character itself For example CTRL K K will trans mit a CTRL K to the remote system You may change the default value of the Attention Key by altering the value of the Attention Key setup field page 73 or by setting the BLASTscript reserved variable ATTKEY page 265 NOTE If it is necessary to change the Attention Key be sure to choose areplacement value that will not interfere with your system s designated control codes In particular do not use CTRL M which is the control code for a carriage return Check your system manual for more information about special control codes before you reassign the Attention Key The Attention Key can initiate many useful functions from Terminal mode Please refer to Appendix B for all of the Attention Key se quences The Cancel Key The CANCEL key is used to cancel the current action It also returns to a previous menu from a lower level menu and is used to exit BLAST from the Offline menu The exception to this rule is that you must press ATTN ATTN to escape from Terminal m
405. you will still be able to send a file with the OV W switch because the file will be overwritten on the remote system The List Type and More commands remain active when this field is set to NO only potentially destructive commands are disabled BLASTscript variable ENABLERCMD Send Compression Level 0 6 4 Specifies the maximum compression level to be used while sending files to the remote computer Level 0 specifies no compression lev el 6 specifies the highest compression level BLASTscript variable SCOMP_LEV Receive Compression Level 0 6 4 Specifies the maximum compression level to be used while receiv ing files from the remote computer Level 0 specifies no compres sion level 6 specifies the highest compression level BLASTscript variable RCOMP_LEV CHAPTER FIVE Kermit Protocol Subwindow FIGURE 5 7 Selecting KERMIT and pressing ENTER displays the subwindow shown in Figure 5 7 below m KERMIT Protocol Send Parameters Receive Parameters Start of Packet Char Start of Packet Char A End of Packet Char End of Packet Char H Packet Size maximum Packet Size maximum 90 Pad Character Pad Character Padding Padding 0 Timeout seconds Transfer Type Filename Conversion YES Incomplete File Delay Warning Block Check Type Start of Packet Char SA Z For sending files with Kermit specifies a control character to pre cede each packet sent from the local
406. your system while online with a remote system whereas the Filetransfer menu provides functions connected with sending and receiving files Following is a brief summary of each major menu and its purpose Offline Manages the setups that contain connection information BLAST QUICKSTART 43 Online Manages connecting to and disconnecting from a remote system executes BLAST scripts sends and captures text files and starts Terminal mode Filetransfer Sends and receives files using either BLAST Ker mit Xmodem Ymodem or Zmodem protocol 10 8x Also sends and receives using FTP Remote Available with BLAST protocol and Kermit protocol Performs file management on the remote system 10 8x Also available with FTP Local Performs file management on your local system and pro vides access to the operating system command line A Quickstart File Transfer 44 The most common use of BLAST is communicating between two computers using standard asynchronous modems and ordinary tele phone lines BLAST provides hands on experience in this envi ronment through a computer system called Blaster This system is available 24 hours a day seven days a week for BLAST demonstra tions and testing You are encouraged to take advantage of this ser vice to familiarize yourself with the many features of BLAST This section of Quickstart will guide you through Selecting the Blaster setup Conne
407. ystem that does not appear in the System Type field or to a single user system select NONE Mac and PC types are provided for consistency with BLAST scripts but are equivalent to THE SETUP 67 NONE The CONNECT DISCONNECT FILETRANSFER and UPLOAD processes use this information to automate your logons and file transfers The available system types are modified periodically by BLAST Inc The following example list may or may not include the system types available with your copy of BLAST You may download the most recent system script from our FTP site at ftp blast com dist scripts NONE Single user system such as IBM PC or Apple Macintosh PC IBM PC Mac Apple Macintosh MS DEC VAX VMS OS Data General AOS Host BLAST Host NIX UNIX ENIX Xenix IX IBM RS 6000 UX Apple UNIX P UX Hewlett Packard UNIX RIX Silicon Graphics UNIX NX QNX 4 2 Sco SCO UNIX SunOs Sun UNIX Ultrix DEC VAX Ultrix CEO Data General MVS TSO IBM Mainframe VM CMS IBM Mainframe WBHOST WinBLAST OHmrPrxcwurs To specify a user defined system type enter into this field the name of the scr file See Chapter 14 for more details on systems scr and user defined system scripts BLASTscript variable SYSTYPE Userid user defined Holds the login ID that you will use to log onto the remote system With the value of this field BLAST s CON
408. ytes re BLAST SESSION PROTOCOL 119 IMPORTANT 120 quiring retransmission over noisy lines Computers connected di rectly by cables will benefit from a much larger packet size such as 4085 Ina BLAST script the reserved variable for packet size PAKTSZ can be set anytime before entering a filetransfer session Compression Levels BLAST performs automatic data compression during file transfers with the BLAST protocol reducing the number of characters sent and the transfer time Compression level is specified in BLAST Protocol subwindow set up fields pages 88 88 Possible values for Receive Compression Level and Send Compression Level are 0 no compression to 6 The default is 4 which provides the best performance for average sized files Compression can also be selected by the RCOMP_LEV receive and SCOMP_LEV send BLASTscript reserved vari ables Data compression requires additional RAM during file transfers The amount of RAM necessary varies with the compression level Compression Level 0 Level 0 specifies that no compression will be used Choose level 0 when your CPU is slow and the baud rate is high In this situation the overhead needed for compression can ac tually increase transfer time Always use compression level 0 when transferring pre compressed files Compression Level 1 Use level 1 when your data has strings of duplicate characters Such data could include row and column re p

Professional UNIX User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents